Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 25, 2000
Registration No. 333-30670


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


Amendment No. 3

to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


SCG HOLDING CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

36-3840979

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

5005 E. McDowell Road

Phoenix, AZ 85008
(602) 244-6600
(Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)


3674

(Primary standard industrial classification code number)


George H. Cave, Esq.

SCG Holding Corporation
5005 E. McDowell Road
Phoenix, AZ 85008
(602) 244-5226
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)


Copies of Correspondence to:

     Approximate Date of Commencement of Proposed Sale to the Public: As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If any securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:  [   ]

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement from the same offering.  [   ]

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  [   ]

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  [   ]

     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.  [   ]


     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




Table of Contents

     
Stephen H. Shalen, Esq. D. Collier Kirkham, Esq.
Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton Cravath, Swaine & Moore
One Liberty Plaza Worldwide Plaza
New York, New York 10006 825 8th Avenue
New York, New York 10019

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued April 25, 2000

30,000,000 Shares

[ON SEMICONDUCTOR LOGO]

SCG Holding Corporation
COMMON STOCK


SCG Holding Corporation is offering 30,000,000 shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $15 and $17 per share.


We have filed an application for our common stock to be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “ONNN.”


Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10.


PRICE $     A SHARE


The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SCG Holding Corporation has granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional 4,500,000 shares to cover over-allotments.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated expects to deliver the shares to purchasers on           , 2000.


 
                         
Underwriting Proceeds to
Price to Discounts and SCG Holding
Public Commissions Corporation



Per Share $   $   $  
Total $ $ $

MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER CHASE H&Q

  LEHMAN BROTHERS

  ROBERTSON STEPHENS
               , 2000


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF FRONT COVER ARTWORK

Inside Front Cover Page:

Graphic of Page:  Solid black background with ON Semiconductor Logo superimposed over image of globe.

Gatefold Page

Left Side of Gatefold:

Text to say:

      “ON Semiconductor makes the semiconductor components that turn on technology and connect it to your world”

      Graphic Description:  ON Semiconductor logo superimposed over image of globe in lower left-hand corner with a border of semiconductor components across the top of gatefold and icons of representative applications from ON Semiconductor’s target markets (networking and computing, wireless communications, consumer electronics, automotive electronics and industrial) flying off right with wafers in the background.

Right Side of Gatefold:

      [ON Semiconductor™ Name & Logo]


TABLE OF CONTENTS

  SALOMON SMITH BARNEY


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
RISK FACTORS
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA AND ADJUSTED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
GLOSSARY
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


      You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of the prospectus or of any sale of the common stock. In this prospectus, “ON Semiconductor ,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms refer to SCG Holding Corporation together with its consolidated subsidiaries. Unless we indicate otherwise, information in this prospectus:

         
Page

Prospectus Summary 4
Risk Factors 10
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 21
Use of Proceeds 22
Dividend Policy 22
Capitalization 23
Dilution 24
Selected Historical Financial Data 25
Unaudited Pro Forma and Adjusted Pro Forma Financial Data 27
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 32
Industry 45
Business 49
Management 63
Principal Stockholders 72
Relationships and Related Transactions 74
Description of Capital Stock 75
Shares Eligible for Future Sale 77
Description of Indebtedness 78
Underwriters 80
Legal Matters 82
Experts 82
Where You Can Find More Information 82
Glossary 84
Index to Financial Statements F-1

      Until             , 2000, (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

      Our principal executive offices are located at 5005 East McDowell Road, Phoenix, Arizona 85008. Our telephone number at that address is (602) 244-6600. The information on our web site is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

3


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information regarding our company and the common stock being sold in this offering and our financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Although our legal name is SCG Holding Corporation, we do business under our trade name ON Semiconductor™ and refer to our company as ON Semiconductor™ in this prospectus.

ON SEMICONDUCTOR™

      ON Semiconductor™, formerly known as the Semiconductor Components Group of the Semiconductor Products Sector of Motorola, Inc., is one of the largest independent suppliers of semiconductor components in the world. Our total addressable market consists of discrete, standard analog and standard logic semiconductors. These devices are commonly referred to as semiconductor components and are the core building blocks that provide the power control, power protection and interfacing necessary for almost all electronic systems. According to World Semiconductor Trade Statistics, our total addressable market comprised approximately $19.5 billion of revenues in 1999 and is projected to grow to $25.1 billion in revenues in 2002. The principal end-user markets for our products are networking and computing, wireless communications, consumer electronics, automotive electronics and industrial. Our products are used in such high-growth applications as routers and other networking equipment, cable and other high-speed modems, cellular telephones and other portable electronic devices, digital set-top boxes, DVD players, GPS and other navigation tools and industrial automation and control systems. Our research and development team, which includes approximately 300 people, focuses on the development of new products for use in these and other high-growth applications.

      With a portfolio of over 16,000 products, we offer our customers a single source of supply for virtually all of their components needs, including the broadest selection of discrete semiconductor products in the industry and an extensive line of standard analog and standard logic products. Our portfolio of products is among the most stable within the semiconductor industry due to its breadth, long product market life cycles and substantial diversity. Our products’ market life cycles generally average 10 to 20 years, with some as long as 30 years. The longevity of these products allows us to use our manufacturing assets for longer periods of time, reducing our capital expenditure requirements relative to semiconductor companies that manufacture complex devices such as microprocessors.

      Our franchise is built on several specific strengths, including our:

  •  assumes the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option; and
 
  •  gives effect to a 2-for-3 reverse stock split of our common stock, which will be effected prior to consummation of this offering.

      As a stand-alone company dedicated to the semiconductor components business, we intend to grow our business by pursuing these key strategies:

  leading market position;
 
  extensive product portfolio;
 
  technology leadership;
 
  broad and diverse customer base;
 
  low-cost production;
 
  superior customer focus; and
 
  experienced management team.

      We sell our semiconductors to customers around the world, including original equipment manufacturers, such as Agilent, Alcatel, Ford, Hewlett-Packard, Lucent, Motorola, Nortel, Nokia and Sony, electronic manufacturing service providers, such as Celestica, SCI and Solectron, and distributors, such as Arrow, Avnet and Veba. Headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona, we employ approximately 13,400 people worldwide, consisting of approximately 10,400 people employed directly and approximately 3,000 people employed through our joint ventures, most of whom are engaged in manufacturing services. We operate manufacturing facilities in

4


Table of Contents

Arizona, China, the Czech Republic, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, the Philippines and Slovakia, directly or through our joint ventures.

      Among the challenges we face and the risks inherent in investing in our business are the cyclical nature of our industry, possible fluctuations in our quarterly operating results, the need to keep pace with technological advances, competition in our industry and our lack of independent operating history. These and other risks are described under “Risk Factors.”

      Immediately prior to our August 4, 1999 recapitalization, we were a wholly-owned subsidiary of Motorola. We held and continue to hold, through direct and indirect subsidiaries, substantially all of the assets and operations of the Semiconductor Components Group of Motorola’s Semiconductor Products Sector. As part of our recapitalization, an affiliate of Texas Pacific Group purchased a portion of our common stock from Motorola for $337.5 million, and we redeemed common stock held by Motorola for a total of approximately $952 million. As a result, prior to giving effect to this offering, Texas Pacific Group’s affiliate owns approximately 91%, and Motorola owns approximately 9%, of our voting common stock. To finance a portion of the recapitalization, Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC, our primary domestic operating subsidiary, borrowed $740.5 million under senior secured bank facilities, we and Semiconductor Components issued $400 million of senior subordinated notes and Semiconductor Components issued a $91 million junior subordinated note to Motorola. We also issued mandatorily redeemable preferred stock with a total initial liquidation preference of $209 million to Motorola and Texas Pacific Group’s affiliate. At the time of the recapitalization, Motorola agreed to provide us with transition and manufacturing services in order to facilitate our transition to a stand-alone company independent of Motorola.

Recent Developments

      On April 3, 2000, we acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Cherry Semiconductor Corporation for approximately $250 million in cash, which we financed with cash on hand and borrowings of $220 million under our senior secured bank facilities. Cherry Semiconductor, which we have renamed Semiconductor Components Industries of Rhode Island, Inc., designs and manufactures analog and mixed signal integrated circuits for the power management and automotive markets, and had revenues for its fiscal year ended February 29, 2000 of approximately $129.1 million. We have not included in this prospectus the historical financial statements of Cherry Semiconductor or pro forma financial information giving effect to the acquisition because the acquisition is not considered “significant” from a financial reporting perspective. As part of our business strategy, we continuously review acquisition opportunities and proposals, but we currently have no agreements or understandings with respect to any other acquisition.

      On April 24, 2000, we announced net income of $25.5 million for the first quarter of 2000, compared to pro forma net income of $4.5 million for the same period last year. Net product revenues in the first quarter of 2000 were $451.5 million, an increase of approximately 21% from pro forma net product revenues of $373.3 million in the first quarter of 1999 and an increase of approximately 6% from the fourth quarter of 1999.

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 
  focus on high-growth markets;
 
  deliver customer satisfaction;
 
  leverage our manufacturing expertise; and
 
  pursue strategic acquisitions.

      The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on the 136,666,666 shares outstanding at April 1, 2000. The share numbers above do not take into account:

Common stock offered 30,000,000 shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding
  after this offering
166,666,666 shares
 
Over-allotment option 4,500,000 shares
 
Use of proceeds We intend to use the estimated net proceeds of $448.7 million from the offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, to redeem our preferred stock and prepay a portion of our high-yield notes and a portion of the loans under our senior bank facilities. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol ONNN

      See “Capitalization.”

6


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL, PRO FORMA AND ADJUSTED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

      The following table sets forth our summary historical, pro forma and adjusted pro forma financial data for the periods indicated. We derived the summary historical financial data from our audited historical combined financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and for the period from January 1, 1999 through August 3, 1999, and from our audited historical post-recapitalization consolidated financial statements for the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999. We derived the summary pro forma and adjusted pro forma financial data from our unaudited pro forma and adjusted pro forma financial data for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999. We prepared the pro forma financial data as if our recapitalization and the related transactions described herein had taken place on January 1, 1999. We prepared the adjusted pro forma financial data as if this offering and the application of the estimated proceeds therefrom had also taken place on January 1, 1999. You should read this information in conjunction with the audited financial statements and the unaudited pro forma and adjusted pro forma financial data and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

  10,051,333 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at February 15, 2000, at an exercise price of $1.50  per share, under our 1999 Founders Stock Option Plan;
 
  •   4,205,948 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after February 15, 2000, at an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price, under our 1999 Founders Stock Option Plan and our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan; and
 
  •   8,819,385 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan and our 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

7


Table of Contents

      The “as adjusted” column below reflects the issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, and the application of the net proceeds to us from the offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

                                                       
Year Ended
Historical Historical December 31, 1999
Historical January 1 August 4
Years Ended December 31, through through

August 3, December 31, Adjusted
1997 1998 1999 1999 Pro Forma Pro Forma






(dollars in millions, except share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues:
Net product revenues $ 1,815.3 $ 1,495.3 $ 895.4 $ 728.8 $ 1,624.2 $ 1,624.2
Foundry revenues(1) 69.9 161.0 161.0






Total revenues 1,815.3 1,495.3 895.4 798.7 1,785.2 1,785.2
Cost of sales(2) 1,112.3 1,060.0 620.3 573.3 1,284.7 1,284.7






Gross profit 703.0 435.3 275.1 225.4 500.5 500.5






Operating expenses:
Research and development(3) 65.7 67.5 34.3 16.3 37.1 37.1
Selling and marketing(4) 110.7 92.4 39.0 24.6 63.6 63.6
General and administrative(5) 243.1 205.7 89.4 77.3 171.6 171.6
Restructuring charges(6) 189.8 3.7 3.7 3.7






Total operating expenses 419.5 555.4 162.7 121.9 276.0 276.0






Operating income (loss) 283.5 (120.1 ) 112.4 103.5 224.5 224.5






Other income (expenses):
Interest expense(7) (11.7 ) (19.8 ) (9.1 ) (55.9 ) (130.6 ) (109.4 )
Equity in earnings of joint ventures (.3 ) 5.7 2.4 1.4 3.8 3.8






Total other income (expenses) (12.0 ) (14.1 ) (6.7 ) (54.5 ) (126.8 ) (105.6 )






Income before income taxes and minority interests 271.5 (134.2 ) 105.7 49.0 97.7 118.9
Minority interests (1.5 ) (2.1 ) (.9 ) (1.1 ) (2.0 ) (2.0 )






Revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes $ 270.0 $ (136.3 ) $ 104.8 47.9 95.7 116.9



Provision for income taxes(8) (18.1 ) (36.1 ) (44.0 )



Net income(9) $ 29.8 $ 59.6 $ 72.9



Earnings per common share(10):
Basic $ .14 $ .24 $ .44



Diluted $ .13 $ .23 $ .42



Weighted average common shares outstanding (in millions):
Basic 136.7 136.7 166.7



Diluted 144.6 144.6 174.6



Other Financial Data:
Depreciation and amortization $ 146.1 $ 145.9 $ 81.5 $ 61.9 $ 143.4 $ 143.4
Capital expenditures 181.9 119.9 39.6 64.0 103.6 103.6

                   
December 31, 1999

Actual As Adjusted(11)


(dollars in millions)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents(12) $ 126.8 $ 160.9
Working capital(13) 309.8 353.9
Total assets(14) 1,616.8 1,642.3
Long-term debt, less current portion(15) 1,295.3 1,117.9
Redeemable preferred stock(16) 219.6
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)(17) (247.7 ) 184.8

  (1)  Foundry revenues represent products manufactured for Motorola’s Semiconductor Products Sector. Historically, Motorola recorded these foundry revenues as an offset to cost of sales at cost. We now record such sales in a manner consistent with other third-party sales. We and Motorola have agreed to continue providing manufacturing services to each other for limited periods of time following our recapitalization at fixed prices that are intended to approximate each party’s cost of providing the services. Foundry revenues increase both total revenues and cost of sales in our unaudited pro forma financial statements.
 
  (2)  Cost of sales for periods prior to our recapitalization includes amounts allocated to us by Motorola.
 
  (3)  Research and development expenses for periods prior to our recapitalization include amounts allocated to us by Motorola.
 
  (4)  Selling and marketing expenses for periods prior to our recapitalization include amounts allocated to us by Motorola.
 
  (5)  General and administrative expenses for periods prior to our recapitalization include amounts allocated to us by Motorola.
 
  (6)  Restructuring charges in 1998 consist of the $189.8 million portion of a Motorola restructuring charge allocated to us in June 1998. Restructuring charges of $3.7 million in 1999 consist of an $11.1 million charge for employee separation costs and asset write-downs related primarily to the closure of a manufacturing facility in Arizona in December 1999, which was partially offset by a $7.4  million reduction in our restructuring reserves to take into account the remaining costs to be incurred to complete planned actions under our restructuring plan commenced in June 1998.
 
  (7)  Prior to our recapitalization, Motorola had net interest expense on a consolidated basis for all periods presented. Motorola allocated a portion of these amounts to us primarily on the basis of our net adjusted assets. For the period subsequent to the recapitalization, interest expense relates to borrowings outstanding under our senior bank facilities and to our senior subordinated notes and our junior subordinated note.
 
       Pro forma interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1999 reflects interest expense which we would have incurred had the recapitalization occurred on January 1, 1999 and had borrowings used to effect the recapitalization been outstanding the entire year.
 
       Adjusted pro forma interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1999 reflects interest expense that we would have incurred had the recapitalization occurred on January 1, 1999 and had a portion of the net proceeds of this offering been used to repay a portion of the pro forma borrowings under the credit agreement relating to our senior bank facilities and to redeem a portion of our senior subordinated notes on January 1, 1999.
 
  (8)  Prior to our recapitalization, Motorola did not allocate income tax expense to us. The pro forma and adjusted pro forma provisions for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 1999 were determined by applying an effective income tax rate of approximately 38% to pro forma and adjusted pro forma income before income taxes and minority interests. We believe that the pro forma and adjusted pro forma provisions for income taxes represent reasonable estimates of what our income tax expense would have been had we been a stand-alone company during 1999.
 
  (9)  Upon consummation of this offering, we intend to redeem our outstanding preferred stock, redeem a portion of our senior subordinated notes and prepay a portion of the loans outstanding under our senior bank facilities. In connection therewith, we expect to incur prepayment penalties and redemption premiums of approximately $17.6 million and to write off approximately $8.6 million of debt issuance costs that are currently included in other assets in our consolidated balance sheet. We intend to recognize this approximately $26.2 million charge ($16.2 million on an after-tax basis) in the period during which it is incurred and to classify it as an extraordinary loss. Due to the nonrecurring nature of this charge, it has been excluded from the adjusted pro forma statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 1999. However, the after-tax charge has been shown as a reduction in our total stockholders’ equity (deficit) in the adjusted balance sheet data as of December 31, 1999.

8


Table of Contents

(10)  Earnings per common share for the period from August 4, 1999 through December  31, 1999 on both a basic and diluted basis are calculated by deducting dividends on our redeemable preferred stock of $10.6 million from net income for such period and then dividing the resulting amount by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during such period. The pro forma per share amounts for the year ended December 31, 1999 are calculated by deducting pro forma preferred stock dividends of $26.2 million, assuming that the preferred stock had been outstanding during the entire year, from net income and then dividing the resulting amount by the pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding during 1999. The adjusted pro forma financial data for the year ended December 31, 1999 assume that our preferred stock was not outstanding during 1999 and, therefore, no related dividends would have accrued. Accordingly, the adjusted pro forma per share amounts are calculated by dividing net income

(before the extraordinary loss described in note (9) above) by the adjusted pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding during 1999.

9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

      You should carefully consider the risks described below and other information in this prospectus before making any decision to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or operating results could be materially adversely affected. In this case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

(11)  Amounts represent actual balance sheet data at December 31, 1999 as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds of $448.7 million from this offering.
 
(12)  Cash and cash equivalents as adjusted reflects the portion of the net proceeds of this offering to be retained to pay dividends on our redeemable preferred stock that will accrue from January 1, 2000 to the assumed redemption date of April 30, 2000 ($8.8 million), to pay interest on our senior subordinated notes that will accrue from February 1, 2000 to the assumed redemption date of May  31, 2000 ($16.0 million) and to prepay a portion of our senior bank facilities (Tranche D) that was borrowed on April 3, 2000 in conjunction with our acquisition of Cherry Semiconductor ($9.3 million).
 
(13)  Working capital as adjusted reflects the increase in cash and cash equivalents described in note (12) above as well as the assumed tax benefit of $10.0 million resulting from the prepayment penalties and redemption premiums and write-off of debt issuance costs described in note (9) above at an assumed effective income tax rate of approximately 38%.
 
(14)  Total assets as adjusted reflects the increase in cash and cash equivalents described in note (12) above, net of the write-off of debt issuance costs described in note (9) above.
 
(15)  Long-term debt as adjusted reflects the assumed redemption of a portion of our senior subordinated notes ($140.0 million) and the assumed prepayment of a portion of the loans outstanding at December 31, 1999 under Tranche A ($5.9 million), Tranche B ($15.2 million) and Tranche C ($16.3 million) of our senior bank facilities. Long-term debt as adjusted does not include the $200 million of long-term debt incurred on April 3, 2000 to finance our acquisition of Cherry Semiconductor.
 
(16)  Redeemable preferred stock as adjusted reflects the assumed redemption in full of our outstanding redeemable preferred stock (including accrued dividends through December 31, 1999).
 
(17)  Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) as adjusted reflects the assumed net proceeds from this offering of $448.7 million, offset by the after-tax effect of the prepayment penalties and redemption premiums and write-off of debt issuance costs described in notes (9) and (13) above.

      The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical and is generally characterized by average selling price fluctuations. Since the fourth quarter of 1997, we have experienced significant declines in the pricing of our products as customers reduced demand and manufacturers reduced prices to avoid a significant decline in capacity utilization. We believe these pricing declines were due primarily to the Asian economic crisis and excess semiconductor manufacturing capacity. Although the semiconductor market has recently improved, we cannot assure you that these improvements are sustainable or will continue or that the semiconductor market will not experience subsequent, and possibly more severe and/or prolonged, downturns in the future. We cannot assure you that any future downturn in the semiconductor market will not have a material adverse effect on our revenues.

  Cyclical Industry—If Our Industry Were To Experience A Downturn In The Business Cycle, Our Revenues Could Be Adversely Affected.

      Given the nature of the markets in which we participate, we cannot reliably predict future revenues and profitability, and unexpected changes may cause us to adjust our operations. A high proportion of our costs are fixed, due in part to our significant sales, research and development and manufacturing costs. Thus, small declines in revenue could disproportionately affect our operating results in a quarter. Factors that could affect our quarterly operating results include:

  Short-Term Performance—Fluctuations In Our Quarterly Operating Results May Cause Our Stock Price To Decline.

    • the timing and size of orders from our customers, including cancellations and reschedulings;
 
    • the timing of introduction of new products;
 
    • the gain or loss of significant customers, including as a result of industry consolidation;
 
    • seasonality in some of our target markets;
 
    • changes in the mix of products we sell;
 
    • changes in demand by the end users of our customers’ products;
 
    • market acceptance of our current and future products;
 
    • variability of our customers’ product life cycles;
 
    • changes in manufacturing yields or other factors affecting the cost of goods sold, such as the cost and availability of raw materials and the extent of utilization of manufacturing capacity;
 
    • changes in the prices of our products, which can be affected by the level of our customers’ and end users’ demand, technological change, product obsolescence or other factors; and
 
    • cancellations, changes or delays of deliveries to us by our third-party manufacturers, including as a result of the availability of manufacturing capacity and the proposed terms of manufacturing arrangements.

      Rapidly changing technologies and industry standards, along with frequent new product introductions, characterize the industries that are currently the primary end-users of semiconductors. As these industries evolve and introduce new products, our success will depend on our ability to adapt to such changes in a timely

10


Table of Contents

and cost-effective manner by designing, developing, manufacturing, marketing and providing customer support for our own new products and technologies.

      We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify changes in the product markets of our customers and end-users and adapt to such changes in a timely and cost-effective manner. Nor can we assure you that products or technologies that may be developed in the future by our competitors and others will not render our products or technologies obsolete or noncompetitive. A fundamental shift in technologies or consumption patterns in our existing product markets or the product markets of our customers or end users could have a material adverse effect on our business or prospects.

  New Product Development And Technological Change—An Inability To Introduce New Products Could Adversely Affect Us, And Changing Technologies Or Consumption Patterns Could Reduce The Demand For Our Products.

      The semiconductor industry, particularly the market for semiconductor components, is highly competitive. Although only a few companies compete with us in all of our product lines, we face significant competition within each of our product lines from major international semiconductor companies as well as smaller companies focused on specific market niches. Many of these competitors have substantially greater financial and other resources than we have with which to pursue development, engineering, manufacturing, marketing and distribution of their products and are better able than we are to withstand adverse economic or market conditions. In addition, companies not currently in direct competition with us may introduce competing products in the future. Significant competitors in the discrete market include International Rectifier, Philips, Rohm, Siliconix, ST Microelectronics and Toshiba. Significant competitors in the standard analog markets include Analog Devices, Fairchild, Linear Technology, Maxim Integrated Products, National Semiconductor, ST Microelectronics and Texas Instruments. Significant competitors in the standard logic product market include Fairchild, Hitachi, Philips, Texas Instruments and Toshiba. The semiconductor components industry has also been undergoing significant restructuring and consolidations that could adversely affect our competitiveness.

      Because our components are often building block semiconductors that in some cases can be integrated into more complex integrated circuits, we also face competition from manufacturers of integrated circuits, application-specific integrated circuits and fully customized integrated circuits, as well as customers who develop their own integrated circuit products.

      We compete in different product lines to various degrees on the basis of price, quality, technical performance, product features, product system compatibility, customized design, availability, delivery timing and reliability and sales and technical support. Gross margins in the industry vary by geographic region depending on local demand for the products in which semiconductors are used, such as personal computers, industrial and telecommunications equipment, consumer electronics and automotive goods. In regions where there is a strong demand for such products, price pressures may also emerge as competitors attempt to gain a greater market share by lowering prices. Our ability to compete successfully depends on elements both within and outside of our control, including industry and general economic trends.

  Competition—Competition In Our Industry Could Prevent Us From Maintaining Our Level Of Revenues And From Raising Prices To Reflect Increases In Costs.

      Manufacturing semiconductor components involves highly complex processes that require advanced and costly equipment. We and our competitors continuously modify these processes in an effort to improve yields and product performance. Impurities or other difficulties in the manufacturing process can lower yields. Our manufacturing efficiency will be an important factor in our future profitability, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain our manufacturing efficiency or increase manufacturing efficiency to the same extent as our competitors.

      From time to time we have experienced difficulty in beginning production at new facilities or in effecting transitions to new manufacturing processes that have caused us to suffer delays in product deliveries or reduced yields. We cannot assure you that we will not experience manufacturing problems in achieving acceptable yields or experience product delivery delays in the future as a result of, among other things, capacity constraints, construction delays, upgrading or expanding existing facilities or changing our process

11


Table of Contents

technologies, any of which could result in a loss of future revenues. Our results of operations could also be adversely affected by the increase in fixed costs and operating expenses related to increases in production capacity if revenues do not increase proportionately.

  Manufacturing Risks—Unless We Maintain Manufacturing Efficiency And Avoid Manufacturing Difficulties, Our Future Profitability Could Be Adversely Affected.

      Our future success and competitive position depend, in part, on our ability to establish goodwill in our products and services and to associate that goodwill with our trade name, ON Semiconductor™. In order for us to establish goodwill, customers must acknowledge the quality of our products and services and associate our trade name with that quality and those products and services. Prior to our recapitalization, all of the products and services we offered were sold, distributed and advertised under the Motorola trade name. Consequently, the goodwill of the Motorola trade name may have been associated, in part, with success of those products and services.

      We have begun marketing our products under the ON Semiconductor™ name. However, for one year after our recapitalization, an agreement we have with Motorola gives us the limited ability to use the Motorola trade name in connection with the sale, distribution and advertisement of some products we offer. We are presently using our best efforts to cease using licensed Motorola trademarks as soon as commercially reasonable. If the removal of the Motorola trade name from any of our products would require the product to be requalified by any of our customers, we may continue to use the Motorola trade name for up to two years after our recapitalization, to allow us to continue selling the product pending its requalification. In addition, for two years after our recapitalization, we also have the ability to utilize the transition statement, “formerly a division of Motorola,” in connection with the sale, distribution and advertisement of some products we offer. The impact of our no longer using the Motorola trade name cannot be fully predicted and it could have a material adverse effect on our business or our prospects. Although we have recently established our trade name and brands independent of Motorola, we cannot assure you that, prior to the expiration of these transitional arrangements, we will have established the same level of goodwill in our trade name as Motorola has established in its trade name.

  Lack Of Independent Identity—We Have Recently Established A Trade Name Identity Independent Of Motorola. A Failure To Establish The Same Level Of Goodwill As Motorola Could Harm Our Long-Term Business Prospects.

      Prior to our recapitalization, Motorola allocated to us, as one of several divisions within its Semiconductor Products Sector, a percentage of the expenses related to services Motorola provided to us and other divisions of its Semiconductor Products Sector. During 1998, we incurred approximately $298 million in costs for general, administrative, selling and marketing expenses, of which Motorola allocated to us approximately $119 million for services shared with other divisions of its Semiconductor Products Sector.

      As part of our recapitalization, we identified the specific services that we believed were necessary to our business and that we would not be able initially to provide ourselves. Motorola agreed to provide or arrange for the provision of these services, including information technology, human resources, supply management and finance services, for a limited period of time to facilitate our transition to a stand-alone company. We estimate that we will incur not more than $75 million under these arrangements for general, administrative, selling and marketing related expenses during the first year after our recapitalization and that our aggregate general, administrative, selling and marketing expenses during that period will be less than those directly charged and allocated in 1998. In addition, Motorola agreed to continue to provide worldwide shipping and freight services to us for a period of up to three years after our recapitalization using the cost allocation method Motorola previously used with us. Under this arrangement, we anticipate paying Motorola approximately $30 million in the first year following our recapitalization.

      We believe that the scope of the agreements we entered into with Motorola as part of our recapitalization and the time frames, pricing and other terms should provide us sufficient time to effect our transition to a stand-alone company with minimal disruption to our business, and that we will ultimately be able to provide

12


Table of Contents

these services ourselves or identify third-party suppliers to provide such services on terms not materially less favorable to us than the terms of our arrangements with Motorola. We cannot, however, assure you that we have correctly anticipated the required levels of services to be provided by Motorola or that we will be able to obtain similar services on comparable terms upon termination of our agreements with Motorola. Any material adverse change in Motorola’s ability to supply these services could have a material adverse effect on our business or prospects.

      As part of Motorola, we had a number of formal and informal arrangements with other divisions of Motorola’s Semiconductor Products Sector that provided us with equipment, finished products and other goods and services. Except as provided for in the agreements between Motorola and us, which are described under “Business— Sales, Marketing and Distribution” and “Business— Manufacturing,” future business dealings between Motorola and us will be on an arm’s length basis. There can be no assurance that the arm’s length nature of any future business relationship with Motorola will be as beneficial for us as our past relationship to Motorola.

  Lack Of Independent Operating History—If The Assumptions We Have Used To Estimate Future Operating Results Are Incorrect Or If We Encounter Unexpected Costs Or Other Problems, Our Profitability Could Be Adversely Affected.

      Motorola has historically constituted our largest original equipment manufacturer customer and accounted for approximately 8.6% of our net product revenues in 1999. As a result of our recapitalization, we are no longer part of Motorola, and our current and future product sales to Motorola and its affiliates will be on an arm’s length basis. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain the level of historical product sales to Motorola or that we will be able to sell any products to Motorola or its affiliates. Notwithstanding our broad customer base, the loss of Motorola or any other sizable customer could harm our results of operations.

      Product sales to our ten largest customers accounted in the aggregate for approximately 51% of our net product revenues in 1999. Many of our customers operate in cyclical industries, and in the past we have experienced significant fluctuations from period to period in the volume of our products ordered. We have no agreements with any of our customers that impose minimum or continuing obligations to purchase our products. We cannot assure you that any of our customers will not significantly reduce orders or seek price reductions in the future or that the loss of one or more of such customers would not have a material adverse effect on our business or our prospects.

      Prior to our recapitalization, we and other divisions of Motorola’s Semiconductor Products Sector provided manufacturing services to each other at cost (as calculated for financial accounting purposes). We and Motorola have agreed to continue providing manufacturing services to each other for limited periods of time following our recapitalization at fixed prices that are intended to approximate each party’s cost of providing the services. We currently anticipate that Motorola, which has no purchase obligations after 2000, will purchase manufacturing services from us of approximately $47 million in 2000 and that any purchases thereafter will be insignificant. We could be adversely affected if Motorola does not purchase manufacturing services from us at the level we have anticipated, cancels these arrangements or discontinues using our manufacturing services after these agreements expire or if we are unable to find other uses for, or dispose of, the manufacturing facilities we currently use to provide these services in a manner that allows us to cover our fixed costs.

  Dependence On Motorola And Other Key Customers For Our Products And Services— If We Were To Lose One Or More Of Our Large Customers, Our Revenues And Profitability Could Be Adversely Affected.

      Prior to our recapitalization, we and other divisions of Motorola’s Semiconductor Products Sector provided manufacturing services to each other at cost (as calculated for financial accounting purposes). In 1997, 1998 and the period from January 1, 1999 to August 3, 1999, the costs charged by other divisions of Motorola’s Semiconductor Products Sector to us for these services amounted to $310.5 million, $266.8 million and $125.5 million respectively. From August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999, we paid $101.3 million for manufacturing services to Motorola under our transition agreements. Motorola manufactures our emitter-

13


Table of Contents

coupled logic products, which are high margin products that accounted for approximately 13% of our net product revenues in 1999. We currently have no other manufacturing source for these emitter-coupled logic products. We expect emitter-coupled logic products to remain one of our single most important product families over the next several years.

      We and Motorola have agreed to continue providing manufacturing services to each other (including Motorola’s manufacturing of our emitter-coupled logic products) for limited periods of time following our recapitalization at fixed prices that are intended to approximate each party’s cost of providing these services. Subject to our right to cancel upon six months’ written notice, we have minimum commitments to purchase manufacturing services from Motorola of approximately $88 million, $51 million, $41 million and $40 million in fiscal years 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively, and have no purchase obligations thereafter. Based on our current budget, we anticipate that we will actually purchase manufacturing services from Motorola of approximately $150 million in 2000. We could be adversely affected if Motorola is unable to provide these services on a timely basis or if we are unable to relocate these manufacturing operations to our own facilities or to other third-party manufacturers on cost-effective terms or make other satisfactory arrangements prior to the time when these agreements expire.

      We also use other third-party contractors for manufacturing activities, primarily for the assembly and testing of final goods. In 1999, these contract manufacturers, including Astra, AAPI and ASE, accounted for approximately 23.9% of our cost of sales. Our agreements with these manufacturers typically require us to forecast product needs and commit to purchase services consistent with these forecasts, and in some cases require longer-term commitments in the early stages of the relationship. Our operations could be adversely affected if these contract relationships were disrupted or terminated, the cost of such services increased significantly, the quality of the services provided deteriorated or our forecasts proved to be materially incorrect.

  Dependence On Motorola And Other Contractors For Manufacturing Services— The Loss Of One Or More Of Our Sources For Manufacturing Services, Or Increases In The Prices Of Such Services, Could Adversely Affect Our Operations And Profitability.

      Our results of operations could be adversely affected if we are unable to obtain adequate supplies of raw materials in a timely manner or if the costs of our raw materials increase significantly or their quality deteriorates. Our manufacturing processes rely on many raw materials, including silicon wafers, copper lead frames, mold compound, ceramic packages and various chemicals and gases. We have no agreements with any of our suppliers that impose minimum or continuing supply obligations, and we obtain our raw materials and supplies from a large number of sources on a just-in-time basis. From time to time, suppliers may extend lead times, limit supplies or increase prices due to capacity constraints or other factors. Although we believe that our current supplies of raw materials are adequate, shortages could occur in various essential materials due to interruption of supply or increased demand in the industry. Prior to our recapitalization, most of our supplies were purchased jointly with Motorola. As part of our recapitalization we entered into an agreement with Motorola to provide for the transition of our supply management functions to a stand-alone basis. We are currently implementing this transition, which we expect to be complete by August 2000. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to procure adequate supplies of raw materials in a timely manner on terms comparable to those on which we procured raw materials as part of Motorola.

  Dependence On Supply Of Raw Materials— The Loss Of Our Sources Of Raw Materials, Or Increases In The Prices Of Such Goods, Could Adversely Affect Our Operations And Profitability.

      Our future financial performance and success are largely dependent on our ability to implement successfully our business strategy, which is described under “Business—Our Growth Strategy.” We cannot assure you that we will successfully implement the business strategy described in this prospectus or that implementing our strategy will sustain or improve our results of operations. In particular, we cannot assure you that we will be able to build our position in markets with high growth potential, increase our sales, increase our manufacturing efficiency, optimize our manufacturing capacity, lower our production costs or make strategic acquisitions.

      Our business strategy is based on our assumptions about the future demand for our current products and the new products and applications we are developing and on our continuing ability to produce our products

14


Table of Contents

profitably. Each of these factors depends on our ability, among other things, to finance our operating and product development activities, maintain high quality and efficient manufacturing operations, relocate and close manufacturing facilities as part of our ongoing cost restructuring with minimal disruption to our operations, access quality raw materials and contract manufacturing services in a cost-effective and timely manner, protect our intellectual property portfolio and attract and retain highly-skilled technical, managerial, marketing and finance personnel. Our strategy also depends on our ability to implement our transition to a stand-alone company, which depends to a certain extent on Motorola’s ability to provide transition services to us for limited periods of time and on our ability to provide or procure such services thereafter. Several of these and other factors that could affect our ability to implement our business strategy, such as risks associated with international operations, increased competition, legal developments and general economic conditions, are beyond our control. In addition, circumstances beyond our control and changes in our business or industry may require us to change our business strategy.

  Inability To Implement Our Business Strategy—If We Are Unable To Implement Our Business Strategy, Our Revenues And Profitability May Be Adversely Affected.

      We have recently acquired Cherry Semiconductor Corporation, and we may in the future acquire other businesses, products and technologies. Successful acquisitions in the semiconductor industry are difficult to accomplish because they require, among other things, efficient integration of product offerings and manufacturing operations and coordination of sales and marketing and research and development efforts. The difficulties of integration may be increased by the necessity of coordinating geographically separated organizations, the complexity of the technologies being integrated and the necessity of integrating personnel with disparate business backgrounds and combining different corporate cultures. The integration of operations following an acquisition requires the dedication of management resources that may distract attention from the day-to-day business, and may disrupt key research and development, marketing or sales efforts. In addition, we may issue equity securities to pay for any future acquisitions, which could be dilutive to our existing stockholders. We may also incur debt or assume contingent liabilities in connection with acquisitions, which could harm our operating results. We financed our acquisition of Cherry Semiconductor with cash on hand and additional borrowings under our senior secured bank facilities.

  Future Acquisitions—We May Engage In Acquisitions That May Harm Our Operating Results, Cause Us To Incur Debt Or Assume Contingent Liabilities Or Dilute Our Stockholders.

      Approximately 46%, 33% and 21% of our net product revenues in 1999 were derived from sales, directly or through distributors or electronic manufacturing service providers, to end users in the Americas, the Asia/Pacific region and Europe (including the Middle East), respectively. We maintain significant operations in Guadalajara, Mexico; Seremban, Malaysia; Carmona, the Philippines; Aizu, Japan; Leshan, China; Roznov, the Czech Republic; and Piestany, Slovakia. In addition, we rely on a number of contract manufacturers (primarily for assembly and testing) whose operations are primarily located in the Asia/Pacific region.

      We cannot assure you that we will be successful in overcoming the risks that relate to or arise from operating in international markets. Risks inherent in doing business on an international level include, among others, the following:

  Risks Associated With International Operations—Our International Operations Subject Us To Risks Inherent In Doing Business On An International Level That Could Adversely Impact Our Results Of Operations.

15


Table of Contents

  economic and political instability;
 
  changes in regulatory requirements, tariffs, customs, duties and other trade barriers;
 
  transportation delays;
 
  power supply shortages and shutdowns;
 
  difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations and other labor problems;
 
  currency convertibility and repatriation;
 
  taxation of our earnings and the earnings of our personnel; and

      Our activities outside the United States are subject to additional risks associated with fluctuating currency values and exchange rates, hard currency shortages and controls on currency exchange. Motorola historically engaged in hedging activities to reduce the risk of adverse currency rate fluctuations affecting its overall business, but as a stand-alone company we now bear the risks and costs associated with any such hedging activities. Additionally, while our sales are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, worldwide semiconductor pricing is influenced by currency rate fluctuations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Market Risk.”

  other risks relating to the administration of or changes in, or new interpretations of, the laws, regulations and policies of the jurisdictions in which we conduct our business.

      Our success depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly-skilled technical, managerial, marketing and finance personnel. The market for personnel with such qualifications is highly competitive. In particular, analog component designers are difficult to attract and retain, and the failure to attract and retain analog component designers could compromise our ability to keep pace with our competitors in the market for analog components. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to attract and retain individuals with the qualifications necessary to operate our company most effectively.

  Dependence On Highly Skilled Personnel—If We Fail To Attract And Retain Skilled Personnel, Our Results Of Operations And Competitive Position Could Deteriorate.

      We rely on patents, trade secrets, trademarks, mask works and copyrights to protect our products and technologies. See “Business—Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Other Intellectual Property Rights.” Some of our products and technologies are not covered by any patents or pending patent applications, and we cannot assure you that:

  Dependence On Intellectual Property—We Use A Significant Amount Of Intellectual Property In Our Business. Some Of That Intellectual Property Is Currently The Subject Of Disputes With Third Parties, And Litigation Could Arise In The Future. If We Are Unable To Protect The Intellectual Property We Use, Our Business May Be Adversely Affected.

      Moreover, we cannot assure you that:

  any of the more than approximately 280 U.S. and 280 foreign patents and pending patent applications that Motorola has assigned, licensed or sublicensed to us in connection with our recapitalization will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged or licensed to others;
 
  the license rights granted by Motorola in connection with our recapitalization will provide competitive advantages to us; or
 
  any of our pending or future patent applications will be issued or have the coverage originally sought.

      Furthermore, we cannot assure you that our competitors or others will not develop products or technologies that are similar or superior to our products or technologies, duplicate our products or technologies or design around our protected technologies. In addition, effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable, limited or not applied for in the United States and in foreign countries.

      Also, we may from time to time in the future be notified of claims that we may be infringing third-party patents or other intellectual property rights. Motorola has agreed to indemnify us for a limited period of time with respect to some claims that our activities infringe on the intellectual property rights of others. If necessary or desirable, we may seek licenses under such patents or intellectual property rights. However, we cannot assure you that we will obtain such licenses or that the terms of any offered licenses will be acceptable to us. The failure to obtain a license from a third party for technologies we use could cause us to incur substantial

16


Table of Contents

liabilities or to suspend the manufacture or shipment of products or our use of processes requiring the technologies. Litigation could cause us to incur significant expense, by adversely affecting sales of the challenged product or technologies and diverting the efforts of our technical and management personnel, whether or not such litigation is resolved in our favor. In the event of an adverse outcome in any such litigation, we may be required to:

  any of the trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, know-how or mask works that Motorola has assigned, licensed or sublicensed to us in connection with our recapitalization will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged or licensed to others; or
 
  any of our pending or future trademark, copyright, or mask work applications will be issued or have the coverage originally sought.

We cannot assure you that we would be successful in any such development or acquisition or that any such licenses would be available to us on reasonable terms. Any such development, acquisition or license could require the expenditure of substantial time and other resources.

      We will also seek to protect our proprietary technologies, including technologies that may not be patented or patentable, in part by confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, inventors’ rights agreements with our collaborators, advisors, employees and consultants. We cannot assure you that these agreements will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach or that persons or institutions will not assert rights to intellectual property arising out of our research.

  pay substantial damages;
 
  cease the manufacture, use, sale or importation of infringing products;
 
  expend significant resources to develop or acquire non-infringing technologies;
 
  discontinue the use of processes; or
 
  obtain licenses to the infringing technologies.

      Our manufacturing operations are subject to various environmental laws and regulations relating to the management, disposal and remediation of hazardous substances and the emission and discharge of pollutants into the air and water. Our operations are also subject to laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health which, among other things, regulate employee exposure to hazardous substances. Motorola has agreed to indemnify us for environmental and health and safety liabilities related to the conduct or operations of our business or Motorola’s ownership, occupancy or use of real property occurring prior to our recapitalization. We cannot assure you that such indemnification arrangements will cover all material environmental costs relating to pre-closing matters. Moreover, the nature of our operations exposes us to the continuing risk of environmental and health and safety liabilities related to events or activities occurring after our recapitalization.

      We believe that the future cost of compliance with existing environmental and health and safety laws and regulations (and liability for currently known environmental conditions) will not have a material adverse effect on our business or prospects. However, we cannot predict:

  Environmental Liabilities; Other Governmental Regulation—Regulatory Matters Could Adversely Affect Our Ability To Conduct Our Business And Could Require Expenditures That Could Have A Material Adverse Effect On Our Results Of Operations Or Financial Condition.

17


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Capital Structure

  changes in environmental or health and safety laws or regulations;
 
  the manner in which environmental or health and safety laws or regulations will be enforced, administered or interpreted; or
 
  the cost of compliance with future environmental or health and safety laws or regulations or the costs associated with any future environmental claims, including the cost of clean-up of currently unknown environmental conditions.

      We are highly leveraged and have significant debt service obligations. As of December 31, 1999, after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds of this offering, we would have had total long-term indebtedness of approximately $1,117.9 million (excluding unused commitments), stockholders’ equity of approximately $184.8 million and annual interest expense of approximately $109.4 million. We will be permitted to incur significant additional debt in the future. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you, including the risks that:

  Substantial Leverage—Our Substantial Leverage Could Adversely Affect Our Ability To Operate Our Business.

  we will be required to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to pay principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, product development efforts and strategic acquisitions;
 
  our interest expense could increase if interest rates in general increase because a substantial portion of our debt will bear interest rates based on market rates;
 
  our level of indebtedness will increase our vulnerability to general economic downturns and adverse industry conditions;
 
  our debt service obligations could limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the semiconductor components industry;
 
  our indebtedness may restrict us from raising additional financing on satisfactory terms to fund working capital, capital expenditures, product development efforts and strategic acquisitions; and
 
  our substantial leverage could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who have less debt.

      Our debt instruments contain various provisions that limit our management’s discretion in the operation of our business by restricting our ability to:

  Restrictive Covenants In Our Debt Instruments—The Agreements Governing Our Indebtedness May Limit Our Ability To Finance Future Operations Or Capital Needs Or Engage In Other Business Activities That May Be In Our Interest.

      These restrictions may adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs or engage in other business activities that may be in our interest. In addition, our senior bank facilities require us to maintain compliance with specified financial ratios. Our ability to comply with these ratios may be affected by events beyond our control. A breach of any of the provisions of our debt instruments could result in a default under our indebtedness, which would allow our lenders to declare all outstanding amounts due and payable. In such an event, our assets might not be sufficient to repay those amounts.

18


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Securities Markets and Ownership of Our Common Stock

  incur additional indebtedness;
 
  pay dividends and make other distributions;
 
  prepay subordinated debt;
 
  make restricted payments;
 
  enter into sale and leaseback transactions;
 
  create liens;
 
  sell and otherwise dispose of assets; and
 
  enter into transactions with affiliates.

      The stock markets in general, and the markets for high technology stocks in particular, have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

      Prior to this offering, you could not buy or sell our common stock publicly. Although we have applied to have our common stock quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, an active trading market may not develop or be sustained. We negotiated and determined the initial public offering price with the representatives of the underwriters based on several factors. The market price of the common stock after the offering may be less than the initial public offering price. The market price of the common stock may also fluctuate significantly in response to the following factors, some of which are beyond our control:

  Stock Price Fluctuations—Our Stock Price May Be Volatile, Which Could Result In Substantial Losses For Investors Purchasing Shares In This Offering.

  variations in our quarterly operating results;
 
  changes in securities analysts’ estimates of our financial performance;
 
  changes in market valuations of similar companies;
 
  announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, capital commitments, new products or product enhancements;
 
  loss of a major customer or failure to complete significant transactions; and
 
  additions or departures of key personnel.

      Sales in the public market of a substantial number of shares of common stock or other equity or equity-related securities could depress the market price of the common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. A substantial number of shares of our common stock will be available for future sale. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

  Shares Eligible For Future Sale—Our Stock Price Could Be Affected Because A Substantial Number Of Shares Of Our Common Stock Will Be Available For Sale In The Future.

      The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock, which was negative $2.18 at December 31, 1999. As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $15.14 in our net tangible book value per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share. This dilution will occur in large part because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price in this offering when they purchased their shares of common stock. You will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of outstanding stock options. See “Dilution.”

  Dilution—Purchasers Of Common Stock In This Offering Will Suffer Immediate And Substantial Dilution.

      An affiliate of Texas Pacific Group owns 124,999,433 shares of our common stock, prior to giving effect to this offering, each share of which entitles its holder to one vote on stockholder actions. Following this offering, an affiliate of Texas Pacific Group will continue to own 124,999,433 shares, representing approximately 75% of the overall voting power of our outstanding stock, and will be able to:

  Controlling Stockholder—One Of Our Principal Stockholders Controls Our Company, Which Will Limit The Ability Of Our Other Stockholders To Influence The Outcome Of Director Elections And Other Matters Submitted For A Vote Of Our Stockholders.

19


Table of Contents

In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which relate to business combinations with interested stockholders, do not apply to us. See “Principal Stockholders.”

  elect all of our directors and, as a result, control matters requiring board approval;
 
  control matters submitted to a stockholder vote, including mergers and consolidations with third parties and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets; and
 
  otherwise control or influence our business direction and policies.

      Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could make it harder for a third party to acquire us without the consent of our board of directors. These provisions:

  Anti-Takeover Provisions—Provisions In Our Charter Documents May Delay Or Prevent Acquisition Of Our Company, Which Could Decrease The Value Of Our Stock.

Although we believe these provisions make a higher third-party bid more likely by requiring potential acquirors to negotiate with our board of directors, these provisions apply even if an initial offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.”

20


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      We have made forward-looking statements in this prospectus, including in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Industry” and “Business,” that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Forward-looking statements include the information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, financing plans, competitive position, potential growth opportunities and the effects of competition. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates” or other similar expressions.

      Forward-looking statements involve significant risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. We do not have any intention or obligation to update forward-looking statements after we distribute this prospectus. You should understand that many important factors, in addition to those discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements.

21


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

      We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $448.7 million, at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

      We intend to use the estimated net proceeds we receive from this offering as follows:

  create a board of directors with staggered terms;
 
  permit only our board of directors or the chairman on our board of directors to call special meetings of stockholders;
 
  establish advance notice requirements for submitting nominations for election to the board of directors and for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at a meeting;
 
  prohibit stockholder action by written consent;
 
  authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock, which is preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede a takeover attempt and that our board of directors can create and issue without prior stockholder approval; and
 
  require the approval by holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding common stock to amend any of these provisions in our certificate of incorporation or bylaws.

      If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we intend to use the additional $67.7 million in net proceeds to prepay an additional portion of the loans under our senior bank facilities.

      The senior subordinated notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 12% and mature on August 1, 2009. Loans under our senior bank facilities currently bear interest at floating rates equal to LIBOR plus a spread ranging from 3.00% to 3.75%, and amortize between 2001 and 2007. At December 31, 1999, the weighted average interest rate on loans under our senior bank facilities was 9.36% per annum. We intend to redeem our outstanding preferred stock and prepay a portion of the loans under our senior bank facilities substantially concurrently with the consummation of this offering. We intend to redeem a portion of our senior subordinated notes approximately 30 days after the consummation of this offering, in accordance with the notice requirements contained in the indenture governing those notes.

DIVIDEND POLICY

      We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock since our inception. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. Therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

22


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

      The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 1999 (1) on an actual basis and (2) on an adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

           
Redeem our outstanding redeemable preferred stock (including accrued dividends of $19,400,000 through an assumed redemption date of April 30, 2000) $ 228,400,000
Redeem a portion of our senior subordinated notes (including a redemption premium of $16,800,000 and accrued interest of $16,000,000 through an assumed redemption date of May 31, 2000) 172,800,000
Prepay a portion of the loans under our senior bank facilities (including a prepayment penalty of $800,000 at an assumed prepayment date of April 30, 2000) 47,500,000

Total $ 448,700,000

      The table above does not reflect:

                       
December 31, 1999

Actual As Adjusted


(dollars in millions,
except share data)
Long-term debt, less current portion:
Senior bank facilities:
Tranche A $ 125.5 $ 119.6
Tranche B 325.0 309.8
Tranche C 350.0 333.7


800.5 763.1
Senior subordinated notes 400.0 260.0
Junior subordinated note 94.8 94.8


Total long-term debt, less current portion 1,295.3 1,117.9


Redeemable preferred stock, $.01 par value, 100,000 shares authorized, 2,090 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted; 12% annual dividend rate; liquidation value — $209.0 million plus $10.6 million of accrued dividends, actual 219.6


Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
Common stock, $.01 par value, 300,000,000 shares authorized, 136,666,666 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 300,000,000 shares authorized; 166,666,666 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted 1.4 1.7
Additional paid-in capital 204.2 652.6
Accumulated other comprehensive income 2.7 2.7
Accumulated deficit (456.0 ) (472.2 )


Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) (247.7 ) 184.8


Total capitalization $ 1,267.2 $ 1,302.7


      You should read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Selected Historical Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma and Adjusted Pro Forma Financial Data,” “Management,” “Description of Capital Stock” and our audited historical post-recapitalization consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

23


Table of Contents

DILUTION

      The net tangible book value of our common stock as of December 31, 1999 was negative $297.9 million, or negative $2.18 per share. Net tangible book value per share before the offering has been determined by dividing net tangible book value (total book value of tangible assets less total liabilities, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries and redeemable preferred stock) by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at December 31, 1999. After giving effect to the sale of our common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 1999 would have been $143.2 million, or $.86 per share. This represents an increase in net tangible book value per share of $3.04 to existing stockholders and dilution in net tangible book value per share of $15.14 to new investors who purchase shares in the offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

  10,051,333 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at February 15, 2000, at an exercise price of $1.50  per share, under our 1999 Founders Stock Option Plan;
 
  •   4,205,948 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after February 15, 2000, at an exercise price per share equal to the public offering price, under our 1999 Founders Stock Option Plan and our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan;
 
  •   8,819,385 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan and our 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan; and
 
  long-term debt under our senior bank facilities of $200 million incurred on April 3, 2000 to finance our acquisition of Cherry Semiconductor.

      The following table sets forth, on the adjusted basis described above, as of December 31, 1999, the difference between the number of shares of common stock purchased, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by the existing stockholders and by investors purchasing shares in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

                   
Assumed initial public offering price per share $ 16.00
Net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 1999 $ (2.18 )
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors 3.04

Adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering .86

Dilution per share to new investors $ 15.14

      The discussion and tables above exclude the following:

                                           
Shares Purchased Total Consideration Average


Price Per
Number Percent Amount Percent Share





(in millions) (in millions)
Existing stockholders 136.7 82.0 % $ 205.0 29.9 % $ 1.50
New investors 30.0 18.0 480.0 70.1 16.00




Total 166.7 100.0 % $ 685.0 100.0 %




To the extent these options are exercised or this stock is issued in the future, investors in this offering may experience further dilution.

      The following table adjusts the information set forth in the preceding table to reflect the assumed exercise of options that were outstanding at December 31, 1999 under our 1999 Founders Stock Option Plan and are currently exercisable:

  10,051,333 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at February 15, 2000, at an exercise price of $1.50  per share under our 1999 Founders Stock Option Plan;
 
  •   4,205,948 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after February 15, 2000, at an exercise price per share equal to the public offering price, under our 1999 Founders Stock Option Plan and our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan; and
 
  •   8,819,385 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan and our 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

24


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

      The following table sets forth our selected historical financial data for the periods indicated. We derived the statement of operations data set forth below for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and for the periods from January 1, 1999 through August 3, 1999 and from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1998 and 1999, from our audited historical combined financial statements and audited historical post-recapitalization consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the statement of operations data set forth below for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1997 from our audited historical combined financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. We derived the statement of operations data set forth below for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 from our unaudited historical combined financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. You should read this information in conjunction with “Unaudited Pro Forma and Adjusted Pro Forma Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                                           
Shares Purchased Total Consideration Average


Price Per
Number Percent Amount Percent Share





(in millions) (in millions)
Existing stockholders 136.7 81.2 % $ 205.0 29.8 % $ 1.50
New investors 30.0 17.8 480.0 69.8 16.00
Option holders 1.7 1.0 2.5 .4 1.50




Total 168.4 100.0 % $ 687.5 100.0 %




25


Table of Contents

                                                       
January 1, August 4,
1999 1999
Years Ended December 31, through through

August 3, December 31,
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 1999






(dollars in millions, except share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
 
Revenues:
Net product revenues $ 2,011.1 $ 1,748.0 $ 1,815.3 $ 1,495.3 $ 895.4 $ 728.8
Foundry revenues(1) 69.9






Total revenues 2,011.1 1,748.0 1,815.3 1,495.3 895.4 798.7
Cost of sales(2) 1,209.5 1,128.8 1,112.3 1,060.0 620.3 573.3






Gross profit 801.6 619.2 703.0 435.3 275.1 225.4






Operating expenses:
Research and development(3) 78.1 71.7 65.7 67.5 34.3 16.3
Selling and marketing(4) 99.7 94.4 110.7 92.4 39.0 24.6
General and administrative(5) 180.3 150.8 243.1 205.7 89.4 77.3
Restructuring charges(6) 189.8 3.7






Total operating expenses 358.1 316.9 419.5 555.4 162.7 121.9






Operating income (loss) 443.5 302.3 283.5 (120.1 ) 112.4 103.5






Other income (expenses):
Interest expense(7) (17.7 ) (15.0 ) (11.7 ) (19.8 ) (9.1 ) (55.9 )
Equity in earnings of joint ventures 2.4 (.3 ) 5.7 2.4 1.4






Total other income (expenses) (17.7 ) (12.6 ) (12.0 ) (14.1 ) (6.7 ) (54.5 )






Income before income taxes and minority interests 425.8 289.7 271.5 (134.2 ) 105.7 49.0
Minority interests (1.5 ) (2.1 ) (.9 ) (1.1 )






Revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes $ 425.8 $ 289.7 $ 270.0 $ (136.3 ) $ 104.8 47.9





Provision for income taxes(8) (18.1 )

Net income $ 29.8

Earnings per common share(9):
Basic $ .14

Diluted $ .13

Weighted average common shares outstanding (in  millions):
Basic 136.7

Diluted 144.6

 
Other Financial Data:
Depreciation and amortization $ 135.4 $ 142.4 $ 146.1 $ 145.9 $ 81.5 $ 61.9
Capital expenditures 252.5 190.7 181.9 119.9 39.6 64.0

                                           
December 31,

1995 1996 1997 1998 1999





(dollars in millions)
Balance Sheet Data(10):
Cash and cash equivalents $ 126.8
Working capital 309.8
Total assets $ 714.2 $ 768.9 $ 935.3 $ 840.7 1,616.8
Long-term debt, less current portion 1,295.3
Redeemable preferred stock 219.6
Business equity/total stockholders’ equity (deficit)(11) 689.7 746.1 866.4 681.0 (247.7 )

  (1)  Foundry revenues represent products manufactured for Motorola’s Semiconductor Products Sector. Historically, Motorola recorded these foundry revenues as an offset to cost of sales at cost. We now record such sales in a manner consistent with other third-party sales. We and Motorola have agreed to continue providing manufacturing services to each other for limited periods of time following our recapitalization at fixed prices that are intended to approximate each party’s cost of providing the services. Foundry revenues increase both total revenues and cost of sales in our unaudited pro forma financial statements.
 
  (2)  Cost of sales for periods prior to our recapitalization includes amounts allocated to us by Motorola.
 
  (3)  Research and development expenses for periods prior to our recapitalization include amounts allocated to us by Motorola.
 
  (4)  Selling and marketing expenses for periods prior to our recapitalization include amounts allocated to us by Motorola.
 
  (5)  General and administrative expenses for periods prior to our recapitalization include amounts allocated to us by Motorola.
 
  (6)  Restructuring charges in 1998 consist of the $189.8 million portion of a Motorola restructuring charge allocated to us in June 1998. Restructuring charges of $3.7 million in 1999 consist of an $11.1 million charge for employee separation costs and asset write-downs related primarily to the closure of a manufacturing facility in Arizona in December 1999, which was partially offset by a $7.4 million reduction in our restructuring reserves to take into account the remaining costs to be incurred to complete planned actions under our restructuring plan commenced in June 1998.
 
  (7)  Prior to our recapitalization, Motorola had net interest expense on a consolidated basis for all periods presented. Motorola allocated a portion of these amounts to us primarily on the basis of net assets. For the period subsequent to the recapitalization, interest expense relates to borrowings outstanding under our senior bank facilities, and to our senior subordinated notes and our junior subordinated note.
 
  (8)  Prior to our recapitalization, Motorola did not allocate income tax expense to us.
 
  (9)  Earnings per common share for the period from August 4, 1999 through December  31, 1999 on both a basic and diluted basis are calculated by deducting dividends on our redeemable preferred stock of $10.6 million from net income for such period and then dividing the resulting amount by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during such period.

26


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA AND ADJUSTED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

      We present below our unaudited pro forma statement of operations as if our recapitalization and the other transactions described below had taken place on January 1, 1999. We also present below our unaudited adjusted pro forma statement of operations as if this offering and the application of the estimated proceeds therefrom had also taken place on January 1, 1999. We derived these pro forma and adjusted pro forma financial data from, and you should read them together with, the audited historical combined financial statements and the audited historical post-recapitalization consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

      We prepared the pro forma financial data using the assumptions described below and in the related notes thereto:

(10)  It is not meaningful to show cash and cash equivalents, working capital and long-term liabilities, less current portion prior to our recapitalization because Motorola’s cash management system was not designed to track centralized cash and related financing transactions to the specific cash requirements of our business.
 
(11)  For periods prior to our recapitalization, business equity represented Motorola’s ownership interest in our recorded net assets. All cash transactions, accounts receivable, accounts payable in the United States, other allocations and intercompany transactions were reflected in this amount. For periods subsequent to our recapitalization, our stockholders’ equity (deficit) consists of our paid-in capital, accumulated other comprehensive income and accumulated deficit.

      Prior to our recapitalization, we were a part of Motorola rather than a stand-alone company. As a result, Motorola allocated a portion of its corporate, marketing, administrative and development expenses to us, which is reflected in our audited historical combined financial statements. In the opinion of our management, these allocations are reasonable. However, these expenses may not be indicative of, and it is not feasible to estimate, the nature and level of expenses that might have been incurred had we operated as an independent company for the periods presented. Our management estimates that our aggregate general, administrative, selling and marketing expenses during the first year after our recapitalization will be less than those directly charged and allocated in 1998.

      We prepared the adjusted pro forma financial data using the assumptions described below and in the related notes thereto:

        •   borrowings under our senior bank facilities and the issuance of our senior subordinated notes, our junior subordinated note and our redeemable preferred stock, each as part of our recapitalization;
 
        •   the inclusion of foundry sales and manufacturing expenses in our revenues and cost of sales as historically both foundry sales and manufacturing expenses were included in cost of sales; and
 
        •   quantifiable adjustments to reflect our results of operations on a stand-alone basis.

      The foregoing are based upon available information and assumptions that management believes are reasonable. We have not adjusted the pro forma or adjusted pro forma financial data to reflect operating efficiencies and additional cost savings that we may realize as a result of our stand-alone operations.

      We are providing our unaudited pro forma and adjusted pro forma statement of operations for illustrative purposes only. It does not purport to represent what our results of operations would have been if our recapitalization, this offering, the application of the proceeds therefrom and the other transactions described above actually occurred as of the dates indicated, and it does not purport to project our future results of operations.

27


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)
FORMERLY,
SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS GROUP OF MOTOROLA, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA AND ADJUSTED PRO FORMA

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
        •   the issuance of shares of common stock in this offering; and
 
        •   the application of the estimated proceeds from the sale of these shares to redeem our outstanding preferred stock, redeem a portion of our senior subordinated notes and prepay a portion of the loans under our senior bank facilities.

[Additional columns below]

[Continued from above table, first column(s) repeated]

                                     
January 1, through August 3, 1999

Adjustments Adjustments
for Foundry for the
Historical Revenues Recapitalization Subtotal




(dollars in millions, except share data)
Revenues:
Net product revenues $ 895.4 $ 895.4
Foundry revenues $ 91.1 (A) 91.1


Total revenues 895.4 986.5
Cost of sales 620.3 91.1 (A) 711.4


Gross profit 275.1 275.1


Operating expenses:
Research and development 34.3 $ (13.5 )(B) 20.8
Selling and marketing 39.0 39.0
General and administrative 89.4 4.9  (B) 94.3
Restructuring charges


Total operating expenses 162.7 154.1


Operating income 112.4 121.0


Other income (expenses):
Interest expense (9.1 ) (74.7 )(C)
9.1  (D) (74.7 )
Equity in earnings of joint ventures 2.4 2.4


Total other income (expenses) (6.7 ) (72.3 )


Income before income taxes and minority interests 105.7 48.7
Provision for income taxes (18.0 )(F) (18.0 )
Minority interests (.9 ) (.9 )


Net income(G) $ 104.8 $ 29.8


Earnings per common share(H):
Basic N/A N/A
Diluted N/A N/A
Weighted average common shares
outstanding (in millions):
Basic N/A N/A
Diluted N/A N/A

See accompanying Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma and Adjusted Pro Forma Statement of Operations.

28


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)
FORMERLY,
SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS GROUP OF MOTOROLA, INC.

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA AND ADJUSTED PRO FORMA

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                                     
Year Ended December 31, 1999
Historical
August 4 Adjustments
through for this Adjusted
December 31, 1999 Pro Forma Offering Pro Forma




(dollars in millions, except share data)
Revenues:
Net product revenues $ 728.8 $ 1,624.2 $ 1,624.2
Foundry revenues 69.9 161.0 161.0



Total revenues 798.7 1,785.2 1,785.2
Cost of sales 573.3 1,284.7 1,284.7



Gross profit 225.4 500.5 500.5



Operating expenses:
Research and development 16.3 37.1 37.1
Selling and marketing 24.6 63.6 63.6
General and administrative 77.3 171.6 171.6
Restructuring charges 3.7 3.7 3.7



Total operating expenses 121.9 276.0 276.0



Operating income 103.5 224.5 224.5



Other income (expenses):
Interest expense
(55.9 ) (130.6 ) $ 21.2  (E) (109.4 )
Equity in earnings of joint ventures 1.4 3.8 3.8



Total other income (expenses) (54.5 ) (126.8 ) (105.6 )



Income before income taxes and minority interests 49.0 97.7 118.9
Provision for income taxes (18.1 ) (36.1 ) (7.9 )(F) (44.0 )
Minority interests (1.1 ) (2.0 ) (2.0 )



Net income(G) $ 29.8 $ 59.6 $ 72.9



Earnings per common share(H):
Basic $ .14 $ .24 $ .44



Diluted $ .13 $ .23 $ .42



Weighted average common shares
outstanding (in millions):
Basic 136.7 136.7 166.7



Diluted 144.6 144.6 174.6



  (A) Foundry revenues represent products manufactured for Motorola’s Semiconductor Products Sector. Historically, Motorola recorded these revenues as an offset to cost of sales at cost. We now record such sales in a manner consistent with other third-party sales. We and Motorola have agreed to continue providing manufacturing services to each other for limited periods of time following our recapitalization at fixed prices that are intended to approximate each party’s cost of providing the services. Foundry revenues increase total revenues and cost of sales in our unaudited pro forma and adjusted pro forma financial data.
  (B) Reflects the elimination of Motorola cost allocations for corporate and divisional research and development and other allocated costs that bear no direct or indirect relationship to our operations. These costs represent allocations in excess of what we will incur on a stand-alone basis.
         
January 1
through
August 3,
1999

(in millions)
Corporate research and development(1) $ 3.2
Sector engineering(2) 10.3

$ 13.5

            The following describes the above cost allocation adjustments:

         
January 1
through
August 3,
1999

(in millions)
Royalty income(3) $ (5.4 )
Other expenses(4) .5

$ (4.9 )

29


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)
FORMERLY,
SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS GROUP OF MOTOROLA, INC.

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA AND ADJUSTED PRO FORMA

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS — (Continued)

  (1)  Represents the elimination of the portion of Motorola’s expenses for its corporate research and development labs that was allocated to the Semiconductor Components Group. These were costs for Motorola projects that we will not incur in the future.
 
  (2)  Represents the elimination of the portion of Motorola’s expenses for sector engineering that was allocated to the Semiconductor Components Group, excluding the costs for a lab that performed research and development for the Semiconductor Components Group’s TMOS products. We will not incur costs relating to these research and development activities in the future.
 
  (3)  Represents the elimination of royalty income that Motorola allocated to all of its businesses. This royalty income is not necessarily indicative of the income we will receive as a stand-alone company.
 
  (4)  Represents the elimination of other income and expenses that Motorola allocated to all of its businesses. These items principally include chemical decontamination costs and other expenses that we will not incur in the future.

  (C) Reflects the additional interest expense resulting from borrowings of approximately $1.23 billion under the credit agreement relating to our senior bank facilities and through the issuance of our senior subordinated notes and our junior subordinated note, plus $3.8 million of deferred financing cost amortization. This pro forma interest charge assumes that we borrowed the following amounts on January 1, 1999 and that the interest rates indicated below applied through August 3, 1999:

  Tranche A of senior bank facilities of $65.5 million — LIBOR plus 3.00% (8.14%, assumed rate)
  Tranche B of senior bank facilities of $325.0 million — LIBOR plus 3.50% (8.64%, assumed rate)
  Tranche C of senior bank facilities of $350.0 million — LIBOR plus 3.75% (8.89%, assumed rate)
  Senior subordinated notes of $400.0 million (12.00%, fixed rate)
  Junior subordinated note of $91.0 million (10.00%, fixed rate)

  An increase or decrease of .125% in LIBOR would have resulted in a $.5 million adjustment to this pro forma interest charge for the period from January 1, 1999 through August 3, 1999.

  (D) Reflects the elimination of the portion of Motorola’s corporate interest expense that was allocated to the Semiconductor Components Group.

  (E)  Represents the elimination of interest expense assuming that a portion of the net proceeds of this offering were used to repay pro forma borrowings of $177.4 million under the credit agreement relating to our senior bank facilities and our senior subordinated notes as of January 1, 1999. This adjusted pro forma interest expense reduction for the year ended December 31, 1999 assumes that the following amounts were repaid on January 1, 1999 and the interest rates indicated below applied during 1999:

  Tranche A senior bank facilities of $5.9 million (8.33%, assumed rate)
  Tranche B senior bank facilities of $15.2 million (8.83%, assumed rate)
  Tranche C senior bank facilities of $16.3 million (9.08%, assumed rate)
  Senior subordinated notes of $140 million (12.00%, fixed rate)

30


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)
FORMERLY,
SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS GROUP OF MOTOROLA, INC.

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA AND ADJUSTED PRO FORMA

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS — (Continued)

  (F) Prior to our recapitalization, Motorola did not allocate income tax expense to the Semiconductor Components Group. This adjustment represents the provision for income taxes for the period from January 1, 1999 through August 3, 1999 that would have resulted from applying our actual effective income tax rate of approximately 38% for the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 to our pre-tax income for the period prior to the recapitalization. We have also used this effective tax rate to adjust the provision for income taxes resulting from the adjusted pro forma reduction in interest expense described in Note E above. We believe that the pro forma and adjusted pro forma provisions for income taxes represent reasonable estimates of what our income tax expense would have been had we been a stand-alone company during 1999.
 
  (G)  Upon consummation of this offering, we intend to redeem our outstanding preferred stock, redeem a portion of our senior subordinated notes and prepay a portion of the loans outstanding under our senior bank facilities. In connection therewith, we expect to incur prepayment penalties and redemption premiums of approximately $17.6 million and to write off approximately $8.6 million of

31


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      You should read the following discussion in conjunction with our audited historical combined financial statements, our audited historical post-recapitalization consolidated financial statements and our unaudited pro forma and adjusted pro forma financial data for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our audited historical combined financial statements present the combined assets, liabilities and business equity and the related combined revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes of the business of Motorola’s Semiconductor Components Group prior to our August 4, 1999 recapitalization and are not intended to be a complete presentation of the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the business of ON Semiconductor™. The results of operations before taxes are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations before taxes that would have been recorded by us on a stand-alone basis. Our audited historical post-recapitalization consolidated financial statements present the consolidated financial position and results of operations of ON Semiconductor™ on a stand-alone basis subsequent to our August 4, 1999 recapitalization. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from the results contemplated by these forward-looking statements due to certain factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in the prospectus.

Overview

      We are one of the largest independent suppliers of semiconductor components in the world. Our total addressable market consists of discrete, standard analog and standard logic semiconductors. According to World Semiconductor Trade Statistics, our total addressable market comprised approximately $19.5 billion of revenues in 1999 and is projected to grow to $25.1 billion in revenues in 2002. The principal end-user markets for our products are networking and computing, wireless communications, consumer electronics, automotive electronics and industrial. Our products are used in such high-growth applications as routers and other networking equipment, cable and other high-speed modems, cellular telephones and other portable electronic devices, digital set-top boxes, DVD players, GPS and other navigation tools and industrial automation and control systems.

      We offer our customers a portfolio of over 16,000 products. Our products generally have long market life cycles, averaging 10 to 20 years, with some as long as 30 years. The longevity of these products allows us to use our manufacturing assets for longer periods of time, reducing our capital expenditure requirements relative to semiconductor companies that manufacture complex devices such as microprocessors. Our total sales volume was approximately 19 billion units in 1999.

      Recent Restructuring. In 1997, Motorola created the Semiconductor Components Group as a separate division within its Semiconductor Products Sector to concentrate on the manufacturing of discrete, standard analog and standard logic semiconductors. In 1998, Motorola initiated a company-wide restructuring with the goal of increasing the manufacturing efficiency of various operations within each of Motorola’s business groups. In furtherance of this strategy, we have implemented ongoing cost-saving initiatives to rationalize our product portfolio, close plants and relocate or outsource related operations to take advantage of lower-cost labor markets and make our manufacturing processes more efficient. See “Business—Manufacturing” and “Business—Employees.” We expect to realize annual cost savings of approximately $210 million in 2000, as compared to our cost structure at the beginning of 1998. Motorola recorded a restructuring charge in the second quarter of 1998, of which $189.8 million was allocated to us. We do not currently anticipate any significant additional charges in connection with this restructuring.

      Recapitalization. Immediately prior to our August 4, 1999 recapitalization, we were a wholly-owned subsidiary of Motorola. We held and continue to hold, through direct and indirect subsidiaries, substantially all of the assets and operations of the Semiconductor Components Group of Motorola’s Semiconductor Products Sector. As part of our recapitalization, an affiliate of Texas Pacific Group purchased our common shares from Motorola for $337.5 million, and we redeemed common stock held by Motorola for a total of approximately $952 million. As a result, prior to giving effect to this offering, Texas Pacific Group’s affiliate owns

32


Table of Contents

approximately 91%, and Motorola owns approximately 9%, of our voting common stock. To finance a portion of the recapitalization, Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC, our primary domestic operating subsidiary, borrowed $740.5 million under senior secured bank facilities (a portion of which we intend to prepay using a portion of the proceeds of this offering), we and Semiconductor Components issued $400 million of senior subordinated notes ($140 million of which we intend to redeem using a portion of the proceeds of this offering) and Semiconductor Components issued a $91 million junior subordinated note to Motorola. We also issued mandatorily redeemable preferred stock with a total initial liquidation preference of $209 million (which we intend to redeem upon consummation of this offering) to Motorola and Texas Pacific Group’s affiliate. Because Texas Pacific Group’s affiliate did not acquire substantially all of SCG Holding’s common stock, the basis of SCG Holding’s assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes was not impacted by our recapitalization.

      Separation from Motorola. When we were a division of Motorola, Motorola allocated to us expenses related to shared services provided by Motorola and its other divisions. During 1998, we incurred approximately $298 million in general, administrative, marketing and selling expenses, of which Motorola and its other divisions allocated to us approximately $119 million. During the period from January 1, 1999 to our August 1999 recapitalization, we incurred $128.4 million of general, administrative, marketing and selling expenses, of which Motorola and its other divisions allocated to us $52 million. As part of our recapitalization, we identified the specific services that we believed were necessary to our business and that we would not be able initially to provide ourselves. Motorola agreed to provide or arrange for the provision of these services, including information technology, human resources, supply management and finance services, for periods of time sufficient to facilitate our transition to a stand-alone company. Our management estimates that we will incur not more than $75 million under these arrangements for general, administrative, selling and marketing related expenses during the first year after our recapitalization and that our aggregate general, administrative, selling and marketing expenses during that period will be less than those directly charged and allocated in 1998. In addition, Motorola agreed to continue to provide worldwide shipping and freight services to us for a period of up to three years using the cost allocation method in effect at the time of the recapitalization. Under this arrangement, we anticipate paying Motorola approximately $30 million in the first year following our recapitalization. We believe that the scope of the agreements we entered into with Motorola as part of our recapitalization and the time frames, pricing and other terms provide us sufficient time to effect the transition with minimal disruption to our business, and that we will ultimately be able to provide these services ourselves or identify third-party suppliers to provide such services on terms not materially less favorable to us than the terms of our arrangements with Motorola.

      We and Motorola have also agreed to continue providing manufacturing services to each other for limited periods of time following our recapitalization at fixed prices that are intended to approximate each party’s cost of providing these services. Prior to our recapitalization, the cost of the services we provided to other divisions of Motorola’s Semiconductor Products Sector was recorded as a credit to our cost of production, while the cost of the services other divisions of Motorola’s Semiconductor Products Sector provided to us was included in our cost of sales. We now record foundry revenues for services we provide to other divisions of Motorola’s Semiconductor Products Sector as revenues, and this change has been reflected as an adjustment in our unaudited pro forma and adjusted pro forma financial data for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999 included elsewhere in this prospectus. In 1997, 1998 and the period from January 1, 1999 to August 3, 1999, the Semiconductor Components Group recorded $177.4 million, $162.3 million and $91.0 million, respectively, for the cost of foundry services it provided to other divisions of Motorola’s Semiconductor Products Sector. Each party has committed to purchases specified under these manufacturing services agreements. Subject to our right to cancel upon six months’ written notice, we have minimum commitments to purchase manufacturing services from Motorola of approximately $88 million, $51 million, $41 million and $40 million in fiscal years 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively, and have no purchase obligations thereafter. We currently anticipate that we will purchase manufacturing services from Motorola of approximately $150 million in 2000. We currently anticipate that Motorola, which has no purchase obligations after 2000, will purchase manufacturing services from us of approximately $47 million in 2000 and that any purchases thereafter will be insignificant. We believe that, prior to the expiration of our manufacturing services agreements with Motorola, we will be able to relocate operations to our facilities, or make arrangements with

33


Table of Contents

third-party manufacturers to replace the manufacturing services provided by Motorola at costs not materially in excess of the amounts we expect to pay Motorola.

      Market Share. We experienced a decline in our market share from 1994 through 1999. Our market share as a percentage of our total addressable market was 10.5% in 1994, 9.7% in 1995, 9.4% in each of 1996 and 1997, 8.7% in 1998 and 8.4% in 1999. We believe this decline was attributable primarily to the emphasis of Motorola’s Semiconductor Products Sector on the sale of more complex and higher-priced semiconductors, including the diversion of research and development, capital expenditures and manufacturing capacity to these products and incentives provided to our sales force and third-party distributors linked to the sale of these products. Although our total addressable market share may continue to decline for 2000, we expect that any such decline will not materially affect our operating results because we have chosen to focus on products with significant growth potential, such as analog, emitter-coupled logic and bipolar discrete semiconductors.

      Joint Ventures. We have majority ownership interests in two joint ventures located in the Czech Republic. As we have the ability to control these joint ventures, we have consolidated them in our financial statements. We also have a majority ownership interest in a Chinese joint venture as well as a 50% interest in a joint venture located in Malaysia. As we do not have the ability to control these joint ventures, we have accounted for them in our financial statements using the equity method. See “Business—Joint Ventures.”

Recent Developments

      On April 3, 2000, we acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Cherry Semiconductor Corporation for approximately $250 million in cash, which we financed with cash on hand and borrowings of $220 million under our senior secured bank facilities.

      On April 24, 2000, we announced net income of $25.5 million for the first quarter of 2000, compared to pro forma net income of $4.5 million for the same period last year. Net product revenues in the first quarter of 2000 were $451.5 million, an increase of approximately 21% from pro forma net product revenues of $373.3 million in the first quarter of 1999 and an increase of approximately 6% from the fourth quarter of 1999.

Results of Operations

      The following table summarizes certain information relating to our historical operating results that has been derived from our audited historical combined financial statements and our audited historical post-recapitalization consolidated financial statements:

34


Table of Contents

  debt issuance costs that are currently included in other assets in our consolidated balance sheet. We intend to recognize this adjustment in the period during which it is incurred and to classify it as an extraordinary loss (approximately $26.2 million, pre-tax). Due to the nonrecurring nature of this charge, it has been excluded from the unaudited adjusted pro forma financial data for the year ended December 31, 1999.
 
  (H) Earnings per common share for the period from August 4, 1999 through December  31, 1999 on both a basic and diluted basis is calculated by deducting dividends on our redeemable preferred stock of $10.6 million from net income for that period and then dividing the resulting amount by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The pro forma per share amounts for the year ended December 31, 1999 are calculated by deducting pro forma preferred stock dividends of $26.2 million, assuming that the preferred stock had been outstanding during the entire year, from net income and then dividing the resulting amount by the pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year. The adjusted pro forma financial data for the year ended December 31, 1999 assumes that our preferred stock was not outstanding during the year and, therefore, no related dividends would have accrued. Accordingly, the adjusted pro forma per share amounts are calculated by dividing net income (before the extraordinary loss described in note (G) above) by the adjusted pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year.

      The following table summarizes certain information related to our historical operating results expressed as a percentage of net product revenues:

                                             
Post-
Pre-Recapitalization Recapitalization


Years Ended January 1 August 4 Year
December 31, through through Ended

August 3, December 31, December 31,
1997 1998 1999 1999 1999





(dollars in millions)
Revenues:
Net product revenues $ 1,815.3 $ 1,495.3 $ 895.4 $ 728.8 $ 1,624.2
Foundry revenues 69.9 69.9





Total revenues 1,815.3 1,495.3 895.4 798.7 1,694.1
Cost of sales 1,112.3 1,060.0 620.3 573.3 1,193.6





Gross profit 703.0 435.3 275.1 225.4 500.5





Operating expenses:
Research and development 65.7 67.5 34.3 16.3 50.6
Selling and marketing 110.7 92.4 39.0 24.6 63.6
General and administrative 243.1 205.7 89.4 77.3 166.7
Restructuring charges 189.8 3.7 3.7





Total operating expenses 419.5 555.4 162.7 121.9 284.6





Operating income (loss) 283.5 (120.1 ) 112.4 103.5 215.9





Other income (expenses):
Interest expense (11.7 ) (19.8 ) (9.1 ) (55.9 ) (65.0 )
Equity in earnings of joint ventures (.3 ) 5.7 2.4 1.4 3.8





Total other income (expenses) (12.0 ) (14.1 ) (6.7 ) (54.5 ) (61.2 )





Income before income taxes and minority interests 271.5 (134.2 ) 105.7 49.0 154.7
Minority interests (1.5 ) (2.1 ) (.9 ) (1.1 ) (2.0 )





Revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes $ 270.0 $ (136.3 ) $ 104.8 $ 47.9 $ 152.7





35


Table of Contents

     Prior to our capitalization, Motorola allocated a portion of its operating expenses to us. Although we believe that these allocations were reasonable, we also believe that subsequent to our recapitalization our annual operating expenses, as a percentage of net product revenues, will be less than the aggregate amount of such annual expenses, as a percentage of net product revenues, that were incurred directly plus those that were allocated to us by Motorola prior to the recapitalization.

     Year Ended December 31, 1999 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1998

      Total revenues. Total revenues increased $198.8 million, or 13.3%, from $1,495.3 million in 1998 to $1,694.1 million in 1999, due to an increase in net product revenues and the inclusion of foundry revenues as a component of total revenues after our recapitalization. Our total revenues consist of net product revenues and foundry revenues. Net product revenues relate to the sale of semiconductor components that are recognized at the time of shipment to the customer. We also make provisions for estimated returns and allowances at that time. Foundry revenues relate to products manufactured for Motorola and are recognized at the time of shipment to Motorola. Prior to our recapitalization, Motorola recorded these revenues as an offset to cost of sales at cost. We now record these sales in a manner consistent with other third party sales. We expect to continue to generate foundry revenues through the term of the our manufacturing agreements with Motorola, which expire at the end of this year but may be canceled by either party prior to expiration upon six months written notice.

      Net product revenues. Net product revenues increased $128.9 million, or 8.6%, from $1,495.3 million in 1998 to $1,624.2 million in 1999. Unit volume increased by 27.1% in 1999 compared to 1998, while the average selling price for our products decreased by 14.6%, as a result of excess semiconductor manufacturing capacity, product mix and aggressive pricing actions taken to maintain market share. Given recent increases in demand and capacity utilization, we expect selling prices for most of our products to stabilize in the near term. Depending on the overall mix of products we sell, however, our average selling price, calculated by dividing net product revenues by units sold, may decline.

      Net revenues for standard analog products, which accounted for 20.3% of net product revenues in 1999, increased 17.9% compared to 1998, as a result of increased demand in the telecommunications industry and our focus on expanding the sales of this product line. Net revenues for standard logic products, which accounted for 23.8% of net product revenues in 1999, increased 12.0% compared to 1998, due to increased demand for emitter-coupled logic products, which was partially offset by reduced emphasis on older standard logic product families and the discontinuation of a related product line. Net revenues for discrete products, which accounted for 55.7% of net product revenues in 1999, increased by 4.3% compared to 1998, mainly fueled by increased demand in the rectifier, thyristor and zener product families, which was partially offset by the sale of a product line in August 1998.

      Approximately 46%, 33% and 21% of our net product revenues in 1999 were derived from sales to end users, directly or through distributors or electronic manufacturing service providers, in the Americas, Asia/ Pacific and Europe (including the Middle East), respectively, compared to 46%, 30% and 24%, respectively, in 1998.

      Foundry revenues. Foundry revenues in 1999 were $69.9 million and relate only to the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999. As previously mentioned, prior to our recapitalization, Motorola recorded foundry revenues as an offset to cost of sales at cost. Foundry revenues recorded as an offset to cost of sales totaled $91.0 million for the period from January 1, 1999 through August 3, 1999 and $162.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1998.

      Cost of sales. Cost of sales increased $133.6 million, or 12.6%, from $1,060.0 million in 1998 to $1,193.6 million in 1999, primarily as a result of increased sales volume and the inclusion of cost of foundry sales as a component of cost of sales after our recapitalization. These increases were partially offset by cost reductions from our recent restructuring program commenced in 1998. The restructuring program included the implementation of ongoing cost-saving initiatives to rationalize our product portfolio, close plants and relocate or outsource related operations to take advantage of lower-cost labor markets and make our manufacturing processes more efficient. In connection with the restructuring program, we have closed wafer fabrication and assembly and test facilities located in the Philippines and Arizona and have outsourced or moved related operations to other facilities in Malaysia, Mexico, the Czech Republic and Japan. We expect these cost

36


Table of Contents

reductions will continue to have a positive impact on our gross margin as a percentage of net product revenues. See “—Overview—Recent Restructuring.”

      Gross profit. Gross profit increased 15.0% from $435.3 million in 1998 to $500.5 million in 1999. As a percentage of net product revenues, gross margin was 29.1% in 1998, compared to 30.8% in 1999. The improvement in gross profit resulted mainly from reductions in costs from our restructuring program, which were offset, in part, by lower average selling prices.

Operating expenses

      Research and development. Research and development costs decreased $16.9 million, or 25.0% from $67.5 million in 1998 to $50.6 million in 1999, primarily as a result of the discontinuation of related expense allocations from Motorola following our recapitalization. As a percentage of net product revenues, these costs decreased from 4.5% in 1998 to 3.1% in 1999. Research and development costs that we incurred directly increased from $34.4 million in 1998 to $37.3 million in 1999, while research and development costs allocated from Motorola decreased from $33.1 million to $13.3 million for the same periods. We expect our research and development costs to increase as we concentrate on developing products for our high-growth markets.

      Selling and marketing. Selling and marketing expenses decreased by 31.2% from $92.4 million in 1998 to $63.6 million in 1999. As a percentage of net product revenues, these costs decreased from 6.2% in 1998 to 3.9% in 1999. The decrease in selling and marketing expenses was attributable to workforce reductions associated with our restructuring program. We anticipate that our selling and marketing expenses will increase as we develop an applications organization within our marketing group to focus on identifying system needs and designing improved products for our high-growth markets.

      General and administrative. General and administrative expenses decreased by 19.0% from $205.7 million in 1998 to $166.7 million in 1999, as a result of worldwide personnel reductions associated with our restructuring program and as a result of our recapitalization and the discontinuation of related expense allocations from Motorola. As a percentage of net product revenues, these costs decreased from 13.8% in 1998 to 10.3% in 1999. General and administrative expenses allocated from Motorola decreased from $115.2 million in 1998 to $50.0 million in 1999.

      Restructuring charges. In June 1998, Motorola recorded a charge to cover one-time costs related to a restructuring program, including costs related to the consolidation of manufacturing operations, the exit of non-strategic or poorly performing businesses by discontinuance of selected product lines and the rationalization of our product portfolio, and a reduction in the number of our employees. Asset impairment and other charges were also recorded for the write-down of assets that had become impaired as a result of business conditions or business portfolio decisions. Motorola allocated $189.8 million of this charge to us, of which $53.9 million represented asset impairments charged directly against machinery and equipment. The remaining charges consisted of $13.2 million for the consolidation of manufacturing operations, $20.7 million for business exits and $102.0 million for employment reductions. Through December 31, 1998, the we had spent $67.9 million in connection with this restructuring program, including $58.5 million for employee separation costs and $9.4 million for business exits, leaving a reserve of $68.0 million as of that date.

      A summary of activity in our restructuring reserves during 1999 is as follows:

                                             
Post-
Pre-Recapitalization Recapitalization


Years Ended January 1 August 4 Year
December 31, through through Ended

August 3, December 31, December 31,
1997 1998 1999 1999 1999





(as a percentage of net product revenues)
Revenues:
Net product revenues 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %
Foundry revenues 9.6 4.3





Total revenues 100.0 100.0 100.0 109.6 104.3
Cost of sales 61.3 70.9 69.3 78.7 73.5





Gross profit 38.7 29.1 30.7 30.9 30.8





Operating expenses:
Research and development 3.6 4.5 3.8 2.2 3.1
Selling and marketing 6.1 6.2 4.4 3.4 3.9
General and administrative 13.4 13.8 10.0 10.6 10.3
Restructuring charges 12.7 .5 .2





Total operating expenses 23.1 37.2 18.2 16.7 17.5





Operating income (loss) 15.6 (8.1 ) 12.5 14.2 13.3





Other income (expenses):
Interest expense (.6 ) (1.3 ) (1.0 ) (7.7 ) (4.0 )
Equity in earnings of joint ventures .0 .4 .3 .2 .2





Total other income (expenses) (.6 ) (.9 ) (.7 ) (7.5 ) (3.8 )





Income before income taxes and minority interests 15.0 (9.0 ) 11.8 6.7 9.5
Minority interests (.1 ) (.1 ) (.1 ) (.2 ) (.1 )





Revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes 14.9 % (9.1 )% 11.7 % 6.5 % 9.4 %





37


Table of Contents

      At the time of the recapitalization, it was determined that the remaining 900 employees whose positions were to have been eliminated in connection with the restructuring described above would only be entitled to termination benefits if they remained employees of and were terminated by Motorola. Accordingly, Motorola agreed to retain the employees as well as the remaining employee separation reserve of $28.8 million as of August 3, 1999. Motorola has advised us that the remaining employees were released over the balance of 1999 and that the related costs were charged against the employee separation reserve.

      During the fourth quarter of 1999, we completed a detailed evaluation of the costs to be incurred to complete the remaining actions under our restructuring and have, as a result, reduced $7.4 million of our restructuring reserve to income as a credit to restructuring charges in our consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income.

      In December 1999, we recorded a restructuring charge of $11.1 million, including $3.5 million to cover separation costs relating to approximately 150 employees at a manufacturing facility in Mesa, Arizona that was closed in December 1999, as well as a charge of $7.6 million to cover equipment write-downs at that facility and other non-cash business exit costs that were charged directly against the related assets.

      Operating income (loss). We generated an operating loss of $120.1 million in 1998 compared to operating income of $215.9 million in 1999. This improvement is attributable to the restructuring charge in 1998 as well as subsequent cost reductions resulting from the restructuring and an increase in net product sales. As described above, cost reductions from the restructuring related to the consolidation of manufacturing operations, the relocation or outsourcing of related operations to take advantage of lower-cost labor markets, the exit of non-strategic or poorly performing businesses by discontinuance of select product lines and the rationalization of our product portfolio, and a reduction in the number of employees. Excluding the restructuring charge, we generated operating income of $69.7 million, or 4.7% of net product revenues during 1998.

      Interest expense. Interest expense increased $45.2 million, or 228%, from $19.8 million in 1998 to $65.0 million in 1999, due to borrowings under our senior bank facilities and the issuance of our senior subordinated notes and our junior subordinated note in order to finance our recapitalization.

      Equity in earnings of joint ventures. Equity in earnings from joint ventures decreased $1.9 million, or 33.3%, from $5.7 million in 1998 to $3.8 million in 1999, due primarily to reduced earnings in the Leshan, China joint venture associated with higher financing costs.

      Minority interests. Minority interests represent the portion of net income of two Czech joint ventures attributable to the minority owners of each joint venture. As previously described, we consolidate these joint ventures in our financial statements. Minority interests were $2.0 million in 1999, compared to $2.1 million in 1998.

      Revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes. Revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes increased $289.0 million, from a deficit of $136.3 million in 1998 to income of $152.7 million in 1999, due primarily to the restructuring charge in 1998, an increase in net product revenues and the cost reductions associated with the restructuring, partially offset by average sales price declines.

      Provision for income taxes. Provision for income taxes was $18.1 million in 1999. No provision for taxes was made for periods prior to our recapitalization.

     Year Ended December 31, 1998 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1997

      Net product revenues. Net product revenues decreased $320.0 million, or 17.6%, from $1,815.3 million in 1997 to $1,495.3 million in 1998. Our net revenues decreased in all major product categories. The decline in net product revenues, which was greater than the decline in overall revenues in our total addressable market of 11% over the same time period, was attributable to a worldwide recessionary period in the semiconductor industry resulting from the Asian economic crisis, excess manufacturing capacity and excess inventory levels. The average selling price for our products declined 12.3%, while total unit volume declined only 5.9%.

      Net revenues for discrete, standard analog and standard logic products, which accounted for 58%, 19% and 23%, respectively, of net product revenues in 1998, decreased 16.5%, 7.3% and 27.1%, respectively,

38


Table of Contents

compared to 1997, primarily as a result of industry-wide declines in average selling prices. The decrease in net revenues of standard logic products was exacerbated by our discontinuation of a standard logic product line and reduced emphasis on older standard logic product families.

      Approximately 46%, 30% and 24% of our net product revenues in 1998 were derived from sales to end users in the Americas, the Asia/ Pacific region and Europe (including the Middle East), respectively, compared to 46%, 33% and 21%, respectively, in 1997.

      Cost of sales. Cost of sales decreased $52.3 million, or 4.7%, from $1,112.3 million in 1997 to $1,060 million in 1998, primarily as a result of decreased sales volume.

      Gross profit. Gross profit decreased 38.1% from $703.0 million in 1997 to $435.3 million in 1998. As a percentage of net product revenues, gross margin was 38.7% in 1997 compared to 29.1% in 1998. The decrease in gross margin as a percentage of net product revenues resulted primarily from a lower average sales price as well as the underutilization of production capacity, causing fixed production costs to be spread over fewer units of production. These negative impacts on gross profit were offset, in part, by reductions in costs resulting from the restructuring program initiated in June 1998.

Operating expenses

      Research and development. Research and development costs increased $1.8 million, or 2.7%, from $65.7 million in 1997 to $67.5 million in 1998. As a percentage of net product revenues, these costs increased from 3.6% in 1997 to 4.5% in 1998. Research and development costs historically consisted of allocations from Motorola and other divisions of its Semiconductor Products Sector as well as research and development costs incurred directly by us. Research and development expenses allocated to us by Motorola and other divisions of its Semiconductor Products Sector decreased by $1.5 million from $34.6 million in 1997 to $33.1 million in 1998. Research and development cost increased by $3.3 million from $31.1 million in 1997 to $34.4 million in 1998. This increase reflects our continued commitment to focus on new product development.

      Selling and marketing. Selling and marketing expenses decreased by 16.5% from $110.7 million in 1997 to $92.4 million in 1998. The reduction in selling and marketing expenses is attributable to the restructuring program. As a percentage of net product revenues, these costs remained relatively consistent at just over 6% in 1997 and 1998 due to the decline in total revenues and the restructuring in 1998.

      General and administrative. General and administrative expenses decreased by 15.4% from $243.1 million in 1997 to $205.7 million in 1998. As a percentage of net product revenues, these costs remained relatively consistent at just over 13% in 1997 and 1998 due to the decline in net product revenues in 1998. In addition to general and administrative expenses incurred directly by us, general and administrative costs consist of an allocation of Motorola’s corporate and sector costs. General and administrative expenses allocated to us by Motorola decreased by $1.8 million, or 1.5%, to $115.2 million for 1998. General and administrative expenses incurred directly by us decreased by $35.6 million, or 28.2%, to $90.5 million for 1998. The reduction in general and administrative expenses is primarily attributable to worldwide personnel reductions under the restructuring.

      Restructuring and other charges. In June 1998, Motorola recorded a charge to cover restructuring costs related to the consolidation of manufacturing operations, the exit of non-strategic or poorly performing businesses and a reduction in worldwide employment by 20,000 employees. Asset impairment and other charges were also recorded for the writedown of assets that had become impaired as a result of business conditions or business portfolio decisions. Motorola allocated $189.8 million of this charge to us, of which $53.9 million represented asset impairments charged directly against machinery and equipment. Under our restructuring program, we expect to reduce our workforce by approximately 3,900 employees by the end of the first quarter of 2000. As of December 31, 1999, we had released approximately 3,500 employees as part of our restructuring program.

39


Table of Contents

      As of December 31, 1998, $68.0 million of restructuring accruals remain outstanding. The following table shows, as of December 31, 1998, the balances of the accruals established during the second quarter of 1998:

                                                   
Balance as of Amounts Balance as of
December 31, Amounts Retained by Reserve December 31,
1998 Used Motorola Release Provision 1999






(dollars in millions)
Consolidation of manufacturing operations $ 13.2 $ (4.6 ) $ $ (2.6 ) $ $ 6.0
Business exits 11.3 (6.5 ) (4.8 )
Employee separations 43.5 (14.7 ) (28.8 ) 3.5 3.5






Total restructuring $ 68.0 $ (25.8 ) $ (28.8 ) $ (7.4 ) $ 3.5 $ 9.5






      Our remaining accrual at December 31, 1998 of $13.2 million for the consolidation of manufacturing operations represents the finalization of plant closings in Arizona and the Philippines. Within the business exits category, the remaining accrual of $11.3 million at December 31, 1998 relates to costs of exiting two unprofitable product lines. Our remaining accrual of $43.5 million at December 31, 1998 for employee separations relates to the completion of severance payments in Japan, Asia, the United Kingdom and Arizona.

      Our total amount used of $121.8 million through December 31, 1998 reflects approximately $63.6 million in cash payments and $58.2 million in write-offs. The remaining $68.0 million accrual balance at December 31, 1998 is expected to be liquidated via cash payments.

      Motorola recorded its restructuring charge in the following categories:

      Consolidation of manufacturing operations. Consolidation of manufacturing operations relates to the closing of production and distribution facilities and selling or disposing of the machinery and equipment that was no longer needed and, in some cases, scrapping excess assets that had no net realizable value. The buildings associated with these production facilities, in many cases, were sold to outside parties. Also included in this restructuring category were costs related to shutting down or reducing the capacity of production lines. In most cases, older facilities with older technologies or non-strategic products were closed. Machinery and equipment write downs related to equipment that would no longer be utilized comprised the majority of these costs. These assets have been deemed to be held for use until such time as they are removed from service and, therefore, no longer utilized in manufacturing products. An assessment was made as to whether or not there was an asset impairment related to the valuation of these assets in determining what the amount of the write down included in the restructuring charge should be for this machinery and equipment. This assessment utilized the anticipated future undiscounted cash flows generated by the equipment as well as its ultimate value upon disposition.

      The charges in this restructuring category do not include any costs related to the abandonment or sub-lease of facilities, moving expenses, inventory disposals or write downs, or litigation or environmental obligations.

      As part of the consolidation of manufacturing operations, Semiconductor Products Sector facilities in North Carolina, California, Arizona and the Philippines are being closed as planned. The Semiconductor Products Sector is consolidating its production facilities into fewer integrated factories to achieve economies of scale and improved efficiencies and to capitalize on new technologies that should reduce operating costs.

      Business exits. Business exit costs include costs associated with shutting down businesses that did not fit with Motorola’s new strategy. In many cases, these businesses used older technologies that produced non-strategic products. The long-term growth and margins associated with these businesses were not in line with Motorola’s expectations given the level of investment and returns. Included in these business exit costs were the costs of terminating technology agreements and selling or liquidating interests in joint ventures that did not fit with the new strategy of Motorola. Exit costs allocated to us related to the discontinuance of selected product lines and the

40


Table of Contents

rationalization of our product portfolio. Similar to consolidation of manufacturing operations, the charges in this restructuring category did not include any costs related to the abandonment or sublease of facilities, moving expenses, inventory disposals or write downs, or litigation or environmental obligations.

      Employee separations. Employee separation costs represent the costs of involuntary severance benefits for the 20,000 positions identified as subject to severance under the restructuring plan and special voluntary termination benefits offered beginning in the third quarter of 1998. The special voluntary termination benefits provided for one week of pay for each year of service between years 1 through 10, two weeks of pay for each year of service between years 11 through 19, and three weeks of pay for each year of service for year 20 and greater. The majority of employees who accepted special voluntary termination benefits did so by the end of the year, although severance payments were not completed by that time. The majority of the special voluntary termination benefits expired at the end of the fourth quarter of 1998.

      As of December 31, 1998, approximately 13,800 employees have separated from Motorola through a combination of voluntary and involuntary severance programs. Of the 13,800 separated employees, approximately 8,200 were direct employees and 5,600 were indirect employees. Direct employees are primarily non-supervisory production employees, and indirect employees are primarily non-production employees and production managers.

      Asset impairments and other charges. As a result of current and projected business conditions, Motorola wrote down operating assets that became impaired. The majority of the assets written down were used manufacturing equipment and machinery.

      The amount of impairment charge for the assets written down was based upon an estimate of the future cash flows expected from the use of the assets, as well as upon their eventual disposition. These undiscounted cash flows were then compared to the net book value of the equipment, and impairment was determined based on that comparison. Cash flows were determined at the facility level for production facilities based upon anticipated sales value of the products to be produced and the costs of producing the products at those facilities. In cases in which sufficient cash flows were not going to be generated by the equipment at those facilities, the assets were written down to their estimated fair value. These estimated fair values were based upon what the assets could be sold for in a transaction with an unrelated third party. Since the majority of these assets were machinery and equipment, Motorola was able to utilize current market prices for comparable equipment in the marketplace in assessing what would be the fair value upon sale of the equipment.

      Building writedowns were based on marketability factors of the building in the particular location.

      Assets held for use continue to be depreciated based on an evaluation of their remaining useful lives and their ultimate values upon disposition. There were no assets held for sale at December 31, 1998 nor were any impaired assets disposed of prior to that date.

      Operating income. Operating income was $283.5 million, or 15.6% of net sales, in 1997 compared to an operating loss of $120.1 million, or 8.1% of net sales, in 1998. Excluding the restructuring charge, we would have had operating income of $69.7 million, or 4.7% of net sales, in 1998. This decrease is primarily attributable to the deterioration in gross margins.

      Interest expense. Interest expense increased from $11.7 million in 1997 to $19.8 million in 1998. These amounts were allocated by Motorola to its Semiconductor Products Sector and in turn to us.

      Equity in earnings of joint ventures. Equity in earnings from joint ventures improved from a loss of $.3 million in 1997 to income of $5.7 million in 1998. During 1998, we recognized a greater benefit from our 1997 investments in the Leshan joint venture, as its manufacturing facility continued to increase to full capacity in 1998. This investment was part of our global semiconductor expansion strategy to relocate manufacturing facilities out of the United States into markets with lower cost facilities.

      Minority interests. Minority interests were $2.1 million in 1998, compared to $1.5 million in 1997, due to increased net income from our joint ventures in the Czech Republic.

41


Table of Contents

      Revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes. Revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes produced a loss of $136.3 million in 1998, as compared to $270.0 million in 1997, due to the restructuring charge in 1998 and decreased sales volumes.

Historical Quarterly Results of Operations — 1998 and 1999

      The following table sets forth certain unaudited historical quarterly operating data from January 1, 1998 through December 31, 1999:

                           
Accruals at
Initial Amounts December 31,
Charges Used 1998



(dollars in millions)
Consolidation of manufacturing operations $ 13.2 $ $ 13.2
Business exits 20.7 (9.4 ) 11.3
Employee separations 102.0 (58.5 ) 43.5



Total restructuring 135.9 (67.9 ) 68.0



Asset impairments and other charges 53.9 (53.9 )



Total $ 189.8 $ (121.8 ) $ 68.0



[Additional columns below]

[Continued from above table, first column(s) repeated]

                                                           
July 4,
For the Three Months Ended 1999

through
March 28, June 28, September 28, December 31, April 3, July 3, August 3,
1998 1998 1998 1998 1999 1999 1999







(dollars in millions)
(unaudited)
Revenues:
Net product revenues $ 414.7 $ 373.8 $ 346.3 $ 360.5 $ 373.3 $ 401.2 $ 120.9
Foundry revenues







Total revenues 414.7 373.8 346.3 360.5 373.3 401.2 120.9
Cost of sales 272.1 273.9 257.8 256.2 268.2 274.4 77.7







Gross profit 142.6 99.9 88.5 104.3 105.1 126.8 43.2







Research and development 19.7 16.7 16.7 14.4 14.0 15.4 4.9
Selling and marketing 25.0 23.3 22.5 21.6 17.9 16.0 5.1
General and administrative 58.9 52.4 49.1 45.3 36.8 40.1 12.5
Restructuring charges 189.8







Total operating expenses 103.6 282.2 88.3 81.3 68.7 71.5 22.5







Operating income (loss) $ 39.0 $ (182.3 ) $ .2 $ 23.0 $ 36.4 $ 55.3 $ 20.7







      In early 1998, we experienced strong sales and gross profit growth resulting principally from inventory buildups by our distribution customers due to a positive industry outlook. However, as a result of the Asian economic crisis, reduced average selling prices resulting from excess semiconductor manufacturing capacity and adjustments resulting from excess inventory, sales in the second and third quarters of 1998 were lower than expected. Since the fourth quarter of 1998, the industry has demonstrated continued improvement driven by the recovery of most Asian economies, better inventory balances and increasing demand for electronic devices. This positive trend is demonstrated in our sequential quarterly growth in sales and gross profit from the fourth quarter of 1998 through the fourth quarter of 1999. Gross margin from our products (gross profit expressed as a percentage of net product revenues) for the three months ended December 31, 1999 was 31.2%. The decrease in gross margin during the period from August 4, 1999 through October 2, 1999 resulted from inefficiencies during August 1999 as we separated from Motorola and became a stand-alone entity.

      Historically, our revenues have been affected by the seasonal trends of the semiconductor and related industries. As a result of these trends, we typically experience lower revenues in the first fiscal quarter, primarily due to customer demand adjustments as a result of holiday seasons around the world. Revenues usually have a seasonal peak in the third quarter. In 1998, we did not experience the typical seasonal peak in the third quarter primarily as a result of the Asian economic crisis. In 1999, our fourth quarter net product revenues were slightly higher than our third quarter net product revenues because of the continuing recovery in the semiconductor market.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

      Prior to our recapitalization, Motorola performed cash management on a centralized basis, and its Semiconductor Products Sector processed receivables and payables, payroll and other activities for the Semiconductor Components Group. Most of these systems were not designed to track receivables, liabilities,

42


Table of Contents

cash receipts and payments on a division-specific basis. Accordingly, it is not practical to determine assets and liabilities associated with the Semiconductor Components Group prior to our recapitalization. From our August 4, 1999 recapitalization through December 31, 1999, cash flow provided by operating activities was $40.7 million. Net cash provided by financing activities during this period was $181.9 million, resulting primarily from the issuance of common and preferred stock to an affiliate of Texas Pacific Group and the borrowings incurred in conjunction with our recapitalization, less amounts paid to Motorola as part of our recapitalization.

      Capital expenditures were $119.4 million in 1999 ($103.6 million, net of transfers prior to our re-capitalization). Capital expenditures in 2000 are budgeted at $150 million and will be used primarily to improve our assembly and test facilities in low-cost regions and for new information technology systems. Prior to our recapitalization, we were able to limit capital expenditures related to capacity expansions by buying depreciated assets from other divisions of Motorola at their book value. Under our transition agreements with Motorola entered into as part of our recapitalization, we will be able to buy certain depreciated assets from Motorola at discounted prices through the end of 2003.

      As of December 31, 1999, we had $800.5 million of indebtedness outstanding under our senior bank facilities (including $60.0 million borrowed under our delayed-draw facility after our recapitalization but excluding unused commitments) and a stockholders’ deficit of $247.7 million. As of December 31, 1999, $136.4 million of our $150 million revolving facility was available, reflecting outstanding letters of credit of $13.6 million. Our ability to borrow additional amounts under our delayed-draw facility expired on February 4, 2000. In addition, the credit agreement relating to our senior bank facilities, the indenture relating to our senior subordinated notes and the terms of our junior subordinated note allow us to incur further additional indebtedness. We are required to begin making principal payments on our senior bank facilities in 2001. Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including our senior bank facilities, senior subordinated notes and junior subordinated note, and to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts and strategic acquisitions will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future, which is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. Further, the credit agreement relating to our senior bank facilities, the indenture relating to our senior subordinated notes and the terms of our junior subordinated note currently do, and other debt instruments we enter into in the future may, impose various restrictions and covenants on us that could limit our ability to respond to market conditions, to provide for unanticipated capital investments or to take advantage of business opportunities.

      Our primary future cash needs, both in the short term and in the long term, will continue to be for capital expenditures, debt service, working capital and potential business acquisitions. We believe that currently anticipated costs savings, revenue growth and operating improvements will be sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness and to fund our other liquidity needs (other than potential business acquisitions) for the next 12 months. As part of our business strategy, we continuously review acquisition opportunities and proposals. We financed our acquisition of Cherry Semiconductor with cash on hand, borrowings of $20 million under our revolving credit facility and borrowings under a new $200 million facility that was added to our senior secured bank facilities. See “Description of Indebtedness.” We expect to finance any other future acquisitions with borrowings under our revolving credit agreement and additional equity and debt financing, to the extent available on attractive terms.

Market Risk

      Although a substantial portion of our transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk due to our operations outside of the U.S. Our strategy is to utilize forward currency exchange contracts to hedge these foreign currency exposures, with the intent of offsetting gains and losses that occur on the underlying exposures with losses and gains on the forward currency exchange contracts. Our exchange rate risk management strategy reduces, but does not eliminate, the short-term impact of foreign currency exchange rate movements. For example, changes in exchange rates may affect the foreign currency sales price of our products and can lead to increases or decreases in sales volume to the extent that the sales price of comparable products of our competitors are less or more than the sales price of our products.

43


Table of Contents

      We do not have any exposure to rate changes for our senior subordinated notes or our junior subordinated note. However, we do have interest rate exposure with respect to the $800.5 million outstanding at December 31, 1999 under our senior bank facilities due to their variable pricing. As of December 31, 1999, we had one interest rate swap, which became effective in February 2000, to cover the exposure on $200.0 million of the senior bank facilities.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” which establishes standards for the accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and hedging activities. This statement generally requires recognition of gains and losses on hedging instruments based on changes in fair value. We are currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 133 but do not expect it to be material. As issued, SFAS No. 133 is effective for all fiscal quarters of all fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999. In June 1999, the FASB issued SFAS No. 137, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — Deferral of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 133 — An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133,” which deferred the effective date of SFAS No. 133 until June 15, 2000.

44


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY

Overview

      Semiconductors are basic building blocks used to create an increasing variety of electronic products and systems. Since the invention of the transistor in 1948, continuous improvements in semiconductor process and design technologies have led to smaller, more complex and more reliable devices at a lower cost per function. The availability of low-cost semiconductors together with increased customer demand for sophisticated electronic systems has led to the proliferation of semiconductor devices in diverse end products, an increase in the number of semiconductor devices in individual electronic systems and an increase in semiconductor value as a percentage of the total cost of electronic systems.

      The semiconductor industry is comprised of three broad product segments: (1) logic devices (approximately 51% of total industry sales in 1999), which process data and range from complex integrated circuits such as microprocessors and digital signal processors to standard logic products; (2) memory devices (approximately 22% of total industry sales in 1999), which store data; and (3) analog and discrete devices (approximately 27% of total industry sales in 1999), which process electronic signals and control electrical power. Within these categories, semiconductors are classified as either standard components or application-specific components. Standard semiconductors are used by a large group of systems designers for a broad range of applications, while application-specific semiconductors are designed to perform specific functions in specific applications.

      The manufacturing of a semiconductor device is a complex process that requires two primary stages: wafer fabrication and assembly and test. The wafer fabrication, or “front-end” process, is the more technologically demanding process in which the circuit patterns of the semiconductor are photolithographically etched on to raw silicon wafers. In the assembly and test, or “back-end” process, these wafers are cut into individual “die,” which are then bonded to a substrate, have connectors attached to them and are encapsulated in a package. In the final step, the finished products are tested to ensure they meet their operating specifications. Historically, because the back-end process is less technology intensive (requiring, for example, less stringent clean room standards) these operations were often located in lower-cost facilities in emerging market countries while the front-end process remained near the manufacturer’s primary facilities. As these countries’ technology industries have matured, the front-end processes have been increasingly relocated in emerging markets.

      Historically the growth and profitability of semiconductor companies have tended to fluctuate based on changes in production capacity, demand for end products that use semiconductors and the sector in which these companies compete, with the memory sector being more volatile and the component sector being less volatile. We believe that continuing developments within the electronics industry will help moderate cyclical fluctuations in the semiconductor component business. These developments include the design and development of new, more sophisticated products requiring semiconductor components, better inventory control through just-in-time inventory methodologies and consolidation within the semiconductor components industry. We also believe that these industry dynamics favor semiconductor companies such as ON Semiconductor™ which are able to provide a broad range of high-quality semiconductor products to manufacturers, enabling these manufacturers to reduce their component costs and streamline their procurement and production processes.

      Worldwide semiconductor market revenues were $149.4 billion in 1999, including revenues in our total addressable market of approximately $19.5 billion. Since 1993, total industry revenues have grown at a compound annual growth rate of 11.6% and revenues in our total addressable market have grown at a compound annual growth rate of 8.7%. The industry is cyclical, however, and from 1996 to 1998 industry revenues and revenues in our total addressable market declined from $144.4 billion to $125.6 billion and from $19.7 billion to $16.9 billion, respectively. This was the first three-year downturn in industry history and was driven primarily by reduced average selling prices resulting primarily from excess semiconductor manufacturing capacity and the Asian economic crisis.

45


Table of Contents

      The following table, which shows revenues in the industry and for our total addressable market over the most recent eight calendar quarters, demonstrates the recent rebound in the market:

Quarterly Worldwide Semiconductor Sales

                   
August 4, October 3,
1999 1999
through through
October 2, December 31,
1999 1999


(dollars in millions)
(unaudited)
Revenues:
Net product revenues $ 301.0 $ 427.8
Foundry revenues 28.0 41.9


Total revenues 329.0 469.7
Cost of sales 240.8 332.5


Gross profit 88.2 137.2


Research and development 6.9 9.4
Selling and marketing 9.5 15.1
General and administrative 32.2 45.1
Restructuring charges 3.7


Total operating expenses 48.6 73.3


Operating income (loss) $ 39.6 $ 63.9


[Additional columns below]

[Continued from above table, first column(s) repeated]

                                                 
Three Months Ended

March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31, March 31, June 30,
1998 1998 1998 1998 1999 1999






(dollars in billions)
Industry $ 31.3 $ 29.6 $ 30.7 $ 33.9 $ 33.5 $ 33.7
Change from previous three months (9.3 )% (5.7 )% 3.7 % 10.4 % (1.2 )% .6 %
Total addressable market $ 4.5 $ 4.2 $ 4.0 $ 4.2 $ 4.3 $ 4.6
Change from previous three months (7.3 )% (6.7 )% (4.8 )% 5.0 % 2.4 % 7.0 %

Our Market

      We provide discrete, standard analog and standard logic semiconductors that provide power control, power protection and interfacing functions. Our devices are used in a wide range of networking and computing, wireless communications, consumer electronics, automotive electronics and industrial products. Semiconductor components are often initially designed for a specific application or function and subsequently become standardized components with broad uses. The proliferation of end-market applications for semiconductor components has made them the semiconductor unit volume leader, accounting for approximately 78% of total semiconductor unit volume. According to Dataquest and other industry research firms, a cellular phone contains between 10 and 70 semiconductor component products, a computer hard drive contains approximately 14 semiconductor component products, an automobile’s control unit contains approximately 45 semiconductor component products and a computer printer contains approximately 30 semiconductor component products.

      Growing demand for portability and high-speed access to the Internet has driven the rapid development, by telecommunications, network infrastructure and computing companies, of technology that enables more immediate access to more information and entertainment in an increasingly networked society. In addition, a broad range of increasingly sophisticated wireless, digital consumer and automotive products are all controlled by high performance electronic systems. Our discrete, standard analog and standard logic devices provide the critical power control, power protection and interface functions needed to support these electronic systems. The size and performance characteristics of semiconductor components are becoming increasingly important as product designers concentrate on reducing the size, increasing the battery life and improving the performance of their products. In addition, we believe that package miniaturization of components has reduced system manufacturers’ incentive to integrate components on to processors and other custom chips rather than buying our components.

      Power Control and Protection Functions. Power control and protection are essential to virtually all electronic systems. Our semiconductor components are used in a wide variety of devices including cellular phones and other wireless products, routers, computers, digital consumer products and automobiles for a broad range of power management functions. Before sensitive electronic systems and semiconductors can use the “raw” electricity provided by external power sources, this electricity must be efficiently converted to a usable and regulated input. By the same token, these electronic systems must be able to control higher power outputs, such as when an automotive control box instructs a spark plug to fire or a starter engine to engage. Within an electronic system, the characteristics of this output must be further modified and regulated to meet the requirements of the different components within the system, and sensitive components must be protected from the output of other higher power components. Intelligent power control is also critical to meet consumer demands for long battery lives on increasingly complex and power hungry portable electronic devices. Within many of these devices, minimization of component size is also a critical concern as consumers demand

46


Table of Contents

increasing levels of portability and compactness. Efficient power control and protection is achieved through the use of discrete and standard analog products such as those provided by ON Semiconductor™.

      Interface Functions. In order for components within an electronic system to interact with each other and with the outside world, non-electronic inputs must be converted to and from an electronic format and electronic signals generated by individual integrated circuits within a system must be interconnected and routed to other integrated circuits. Our semiconductor components are used in routers, switches, computers and other sophisticated consumer devices to provide high performance interface functions. Although complex integrated circuits, such as microprocessors, ultimately consist of sophisticated architectures of thousands or millions of interfacing functions, these complex integrated circuits still rely on single-purpose components for a number of functions. First, although many of these discrete products provide simple logic functions of the type that could be integrated into a single chip, in many cases it is more cost-effective to continue to use discrete products combined with standard processors or memory devices rather than designing a custom chip. Second, even when application-specific or other new integrated circuits are designed, the complexity of the design process and demanding time-to-market pressures mean these designs are rarely perfect, and discrete devices continue to be used to fix these imperfections. Finally, there are a number of applications, such as high-speed networking and communications devices, that require high power/high performance discrete interface functions that cannot be integrated into a single chip without adversely affecting performance. Interface functions are provided by standard logic products, including our emitter-coupled logic products, and by standard analog products.

      Discrete, Standard Analog and Standard Logic Products. Although our products provide power control, protection and interface functions, industry classifications are typically based on the product family on which specific semiconductors are based. Our market includes discrete, standard analog and standard logic semiconductors. The following table sets forth total industry revenues for the product families in which we participate:

Worldwide Semiconductor Sales in Our Total Addressable Market(1)

                 
Three Months Ended

September 30, December 31,
1999 1999


(dollars in billions)
Industry $ 38.1 $ 44.1
Change from previous three months 13.1 % 15.7 %
Total addressable market $ 5.0 $ 5.6
Change from previous three months 9.7 % 11.9 %

                                                                                                   
Historical Projected


1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 CAGR(2) 2000 2001 2002 CAGR(3)












(dollars in billions)
Discrete(4) $ 7.9 $ 9.5 $ 12.8 $ 11.9 $ 12.0 $ 10.8 $ 12.2 7.5 % $ 13.2 $ 14.3 $ 15.2 7.3 %
Standard Analog(5) 2.1 2.6 3.5 3.2 3.7 3.6 4.5 13.5 5.0 5.7 6.4 13.1
Standard Logic(6) 1.8 3.1 3.5 3.0 3.2 2.5 2.8 7.6 2.9 3.3 3.5 9.9












Total $ 11.8 $ 15.2 $ 19.8 $ 18.1 $ 18.9 $ 16.9 $ 19.5 8.7 % $ 21.1 $ 23.3 $ 25.1 9.1 %












Information Regarding Our Market Industry Data

      In this prospectus, we rely on and refer to information regarding the semiconductor market and our competitors that has been prepared by industry research firms, including Semiconductor Industry Association, World Semiconductor Trade Statistics, the Gartner Group’s Dataquest division and Insight-Onsite Research, or compiled from market research reports, analyst reports and other publicly available information. All industry and total addressable market data that are not cited as being from a specified source are from World

47


Table of Contents

Semiconductor Trade Statistics. This information is generally available, and we have neither sought nor received specific permission from any firm to cite industry information in this prospectus.

      All of our market share information presented in this prospectus refers to our total product sales revenues in our total addressable market, which comprises the following specific World Semiconductor Trade Statistics product categories: (1) discrete products (all discrete semiconductors other than sensors, RF and microwave power transistors and optoelectronics); (2) standard analog products (amplifiers, voltage regulators, references and comparators only); and (3) standard logic products (general purpose logic and MOS general purpose logic only). We believe that this information is reliable but have not independently verified it.

48


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

      We are one of the largest independent suppliers of semiconductor components in the world. In 1999, our total sales volume was 19 billion units and we had net product revenues of $1.6 billion. Our products are commonly referred to as semiconductor components and are the core building blocks that provide the power control, power protection and interfacing necessary for almost all electronic systems. The principal end-user markets for our products are networking and computing, wireless communications, consumer electronics, automotive electronics and industrial. Applications for our products in these markets include routers and other networking equipment, cable and other high-speed modems, cellular telephones and other portable electronic devices, digital set-top boxes, DVD players, GPS and other navigation tools and industrial automation and control systems. Our research and development team, which includes approximately 300 people, focuses on the development of new products for use in these and other high-growth applications.

      With a portfolio of over 16,000 products, we offer our customers a single source of supply for virtually all their components needs, including the broadest selection of discrete semiconductor products in the industry and an extensive line of standard analog and standard logic products. Our products generally have long market life cycles, averaging 10 to 20 years, with some as long as 30 years. The longevity of these products allows us to use our manufacturing assets for longer periods of time, reducing our capital expenditure requirements relative to semiconductor companies that manufacture complex devices such as microprocessors.

      We sell our semiconductors to customers from around the world, including original equipment manufacturers, such as Agilent, Alcatel, Ford, Hewlett-Packard, Lucent, Motorola, Nortel, Nokia and Sony, electronic manufacturing service providers, such as Celestica, SCI and Solectron, and distributors, such as Arrow, Avnet and Veba. Headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona, we employ approximately 13,400 people worldwide, consisting of approximately 10,400 people employed directly and approximately 3,000 people employed through our joint ventures, most of whom are engaged in manufacturing services. We operate manufacturing facilities in Arizona, China, the Czech Republic, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, the Philippines and Slovakia, directly or through our joint ventures.

      As a result of our August 4, 1999 recapitalization, we are an independent company. Prior to giving effect to this offering, an affiliate of Texas Pacific Group owns approximately 91% and Motorola owns approximately 9% of our voting common stock.

      On April 3, 2000, we acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Cherry Semiconductor Corporation for approximately $250 million in cash, which we financed with cash on hand and borrowings of $220 million under our senior secured bank facilities. Cherry Semiconductor, which has one manufacturing facility in Rhode Island and over 900 employees, designs and manufactures analog and mixed signal integrated circuits for the power management and automotive markets, and had revenues for its fiscal year ended February 29, 2000 of approximately $129.1 million. Because Cherry Semiconductor’s portfolio of products is complementary to our existing product portfolio, we expect this acquisition to help us better serve customers in key strategic markets and increase our research and development resources. We have established an integration team comprised of both former Cherry employees and our longer-term employees with a mandate to combine the businesses as efficiently and productively as possible. The description of our business in this prospectus does not give effect to the acquisition of Cherry Semiconductor.

Our Strengths

      As a pioneer in the industry, we have established strong, long-term relationships with numerous customers that are leaders in their respective markets. Our franchise is built on several specific strengths, including the following:

      Leading Market Position. We are one of the largest independent suppliers of semiconductor components in the world. In 1999, our total sales volume was 19 billion units and we had net product revenues of $1.6 billion. The combination of our broad product portfolio, technological expertise and commitment to the highest level of customer service enables us to attract and maintain long-term customer relationships with leading original equipment manufacturers, electronic manufacturing service providers and distributors. We have maintained long-standing relationships with nearly all of our significant customers, having served 47 of our 50 largest customers for more than ten years.

49


Table of Contents

      Extensive Product Portfolio. Our ability to offer a broad range of products provides our customers single-source purchasing on a cost-effective and timely basis as they seek to reduce the number of suppliers with whom they conduct business. We offer our customers the industry’s largest selection of discrete semiconductors and an extensive portfolio of standard analog and standard logic products, which are necessary to complete almost every electronic system design. Our portfolio of products is among the most stable within the semiconductor industry due to its breadth, long product market life cycles and substantial diversity.

      Technology Leadership. We use leading edge technologies, such as MOSAIC and BiCMOS, to develop advanced products, such as our emitter-coupled logic components and analog power management products. We have approximately 600 U.S. and foreign patents and pending patent applications. The breadth of our technology resources enables us to develop products for high-growth markets such as networking and computing, wireless communications and consumer electronics, which rely on advanced power management and micropackaging technologies. In 1999, we introduced more than 200 new products. Products introduced from 1997 through 1999 accounted for approximately 13% of our net product revenues in 1999.

      Broad and Diverse Customer Base. We sell our products to customers around the world, including original equipment manufacturers, such as Agilent, Alcatel, Ford, Hewlett-Packard, Lucent, Motorola, Nortel Networks, Nokia and Sony, electronic manufacturing service providers, such as Celestica, SCI and Solectron, and distributors, such as Avnet, Arrow and Veba. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our net product revenues in 1997, 1998 or 1999.

      Low-cost Production. We believe that we are among the industry’s lowest cost manufacturers. We have located wafer fabrication and assembly and test facilities in low cost regions such as China, the Czech Republic, Malaysia, Mexico, the Philippines and Slovakia. To further reduce production costs we have integrated front-end and back-end operations in the Czech Republic, Malaysia and Mexico and we continue to seek additional manufacturing efficiency at these and other facilities. We expect our recent restructuring to provide annual cost savings of $210 million by the end of 2000, as compared to our cost structure at the beginning of 1998. In addition, we expect to double our production capacity by the end of 2000, as compared to the beginning of 1998, while substantially reducing the number of facilities we operate or on which we rely.

      Superior Customer Focus. We are keenly focused on product quality and customer service. We meet our customers’ demands for reliable delivery and quick response through our dedicated and experienced sales and marketing organization, comprised of approximately 300 professionals with an average length of service in excess of 10 years. Efficient inventory management, use of just-in-time delivery facilities and Internet-based communications enable us to provide enhanced customer service. We have earned industry recognition for meeting the challenging demands of our diverse customer base, having received a number of supplier awards reflecting our performance in 1999 from customers such as Lucent and Solectron.

      Experienced Management Team. We have assembled a strong and experienced management team at both the administrative and the operating levels. Our president and CEO, Steven Hanson, was with Motorola’s semiconductor businesses from 1971 until our August 1999 recapitalization. Our management team includes 12 individuals with an average of more than 15 years of service with Motorola and two individuals with a combined total of more than 25 years of service with other semiconductor industry leaders. To align management’s incentives with the interests of shareholders, we have granted options to purchase approximately 6.8% (on a fully diluted basis prior to giving effect to this offering) of our common stock to over 420 of our officers and other employees.

Our Growth Strategy

      Our objective is to build on our position as one of the largest independent suppliers of discrete, standard analog and standard logic semiconductor components. As a stand-alone company dedicated to the semiconductor components business, we intend to grow our business by pursuing these key strategies:

      Focus on High-Growth Markets. We intend to focus on building our position in markets with high growth potential such as networking and computing, wireless communications and consumer electronics, which accounted for 57% of our net product revenues in 1999, using the following strategies:

(1)  According to World Semiconductor Trade Statistics. Due to rounding, some totals are not arithmetically correct sums of their component figures.
(2)  Represents the compound annual growth rate from 1993 through 1999.
(3)  Represents the projected compound annual growth rate from 2000 through 2002.
(4)  Includes the following specific World Semiconductor Trade Statistics product categories:  all discrete semiconductors other than sensors, RF and microwave power transistors and optoelectronics.
(5)  Includes the following specific World Semiconductor Trade Statistics product categories: amplifiers, voltage regulators, references and comparators only.
(6)  Includes the following specific World Semiconductor Trade Statistics product categories: general purpose logic and MOS general purpose logic only.

50


Table of Contents

  Focus on power management and interface functions to achieve increased product revenues from our bipolar discrete, standard analog and emitter-coupled logic products.

      Deliver Customer Satisfaction. We intend to increase our sales by concentrating on the needs of our customers through the following initiatives:

  Dedicate field applications engineers to work directly with our customers in identifying system needs and designing improved products that address these needs.
 
  Aggressively manage our product portfolio in order to address the needs of high-growth markets while continuing to meet our customers’ requirements for a broad selection of component products.

      Leverage Manufacturing Expertise. We intend to use our manufacturing expertise to increase our manufacturing efficiency, optimize our manufacturing capacity and lower our production costs through the following strategies:

  Focus our dedicated sales force exclusively on our products and customers. Previously, our products were included among the many products sold by the sales force of Motorola’s Semiconductor Products Sector.
 
  Continue to develop and implement innovative methods of serving our customers, such as vendor-managed and just-in-time inventory and our Internet-based customer support system, which allows technical and sales personnel to identify, address and track customer needs in a more responsive and coordinated manner.
 
  Develop web sites that will serve as interactive design communities allowing our customers’ engineers to incorporate our products at early stages in their product design.

      Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. We intend to take advantage of our new status as an independent company to pursue strategic acquisitions of complementary technologies and products. Such acquisitions will allow us to benefit from economies of scale in manufacturing, research and development and marketing and to increase our market share in our high-growth potential target markets.

Customers and Applications

      We have a broad and diverse customer base that includes original equipment manufacturers, electronic manufacturing service providers and distributors. Our products are ultimately purchased by end users for use in a variety of markets, including networking and computing, wireless communications, consumer electronics, automotive electronics and industrial. As a result, we are less dependent on either specific customers or specific end-use applications than most manufacturers of more specialized and complex integrated circuits.

      The following table sets forth our principal end-user markets, the estimated percentage (based in part on information provided by our distributors and electronic manufacturing service providers) of our net product revenues generated from each end-user market during 1999, sample applications for our products and representative original equipment manufacturer customers and end users.

51


Table of Contents

End Markets for Our Products

  Continue to consolidate related front-end and back-end operations to promote inventory, logistics and cycle-time efficiencies and to allow for longer production runs and reduced change-over time.
 
  Continue to shift our front-end wafer fabrication facilities and back-end assembly and test operations to lower-cost international locations.
 
  Significantly increase die output in a cost-effective manner by continuing to move production from 4” to 6” wafers and increasing the number of die per square inch.
 
  Reduce the number of new product platforms and process flows, which will allow us to introduce new products in a more cost-effective manner and streamline manufacturing efficiency.

52


Table of Contents

      Original Equipment Manufacturers. Direct sales to original equipment manufacturers accounted for approximately 48% of our net product revenues in 1999 and approximately 55% of our net product revenues in 1998. These customers include a variety of companies in the electronics industry, such as Agilent, Alcatel, Cisco, Hewlett-Packard, Lucent, Motorola, Nortel, Philips, Siemens and Sony, and automotive manufacturers, such as DaimlerChrysler, Ford and General Motors. We intend to focus on three types of original equipment manufacturers, multi-nationals, selected regional accounts and target market customers. We expect large multi-nationals and selected regional accounts, which are significant in specific markets, to be our core original equipment manufacturer customers. The target market customers in the communications, power management and broadband markets are original equipment manufacturers that are on the leading edge of specific technologies and provide direction for technology and new product development. We expect overall sales to original equipment manufacturers to continue to decline as a percentage of sales as these customers increasingly purchase component products through distributors or outsource their manufacturing to electronic manufacturing service providers. Distributors and electronic manufacturing service providers are representing a larger share of the market in general, and we expect these customers to represent a larger percentage of our total addressable market in the future. We do not anticipate any significant effect on our overall sales from this shift in our customer base.

      Distributors. Sales to distributors accounted for approximately 44% of our net product revenues in 1999 and approximately 37% of our net product revenues in 1998. Our distributors resell to mid-sized and smaller original equipment manufacturers and to electronic manufacturing service providers and other companies, and we expect larger original equipment manufacturers to become an increasingly important category of distributors’ direct customers. Product sales to our three largest distributors, Arrow, Avnet and Veba, accounted in the aggregate for approximately 25% of our net product revenues in 1999. We benefit from our distributors’ worldwide presence, logistics capabilities and e-commerce capabilities.

      Electronic Manufacturing Service Providers. Direct sales to electronic manufacturing service providers accounted for approximately 8% of our net product revenues in 1999 and approximately 8% of our net product revenues in 1998. Our largest electronic manufacturing service customers are Celestica, Delta Electronics, Nanco Electronics, Solectron and SCI. These customers are manufacturers who typically provide contract manufacturing services for original equipment manufacturers. Originally, these companies were involved primarily in the assembly of printed circuit boards, but they now typically provide design, supply management and manufacturing solutions. Many original equipment manufacturers now outsource a large part of their manufacturing to electronic manufacturing service providers in order to focus on their core competencies. We are pursuing a number of strategies to service this increasingly important marketplace, including the use of the Internet not only for order and payment processing but also to promote more immediate communication among our sales and support staff and these customers.

Products and Technology

      We offer our customers the largest selection of discrete semiconductors and an extensive portfolio of standard analog and standard logic products, which are necessary to complete almost any electronic system design (including those for computers, consumer electronics, communications equipment, automotive systems and industrial automation and control systems). Our portfolio of products is among the most stable within the semiconductor industry as a result of its breadth, our long product market life cycles and the substantial diversity of our customers and end users. We believe that our ability to offer a broad range of products provides our customers single-source purchasing on a cost-effective and timely basis, which has become increasingly important as our customers seek to reduce the number of suppliers with whom they conduct business.

      Within each of these product lines, we manufacture recently developed products that possess advanced performance characteristics as well as more mature products. Typical market life cycles for our products are generally as follows: between 20 and 30 years for bipolar discrete products, between five and 15 years for MOS gated discrete products, between 20 and 30 years for standard analog products and between 20 and 25 years for standard logic products, although some high-performance products, such as emitter-coupled logic products, have shorter lifespans. Because of the long market life cycles of our products, we continue to generate significant revenues from mature products. Since it takes new products an average of three to five years to

53


Table of Contents

reach full market acceptance, we continue to invest in new products to generate future revenue growth. In 1999, we introduced more than 200 new products, and products introduced from 1997 through 1999 accounted for approximately 13% of our net product revenues in 1999.

      The following table provides information regarding our three primary product lines:

                                           
Networking and Wireless Consumer Automotive
Computing Communications Electronics Electronics Industrial





Approximate percentage of our 1999 net product
revenues 33% 13% 11% 18% 25%
Sample applications • Routers and switches
• Fiber optic networking products
• Automatic test equipment
• Cellular base stations and infrastructure
•  Computer monitors
• Disk drives
• Ethernet cards and other network controllers
• High speed modems (cable, xDSL and ISDN)
• PBX telephone systems
• PC Motherboards
• Network controllers
• Cellular phones (analog and digital)
• Pagers
• Wireless modems and wireless local area networks
• DVD players
• Cable decoders, set-top boxes and satellite receivers
• Home security systems
•  Photocopiers
• Scanners
•  Small household appliances
• Smartcards
• TVs, VCRs and other audio- visual equipment
• 4 wheel drive controllers
• Airbags
• Antilock braking systems
• Automatic door locks and windows
• Automatic transmissions
•  Automotive entertainment systems
• Engine management and ignition systems
• Fuel injection systems
• GPS and other navigation systems
• Industrial automation and control systems
• Lamp ballasts (power systems for fluorescent lights)
• Large household appliances
• Electric motor controllers
• Power supplies for manufacturing equipment
• Surge protectors
• Thermostats for industrial and consumer applications
Representative original
equipment manufacturer customers and end users
ACER
Alcatel
Cisco
Compaq
Ericsson
Fujitsu
Intel
Italtel
Lucent
Motorola
NEC
Nortel
Palm
Siemens
Tektronix
Teradyne
Alcatel
Ericsson
Motorola
NEC
Nokia
Philips
Samsung
Agilent
Hewlett-Packard
Philips
Seagate
Sony
Toshiba
BMW
Bosch
DaimlerChrysler
Ford
General Motors
TRW
Valeo
Astec
Delta
Eaton
Emerson Electric
Honeywell
HR Electronics
Magnatek
Marconi
Timex

      Discrete Products. We are a leading supplier in the discrete semiconductor market. We produce almost all discrete semiconductors other than sensors, RF and microwave power transistors and optoelectronics. Discrete semiconductors are individual diodes or transistors that perform basic signal conditioning and switching functions in electronic circuits and are used primarily for power control and power protection. Because of the importance of power control and power protection within electronic circuits, discrete products are found in nearly every electronic product, including computers, cellular phones, mass storage devices, televisions, radios, VCRs, DVD players and pagers. Discrete devices are fabricated using two primary process technologies, bipolar and MOS.

      Bipolar Discrete Products. Bipolar discrete products continue to be used for power protection functions because of their ability to limit and control current and/or voltage surges that would damage the more sensitive MOS circuits. We manufacture and sell a wide range of bipolar discrete products which in 1999

54


Table of Contents

accounted for approximately 76.5% of our net product revenues from discrete products. Although these products are relatively mature, we expect sales to increase, in part as a result of packaging miniaturization technologies.

      MOS Gated Discrete Products. MOS technologies allow for denser, more efficient and more rugged chips and are the prevalent technologies for most modern power control functions. We produce TMOS gated discrete products. TMOS devices are used to convert, switch, shape or condition electricity. We offer a wide range of TMOS power MOSFETs designed for low and medium voltage applications over a wide range of performance characteristics, power handling capabilities and package options. We do not expect our revenues from these products to grow significantly in the next few years.

      Standard Analog Products. We are a leading independent supplier in the standard analog market. Standard analog devices are simple analog semiconductors (as opposed to more complex products, such as mixed-signal devices or customized analog products) that are used for both interface and power control and protection functions in electronic systems, such as cellular phones, handheld devices, personal computers and laptops. We are focusing our product development efforts on the miniaturization of our standard analog products through packaging technologies and on developing new amplifiers and comparators that operate at 3 volts and lower. We also introduced the industry’s first one volt operational amplifiers in 1998. We produce standard analog products including amplifiers, voltage regulators and references and comparators using three primary process technologies, CMOS, bipolar and BiCMOS.

      CMOS. CMOS technology allows for a denser chip that consumes less power than bipolar technology, and has therefore become the prevalent technology for low-voltage power, battery and thermal management in portable products such as cellular phones, pagers and laptops. We manufacture a wide variety of analog CMOS products, and are focusing new product development on power converters.

      Bipolar. Because of their long life spans, many operational amplifiers and voltage regulators continue to be designed using bipolar processes. These devices are used in a wide variety of electronic products ranging from computers to industrial automation and control systems.

      BiCMOS. BiCMOS products are designed for very high-power management applications such as the management of alternating current supplies and switch-mode power supplies that can be used to replace traditional transformers. Applications include portable external drives that plug directly into alternating current outlets and power supply units for fluorescent lights. BiCMOS analog products are also used for the distribution and control of power within battery operated systems. For example, cellular phones use these circuits to switch from standby mode to full power as needed, and battery chargers use these circuits to regulate the amount of charging power delivered to the battery and to protect the battery from overcharging.

      Standard Logic Products. We are a leading independent supplier in the standard logic semiconductor market. Standard logic devices are simple logic semiconductors as opposed to more complex products, such as microprocessors or application-specific integrated circuits that are used primarily for interfacing functions, such as interconnecting and routing electronic signals within an electronic system. These products are used in a variety of electronic systems, ranging from personal computer systems and consumer applications to specialized products, such as routers and other telecommunications applications, that require high-speed data movement solutions. We produce general purpose standard logic products using two primary process technologies, CMOS and bipolar.

      CMOS. As with standard analog products, CMOS technology allows for a denser chip that consumes less power than bipolar technology, and has therefore become the prevalent technology for low power consumption devices used in personal computer systems and portable consumer applications. CMOS logic, in particular 3 volt products, is a growth area in the standard logic market. We have entered into an alliance with Fairchild and Toshiba to ensure that all new standard logic families have the same specifications to promote product standardization.

      Bipolar. Bipolar devices typically operate at high speeds, require more power and are more expensive than CMOS devices. Bipolar logic products remain an important technology for high speed, high power applications, and continue to be used in other applications that do not require CMOS solutions. Emitter-

55


Table of Contents

coupled logic bipolar devices are our high performance logic product. Targeted applications include high-speed data communications and high-speed testers used in the communications, high-end workstation and automatic test equipment markets. Because of these performance requirements, emitter-coupled logic products have shorter life-spans than other components we produce and we continue to develop and introduce new products on a regular basis. For example, this year we introduced the world’s fastest logic family operating at 2.5 volts. According to Insight-Onsite Research, our market share for emitter-coupled logic products in 1998 (the most recent year for which data are available) was approximately 90%. Sales of emitter-coupled logic products accounted for over half of our net revenues from sales of logic products in 1999. While sales of our other standard logic products declined during 1999, net revenues from sales of emitter-coupled logic products increased 44% in 1999 and we expect emitter-coupled logic products to remain one of our most important product families over the next several years.

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

      In 1999, original equipment manufacturers, distributors and electronic manufacturing service providers accounted for 48%, 44% and 8% of our net product revenues, respectively. We operate regional sales and marketing organizations in Europe, headquartered in Aylesbury, the United Kingdom, the Americas, headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona, and the Asia/ Pacific region, headquartered in Hong Kong. Each of these regional sales and marketing organizations is supported by logistics organizations that manage regional warehouses. In addition, we maintain dedicated vendor-managed and just-in-time warehouses for the benefit of our large original equipment manufacturers customers. We are currently in the process of transitioning from an electronic data interchange system of communication to one using Internet-based e-commerce technology.

      Our dedicated and experienced sales and marketing organization consists of approximately 300 professionals operating out of 39 offices in 22 countries and serving customers in approximately 37 countries. Our sales and marketing organization is grouped according to sales channel and customer type to provide a high degree of customer contact and to meet the different needs of both regional and international original equipment manufacturers, electronic manufacturing service providers and distributors. The average length of service within our sales and marketing organization is in excess of 10 years.

      Motorola has agreed to continue to provide us with worldwide shipping and freight services for a period of up to three years following our August 1999 recapitalization using the cost allocation it used previously, which is based on the percentage of Motorola’s overall sales that our sales represented. Because our products are sold in higher volumes than other Motorola products for comparable sales, this allocation may result in better prices than we could obtain from third parties. However, we believe we will be able to replace these services on comparable terms at the expiration of this agreement because of increased efficiencies resulting from a shipping and freight organization dedicated to our products and ongoing factory consolidations.

Manufacturing

      We operate our manufacturing facilities either directly or through joint ventures. Three of these are front-end wafer facilities located in Japan, Slovakia and the United States; four are back-end assembly and test facilities located in China, Malaysia and the Philippines; and three are integrated front-end and back-end facilities located in the Czech Republic, Malaysia and Mexico. See “—Joint Ventures.” In addition to these manufacturing and assembly operations, our Terosil facility in Roznov, the Czech Republic, manufactures raw wafers that are used by a number of our facilities. We also use third-party contract manufacturers other than our joint ventures. Our agreements with these contract manufacturers typically require us to forecast product needs and commit to purchase services consistent with these forecasts, and in some cases require longer-term commitments in the early stages of the relationship. As a result of our recapitalization, Motorola-owned facilities are considered third-party contractors.

      Our manufacturing strategy is three-fold. First, we plan to reduce the number of front-end and back-end facilities through plant closures and the relocation or outsourcing of the related operations, including consolidating both steps into nearby low-cost facilities where possible, to promote inventory, logistics and cycle-time efficiencies. We currently operate or rely upon 23 active front-end facilities, including our joint

56


Table of Contents

ventures and contract manufacturers. We plan to consolidate our front-end manufacturing into 14 facilities. Five of these facilities will be our facilities, one will be operated by one of our joint ventures and eight will be operated by third-party contract manufacturers. We currently have 27 active back-end assembly facilities, including joint ventures and contract manufacturers, but plan to consolidate these activities into 15 facilities. Four of these facilities will be our facilities, three will be operated by our joint ventures and eight will be operated by third-party contract manufacturers. We expect these consolidations to be complete by the end of 2000. In connection with our recent restructuring, we closed wafer fabrication and assembly and test facilities in the Philippines and Arizona and have outsourced or moved related operations to other facilities in Malaysia, Mexico, the Czech Republic and Japan.

      Second, we plan to increase die output in a cost-effective manner by continuing to move production from 4” to 6” wafers and increasing the number of die per square inch, which will allow our factory lines to produce substantially more die. We expect that, by the end of 2000, approximately 50% of our manufacturing will have been converted to 6” wafers.

      Third, in order to reduce research and development costs and streamline manufacturing effectiveness, we are in the process of amending our product development criteria to reduce the number of new product platforms from 17 to 12 and to reduce the number of process flows from 50 to 30. Platforms are major wafer processes used for the manufacturing of a variety of products and process flows are variations on these major processes. Research and development activities include investing in small package technology in direct support of our focus on power management and hand-held consumer systems.

      Based on these strategies, we expect to double our production capacity by the end of 2000, as compared to the beginning of 1998. We have reduced our original product portfolio from 25,000 in 1997 to approximately 16,000 products by eliminating products with poor sales performance, allowing us to increase efficiencies in the manufacture of our mainstream products and focus on new product development.

      We and Motorola have agreed to continue to provide manufacturing services to each other for limited periods of time following our recapitalization. We and Motorola negotiated fixed prices for the services covered by these agreements to approximate each party’s cost of providing the services. We have minimum commitments to purchase manufacturing services from Motorola of approximately $88 million, $51 million, $41 million and $40 million in fiscal years 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Based on our current budget, we anticipate that we will actually purchase manufacturing services from Motorola of approximately $150 million in 2000. We currently anticipate that Motorola, which has no purchase obligations after 2000, will purchase manufacturing services from us of approximately $47 million in 2000 and that any purchases thereafter will be insignificant. The purchaser of the services has the right to cancel these arrangements upon six months’ written notice. Prior to the termination of these arrangements at the end of 2003, we expect to relocate the operations provided by Motorola to our own facilities, joint ventures or to third-party manufacturers or, in limited circumstances, to terminate the product line. We are currently dependent on Motorola to manufacture our emitter-coupled logic products. We expect to develop limited manufacturing capacity for these products by the end of 2000, but we are likely to remain dependent on Motorola to a significant extent through 2003.

      In July 1998, we achieved certification in a universally accepted quality system known as QS9000. This system, mandated by all U.S. automotive customers as a condition of doing business beginning in 2000, provides structure and discipline to ensure smooth and effective operations. The QS9000 certification process is more stringent than the ISO9000 certification process, and QS9000 certification automatically affords us ISO9000 qualification. Promptly following our recapitalization, we received QS9000 (3d edition standards) certification as a stand-alone entity.

57


Table of Contents

      The table below sets forth information with respect to the manufacturing facilities we operate either directly or through our joint ventures, and the products produced at these facilities.

Manufacturing Facilities

             
Discrete Standard Analog Standard Logic



Approximate 1999 net product revenues $905 million $329 million $386 million
Approximate percentage of net product revenues 56% 20% 24%
Approximate number of distinct products sold by ON Semiconductor™ 7,700 2,500 6,400
 
Primary product function Power control and power protection functions in a broad range of products. Power control and interfacing functions in portable and high-power applications. Interfacing functions, such as interconnecting and routing (moving)  electronic signals within electronic systems.
 
Sample applications Power management for computers, televisions, audio equipment, fluorescent lights, monitors and automotive control systems. Intelligent power management and battery protection in portable applications such as pagers and portable computers. Fast routing of signals used in telecommunications and high-end workstations.
 
Types of product Bipolar and MOS gated power transistors, small signal transistors, zeners, thyristors, rectifiers. Amplifiers, voltage references, regulators, comparators and mixed signal. Bipolar, MOS general purpose logic and emitter- coupled logic.
 
Representative original equipment manufacturers customers and end users Delta
Ericsson
Ford
Intel
Lucent
Motorola
Nokia
Philips
Seagate
Siemens
Valeo
Alcatel
Ericsson
Intel
Motorola
Nokia
Philips
Sagen
Siemens
Sony
Toshiba
Agilent
Cisco
Ericsson
Fujitsu
Hewlett-Packard
Lucent
Motorola
NCR
Nortel
Tektronix
Teradyne
3Com

      Our manufacturing processes use many raw materials, including silicon wafers, copper lead frames, mold compound, ceramic packages and various chemicals and gases. We have no agreements with any of our suppliers that impose minimum or continuing supply obligations and we obtain our raw materials and supplies from a large number of sources on a just-in-time basis. From time to time, suppliers may extend lead times, limit supplies or increase prices due to capacity constraints or other factors. Although we believe that supplies of the raw materials used by us are currently available, shortages could occur in various essential materials due to interruption of supply or increased demand in the industry. Prior to our recapitalization, most of our supplies were purchased jointly with Motorola. We have entered into an agreement with Motorola to provide for the transition of our supply management functions to a stand-alone basis.

Joint Ventures

      A portion of our manufacturing activity is conducted through our joint ventures in the Czech Republic, China and Malaysia. In the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999, purchases from the joint ventures represented $34.8 million of our cost of sales.

      In the Czech Republic, we operate two joint ventures, Tesla and Terosil. These joint ventures are publicly traded Czech companies in each of which we directly own a 49.9% equity interest. The remaining shares are publicly traded in the Czech Republic. In addition, Tesla and Terosil have cross-ownership interests in each other resulting in our beneficially owning 58.4% and 62.5% of Tesla and Terosil, respectively. The Tesla joint venture operates an integrated front-end manufacturing and back-end assembly facility. The Terosil joint venture manufactures raw wafers that are used by a number of our facilities. We have committed to purchase all of the output of the Tesla joint venture or, to the extent we do not do so, pay for its fixed and semi-fixed costs of production. We also have fixed minimum commitments for the Terosil joint venture. In the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999, we purchased the total output of Tesla and 68.8% of the sales of Terosil, which amount exceeded our minimum commitment. These commitments expire in February 2004.

58


Table of Contents

      In Leshan, China, we operate one joint venture, Leshan-Phoenix Semiconductor Company Ltd. We beneficially own a majority of the outstanding equity interests of the Leshan joint venture, and the remainder are owned by Leshan Radio Company Ltd. The Leshan joint venture operates a back-end manufacturing facility. We have committed to purchase a percentage of the total output commensurate with our ownership stake, and in the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 actually purchased 77.5% of the total sales of Leshan. The Leshan joint venture expires in 2045.

      In Seremban, Malaysia, we have a 50% investment, held through Motorola, in Semiconductor Miniatures Products Malaysia Sdn. Bhd., a joint venture with Philips Semiconductors International B.V. Semiconductor Miniatures operates a back-end assembly facility. We have committed to purchase 50% of the total output of this joint venture, and in 1999, under a negotiated arrangement, actually purchased 57% of its total sales. The terms of the joint venture agreement with Philips were recently amended to provide for the formal transfer to us of Motorola’s interest in this joint venture and to provide us with the right to sell our interest to Philips and to provide Philips with the right to purchase our interest, between January 2001 and July 2002. Philips has indicated its intention to exercise its purchase right. The acquisition by Philips will not have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

Research and Development

      Our expenditures for research and development in 1997, 1998 and 1999 were $65.7 million, $67.5 million and $50.6 million, respectively. These expenditures represented 3.6%, 4.5% and 3.1% of our net product revenues in 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively. Of these amounts, $31.1 million, $34.4 million, and $37.3 million, respectively, was spent directly by us, and the remainder related to Motorola expenses that were allocated to us. Products introduced from 1997 through 1999 accounted for 13% of our net product revenues in 1999, and we expect new products to account for an increasing percentage of our revenues in the future.

      Our research and development efforts are focused on new product development and improvements in process technology and packaging miniaturization, primarily in analog products and high performance logic products. In the analog arena, we are focusing our development efforts on the miniaturization of our standard analog products through new packaging technologies and power management products. The target market for this research is primarily portable electronic systems. In the high performance logic arena, we are focusing on the development of semiconductors that support high speed digital communication systems, a market that is growing as a result of increasing Internet traffic. These high performance digital logic products are based on the same process platform as our traditional emitter-coupled logic products, which are primarily used in equipment that tests semiconductors and circuit boards. We have also recently begun to focus our research and development efforts on the next generation of analog BiCMOS products for power management and communications applications and on silicon germanium for broadband applications.

      New product development is located in Phoenix, Arizona, Toulouse, France, Hong Kong and Sendai, Japan. Process and product development is also conducted at our existing manufacturing facilities, including at our pilot manufacturing line in Phoenix, Arizona. In addition to our in-house research and development efforts, we sponsor university research projects and participate in partnerships with other semiconductor companies.

Backlog

      Our trade sales are made primarily pursuant to standard purchase orders that are generally booked up to 26 weeks in advance of delivery. Generally, prices and quantities are fixed at the time of booking, while backlog as of a given date consists of existing orders and estimated orders based on customer forecasts, in each case scheduled to be shipped over the 13-week period following such date. Backlog is influenced by several factors including market demand, pricing and customer order patterns in reaction to product lead times. Backlog on December 31, 1999 was approximately $400 million.

      We sell products to key customers pursuant to contracts that are typically annual fixed-price agreements subject, in some cases, to quarterly negotiations. These contracts allow us to schedule production capacity in advance and allow customers to manage their inventory levels consistent with just-in-time principles while shortening the cycle times required to produce ordered product. However, these contracts are typically amended to reflect changes in prices and customer demands.

59


Table of Contents

Competition

      The semiconductor industry, particularly the market for general purpose semiconductor products like ours, is highly competitive. Although only a few companies compete with us in all of our product lines, we face significant competition within each of our product lines from major international semiconductor companies as well as smaller companies focused on specific market niches. Many of these competitors have substantially greater financial and other resources than we have with which to pursue development, engineering, manufacturing, marketing and distribution of their products and are better able than we are to withstand adverse economic or market conditions. In addition, companies not currently in direct competition with us may introduce competing products in the future. Significant competitors in the discrete market include International Rectifier, Philips, Rohm, Siliconix, ST Microelectronics and Toshiba. Significant competitors in the standard analog markets include Analog Devices, Fairchild, Linear Technology, Maxim Integrated Products, National Semiconductor, ST Microelectronics and Texas Instruments. Significant competitors in the standard logic product market include Fairchild, Hitachi, Philips, Texas Instruments, and Toshiba. The semiconductor components industry has also been undergoing significant restructuring and consolidations that could adversely affect our competitiveness.

      Because our components are often building block semiconductors that in some cases can be integrated into more complex integrated circuits, we also face competition from manufacturers of integrated circuits, application-specific integrated circuits and fully customized integrated circuits, as well as customers who develop their own integrated circuit products.

      We compete in different product lines to various degrees on the basis of price, quality, technical performance, product features, product system compatibility, customized design, availability, delivery timing and reliability and sales and technical support. Gross margins in the industry vary by geographic region depending on local demand for the products in which semiconductors are used, such as personal computers, industrial and telecommunications equipment, consumer electronics and automotive goods. In regions where there is a strong demand for such products, price pressures may also emerge as competitors attempt to gain a greater market share by lowering prices. Our ability to compete successfully depends on elements both within and outside of our control, including industry and general economic trends.

Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Other Intellectual Property Rights

      We own rights to a number of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, and other intellectual property directly related to and important to our business. Motorola has also granted rights and licenses to other patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, and other intellectual property necessary for us to manufacture, market, and sell our existing products and products contemplated in our long range plans. Our policy is to protect our products and processes by asserting our intellectual property rights where appropriate and prudent and by obtaining patents, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights used in connection with our business when practicable and appropriate.

      Under an intellectual property agreement we and Motorola entered into as part of our August 1999 recapitalization, Motorola has assigned to us approximately 280 U.S. patents and patent applications, approximately 280 foreign patents and patent applications, rights to over 50 trademarks (not including the Motorola name) previously used in connection with our products, rights in know-how relating to at least 39 semiconductor fabrication processes and rights in specified copyrightable materials. In addition, Motorola has licensed to us on a non-exclusive, royalty-free basis other patent, trademark, copyright and know-how rights used in connection with our existing products and products contemplated in our long range plans. We have perpetual, royalty free, worldwide rights under Motorola’s patent portfolio and other intellectual property, existing as of the date of our recapitalization or created in the ensuing five years (the five-year period existing only with respect to patents), as necessary to manufacture, market, and sell our existing and long range plan product lines. Additionally, Motorola has provided us with a limited indemnity umbrella to protect us from some infringement claims by third parties who have granted Motorola licenses as of the date of our recapitalization, which will assist us in developing our own patent position and licensing program. We believe that we have the right to use all Motorola owned technology used in connection with the products we currently offer.

60


Table of Contents

      We have recently commenced marketing our products under the ON Semiconductor™ name. For one year after our recapitalization, we will retain the limited ability to use the Motorola trade name in connection with the sale, distribution and advertisement of some products we offer. If, however, the removal of the Motorola trade name from any of these products would require the product to be requalified by any of our customers, then we may continue to use the Motorola trade name, for up to two years after our recapitalization, to allow us to continue selling the product pending its requalification. In addition, for two years after our recapitalization, we have the ability to utilize the transition statement “formerly a division of Motorola” in connection with the sale, distribution and advertisement of some products we offer. For the first of those two years, in the transition statement we may reproduce the term “Motorola” in the stylized font used by Motorola.

Environmental Matters

      Our manufacturing operations are subject to environmental and worker health and safety laws and regulations. These laws and regulations include those relating to the emissions and discharges into the air and water; the management and disposal of hazardous substances; the release of hazardous substances into the environment at or from our facilities and at other sites; and the investigation and remediation of resulting contamination.

      Our manufacturing facility in Phoenix, Arizona is located on property that is a “Superfund” site, a property listed on the National Priorities List and subject to clean-up activities under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act. Motorola is actively involved in the cleanup of on-site solvent contaminated soil and groundwater and off-site contaminated groundwater pursuant to Consent Decrees with the State of Arizona. Motorola has retained responsibility for this contamination, and has agreed to indemnify us with respect to remediation costs and other costs or liabilities related to this matter.

      The manufacturing facilities of the joint ventures in the Czech Republic and Slovakia have ongoing remediation projects to respond to releases of hazardous substances that occurred during the years that these facilities were operated by government-owned entities, prior to the formation of the joint ventures. In each case, these remediation projects consist primarily of monitoring groundwater wells located on-site and off-site with additional action plans developed to respond in the event activity levels are exceeded at each of the respective locations. The governments of the Czech Republic and Slovakia have agreed to indemnify, subject to specified limitations, the respective joint venture for remediation costs associated with this historical contamination. Based upon the information available, we do not believe that total future remediation costs to us will be material.

      We believe that our operations are in material compliance with applicable environmental and health and safety laws and regulations. We do not expect the cost of compliance with existing environmental and health and safety laws and regulations, and liability for currently known environmental conditions, to have a material adverse effect on our business or prospects. It is possible, however, that future developments, including changes in laws and regulations, government policies, customer specification, personnel and physical property conditions, including currently undiscovered contamination, could lead to material costs.

Employees

      We employ approximately 13,400 people worldwide, consisting of approximately 10,400 people employed directly and approximately 3,000 people employed through our joint ventures, most of whom are engaged in manufacturing services. We do not currently have any collective bargaining arrangements with our employees, except for those arrangements, such as works councils, that are obligatory for all employees or all employers in a particular industry under applicable foreign law. Of the total number of employees employed directly by us, approximately 9,200 were engaged in manufacturing and information services, over 400 were engaged in our sales and marketing organization and in customer service, approximately 500 were engaged in administration and approximately 300 were engaged in research and development.

      Our total employee reductions in connection with our recent restructuring, including those in connection with facility closures, have been approximately 3,000. Included in the employee reductions effected to date are

61


Table of Contents

approximately 1,200 positions not directly involved in the manufacturing process, such as those in sales, marketing, quality assurance, customer service, product engineering and research and development.

Properties

      In the United States, our corporate headquarters as well as manufacturing, research and development and warehouse operations are located in approximately 1,500,000 square feet of space in properties that we own in Phoenix, Arizona. We also lease from Motorola approximately 100,000 square feet in Phoenix, Mesa, Tempe and Chandler, Arizona that is used for research and development, warehouse and office facilities. We have entered into lease and office sharing agreements with Motorola for approximately 80,000 square feet of space used for sales offices and warehouses in locations such as Huntsville, Alabama, Calabasas, Irvine, San Diego and Sunnyvale in California, Denver, Colorado, Wallingford, Connecticut, Clearwater, Florida, Lawrenceville, Georgia, Schaumburg, Illinois, Carmel and Kokomo, Indiana, Woburn, Massachusetts, Columbia, Maryland, Northville, Michigan, Minnetonka, Minnesota, Raleigh, North Carolina, Fairfield, New Jersey, Fairport and Hauppauge in New York, Beaverton, Oregon, Colmar and Horsham in Pennsylvania, Houston and Plano in Texas, Bellevue, Washington, and Brookfield, Wisconsin. Lease terms for the sales offices are for one year from July 31, 1999, and the other leases range between one year and two years. We have plans to relocate the leased sales offices and other facilities before the end of the lease terms. Prices for the leases have been fixed throughout their terms at amounts intended to approximate the actual historical cost of the covered properties.

      As part of our recapitalization, Motorola has conveyed to us the surface rights to a portion of the land located at our Phoenix facility, excluding the subsurface rights, and conveyed buildings located at the Phoenix facility. These buildings do not include any treatment facilities relating to Motorola’s environmental clean-up operations at the Phoenix facility. We have executed a Declaration of Covenants, Easements and Restrictions with Motorola providing access easements for the parties and granting to us options to purchase or to lease the subsurface rights of the land.

      We own our manufacturing facilities in Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, the Philippines and Slovakia. These facilities are primarily manufacturing operations, but also include office facilities and warehouse space. We own 770,000 square feet of manufacturing, warehouse and office space in Japan, Malaysia, the Philippines and Slovakia and own a 254,000 square foot manufacturing and office complex in Guadalajara, Mexico. Recently, we entered into an agreement to move our production operations in Hong Kong to a new facility that will open in 2001.

      In connection with our joint ventures, we also own manufacturing, warehouse and office space in Seremban, Malaysia, Leshan, China, Slovakia and the Czech Republic.

      We have also entered into lease and office sharing agreements for approximately 67,000 square feet of space for research and development, warehouses, logistics centers and sales offices in locations including Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, France, Germany, India, Italy, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Philippines, Puerto Rico, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Thailand and the United Kingdom. Most of these properties are currently leased from Motorola. Lease terms for the sales offices are for one year from July 31, 1999, and the other leases range between one year and three years. We have plans to relocate the leased sales offices and other facilities before the end of their terms. Motorola will also lease space at our Phoenix facility and in the Czech Republic for a period of up to two years. In general, prices for these leases have been fixed throughout their term at amounts intended to approximate the actual historical cost of the covered properties.

      We believe that our facilities around the world, whether owned or leased, are well-maintained. Our manufacturing facilities contain sufficient productive capacity to meet our needs for the foreseeable future.

Legal Proceedings

      From time to time we are involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. We believe that none of these proceedings should have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our business or our prospects.

62


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

      The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the persons who currently serve as executive officers and members of our Board of Directors. Each of our directors will hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until his successor has been elected and qualified.

                       
Location Products Employees Size




(approximate) (sq. ft.)
Integrated Facilities:
Roznov, Czech Republic
(Tesla joint venture)
analog 1,500 321,000
Seremban, Malaysia discrete 1,100 90,000
Guadalajara, Mexico discrete 1,900 254,000
Front-end Facilities:
Phoenix, Arizona discrete 340 40,000
Aizu, Japan discrete 600 256,000
Piestany, Slovakia standard logic 200 915,000
Back-end Facilities:
Leshan, China (Leshan joint
venture)
discrete 800 264,000
Seremban, Malaysia
(joint venture with Philips)
discrete 900 514,000
Seremban, Malaysia discrete 3,100 239,000
Carmona, Philippines standard logic and standard analog 800 180,000
Other Facilities:
Roznov, Czech Republic
(Terosil joint venture)
raw wafers 280 69,000

      Curtis J. Crawford. Mr. Crawford was elected Chairman of our Board of Directors in September 1999. Since 1998, Mr. Crawford has served and continues to serve as President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Zilog, Inc. From 1997 to 1998, Mr. Crawford was Group President of the Microelectronics Group and President of the Intellectual Property division of Lucent Technologies, a successor to some AT&T businesses. From 1995 to 1997, he was President of the Microelectronics Group. From 1993 to 1995, Mr. Crawford was President of AT&T Microelectronics, a business unit of AT&T Corporation. From 1991 to 1993, he held the position of Vice President and Co-Chief Executive Officer of AT&T Microelectronics. From 1988 to 1991, he held the position of Vice President, Sales, Service and Support for AT&T Computer Systems. Prior thereto, he served in various sales, marketing and executive management positions at various divisions of IBM. Mr. Crawford currently serves as a member of the Board of

63


Table of Contents

Trustees of DePaul University and as a member of the Board of Directors of ITT Industries, Inc. and E.I. du Pont de Nemours.

      Steven P. Hanson. Mr. Hanson served as the Senior Vice President and General Manager of Motorola’s Semiconductor Components Group from June 1997. He became our President and a member of our Board of Directors in August 1999 and our Chief Executive Officer in January 2000. Mr. Hanson has held several executive and management positions, including Corporate Vice President, since he joined Motorola in 1971.

      James Thorburn. Prior to assuming the position of Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer in August 1999, Mr. Thorburn was the Chief Financial Officer of Zilog, a position he had held since May 1998. Prior to his tenure at Zilog, Mr. Thorburn spent 17 years at National Semiconductor, most recently as Vice President of Operations Finance.

      William George. For two years prior to assuming the position of Senior Vice President and Chief Manufacturing and Technology Officer in August 1999, Mr. George held several executive and management positions, including directing investment and operation strategy for Motorola’s worldwide manufacturing operations, since he joined Motorola in 1968.

      Dario Sacomani. Mr. Sacomani served as the Vice President and Director of Finance of Motorola’s Semiconductor Components Group from July 1997 until he assumed the position of Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in August 1999. Mr. Sacomani has held several executive and management positions, including Vice President and Financial Controller for the European Semiconductor Group of Motorola, since he joined Motorola in 1980.

      Michael Rohleder. For two years prior to assuming the position of Senior Vice President and Director of Sales and Marketing in September 1999, Mr. Rohleder was President and Chief Executive Officer of Wyle Electronics, a member of the VEBA Electronics Group. Prior to his tenure at Wyle, Mr. Rohleder served as Chief Executive Officer of Insight Electronics, also a member of the VEBA electronics group, for a period of seven years.

      Samuel Anderson. Prior to assuming the position of Vice President and Director of Strategic Business Development, Mr. Anderson served as Director of Operations for the Mixed Signal Logic Business Unit at Motorola. Mr. Anderson has held various positions during his 13-year tenure at Motorola, including Director of Business Alliances and Technology Acquisitions and Director of New Product Development in the Analog Division.

      Alistair Banham. Prior to assuming the position of Vice President and General Manager, Europe, Middle East and Africa in August 1999, Mr. Banham served as General Manager of Motorola’s Semiconductor Components Group for Europe, the Middle East and Africa beginning in April 1999. Mr. Banham has managed various foreign aspects of Motorola’s semiconductor products business, including leadership of the European Motorola Segment Sales and Engineering Applications Team, since he joined Motorola in 1989.

      Leon Humble. Prior to assuming the position of Vice President and General Manager, MOS Gated Business Unit in August 1999, Mr. Humble served as Director of Manufacturing Restructuring and Separation Programs for Motorola’s Semiconductor Components Group. Mr. Humble has held several management positions, including Product Line Manager for CMOS Products Division, since he joined Motorola in 1968.

      Collette T. Hunt. Prior to assuming the position of Vice President and General Manager of Bipolar Discrete Business Unit in August 1999, Ms. Hunt served as Vice President of Motorola’s Semiconductor Products Sector beginning in 1994 and as Director of Product Operations of the Semiconductor Components Group beginning in 1998. Ms. Hunt has held various executive and managerial positions, including positions on the board of directors of Motorola’s joint venture operations in Malaysia and China, since she joined Motorola in 1984.

      Henry Leung. Prior to assuming the position of Vice President and General Manager, Asia Pacific in August 1999, Mr. Leung served as the director in the Asia Pacific Region for Motorola’s Semiconductor Components Group beginning in 1994. Mr. Leung has held several positions, including Business Director of

64


Table of Contents

Motorola’s Semiconductor Component Group (Discrete Products) for the Asia Pacific Region, since he joined Motorola in 1976.

      Sandra Lowe. Prior to assuming the position of Vice President and General Manager of Logic Business Unit in August 1999, Ms. Lowe served as the Director of Quality and Continuous Improvement for Motorola’s Semiconductor Components Group beginning in November 1997. Ms. Lowe has held several positions, including General Manager of the Motorola Test Equipment Business Unit in the Space Systems Technology Group, since she joined Motorola in 1993.

      Ralph Quinsey. From 1997 until he assumed the position of Vice President and General Manager of Analog Business Unit in August 1999, Mr. Quinsey served as Vice President and General Manager of Motorola’s Semiconductor Products Sector Wireless Subscriber Systems Group. Prior to that time, Mr. Quinsey served as General Manager for the Logic and Analog Integrated Circuits Mixed Signal Communications Products Division of Motorola. Mr. Quinsey has held several management positions since he joined Motorola in 1979.

      James Stoeckmann. Prior to assuming the position of Vice President and Director of Human Resources in August 1999, Mr. Stoeckmann served as the Director of Human Resources for Motorola’s Semiconductor Components Group beginning in November 1998. Mr. Stoeckmann has held several positions, including Human Resources Director for SCG Worldwide Manufacturing, since he joined Motorola in 1984.

      Chandramohan Subramaniam. Prior to assuming the position of Vice President and Director of Internal Manufacturing in August 1999, Mr. Subramaniam held several director and management positions, including Director of Asia Manufacturing, General Manager Seremban and Director of Quality and Continuous Improvement, after joining Motorola in 1984.

      David Bonderman. Mr. Bonderman became a director in August 1999. Mr. Bonderman is a Managing Partner of Texas Pacific Group. Prior to forming Texas Pacific Group in 1992, Mr. Bonderman was chief operating officer and chief investment officer of Keystone Inc., a private investment firm, from 1983 to August 1992. Mr. Bonderman serves on the Boards of Directors of the following public companies: Continental Airlines, Inc., Bell & Howell Company, Beringer Wine Estates, Inc., Denbury Resources Inc., Oxford Health Plans, Inc., Washington Mutual, Inc., Ryanair, Ltd., Paradyne Networks, Co-Star Inc., and Ducati Motor Holdings S.p.A. Mr. Bonderman also serves in general partner advisory board roles for Newbridge Investment Partners, L.P., Newbridge Asia II, L.P., Newbridge Latin America, L.P. and Aqua International, L.P.

      Richard W. Boyce. Mr. Boyce became a director in September 1999. Mr. Boyce has been a partner of Texas Pacific Group since January 2000. From 1997 through January 2000, Mr. Boyce was President of SRB, Inc., a consulting firm that advises various companies controlled by Texas Pacific Group. Prior to founding SRB, Inc. in 1997, he served as Senior Vice President of Operations for Pepsi-Cola North America from 1996 to 1997 and its Chief Financial Officer from 1994 to 1996. From 1992 to 1994, Mr. Boyce served as Senior Vice President — Strategic Planning for PepsiCo. Prior to joining PepsiCo, Mr. Boyce was a director at the management consulting firm of Bain & Company, where he was employed from 1980 to 1992. Mr. Boyce also serves on the Boards of Directors of J. Crew Group, Inc., Del Monte Foods Company and Del Monte Corporation.

      Justin T. Chang. Mr. Chang became a director in August 1999. Mr. Chang is a Partner of Texas Pacific Group, where he has been employed since 1993. Mr. Chang currently serves on the Board of Directors of MVX.com, Inc.

      William A. Franke. Mr. Franke became a director in December 1999. Mr. Franke is currently the managing partner of Newbridge Latin America, L.P., an investment partnership specializing in Latin American companies and has served in this position since 1996. Mr. Franke also serves as the President, CEO and Chairman of the Board of Directors of America West Holdings Corp. and its subsidiary, America West Airlines, Inc., and has served as Chairman since 1992. He is also the President and owner of Franke & Company and has served in this position since 1987. In addition to being a director of the Company,

65


Table of Contents

Mr. Franke serves on the Boards of Directors of America West Holdings Corporation, Beringer Wine Estates, Inc., Phelps Dodge Corporation, Central Newspapers, Inc. and AerFi Group. plc.

      Jerome N. Gregoire. Mr. Gregoire became a director in February 2000. Mr. Gregoire is currently a member of the Directors’ Institute for Information Technology and a special consultant to the Executive Leadership Team practice of Cambridge Technology Partners. From July 1996 until November 1999, Mr. Gregoire was the Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer of Dell Computer Corporation. Prior to joining Dell, Mr. Gregoire spent 10 years with PepsiCo, Inc., most recently as Vice President of Information Systems for Pepsi-Cola Company. Mr. Gregoire also serves on the Board of Directors of Bike.Com.

      Albert Hugo-Martinez. Mr. Hugo-Martinez became a director in February 2000. He is the President of Hugo-Martinez and Associates. Mr. Hugo-Martinez served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of GGTI, Corp. from 1996 until 1999 and President and Chief Executive Officer of Applied Micro Circuits Corp. from 1987 to 1996. Prior to that time, Mr. Hugo-Martinez served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Burr-Brown Research. Mr. Hugo-Martinez began his career at Motorola, where he served for fourteen years in a variety of positions, including Standard Linear Operations Manager and Military Products Operations Manager. Mr. Hugo-Martinez also serves on the Boards of Directors of Microchip, Inc. and Ramtron, Inc.

      David M. Stanton. Mr. Stanton became a director in August 1999. Mr. Stanton is a founding partner of Francisco Partners, an investment partnership specializing in private equity investments in technology companies. From 1994 until August 1999, Mr. Stanton was a partner of Texas Pacific Group. Prior to joining Texas Pacific Group, Mr. Stanton was a venture capitalist with Trinity Ventures, where he specialized in information technology, software and telecommunications investing. Mr. Stanton currently serves as a director of Denbury Resources Inc., GlobeSpan, Inc., Paradyne Networks and several privately held companies.

Board Committees

      Executive Committee. The Board of Directors has established an executive committee consisting of Messrs. Crawford, Hanson and Boyce. The executive committee meets or takes written action when the Board of Directors is not otherwise meeting and has the level of authority delegated to it from time to time by the Board of Directors, except that it cannot take any action not permitted under Delaware law to be delegated to a committee.

      Audit Committee. The Board of Directors has established an audit committee consisting of Messrs. Franke, Gregoire and Hugo-Martinez. The audit committee reviews with our independent accountants the scope and timing of their audit services and any other services that they are asked to perform, the independent accountants’ report on our financial statements following completion of their audit and our policies and procedures with respect to internal accounting and financial controls. In addition, the audit committee makes annual recommendations to our Board of Directors for the appointment of independent accountants for the upcoming year.

      Compensation Committee. The Board of Directors has established a compensation committee consisting of Messrs. Boyce, Gregoire, Hugo-Martinez and Stanton. The compensation committee determines, approves and reports to the Board of Directors on all elements of compensation for our officers, including targeted total cash compensation and long-term equity-based incentives.

Classes and Terms of Directors

      The Board of Directors is divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, with each director serving a three-year term and one class being elected at each year’s annual meeting of stockholders. Messrs. Bonderman, Chang and Stanton are in the class of directors whose term expires at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2001. Messrs. Gregoire, Hanson and Hugo-Martinez are in the class of directors whose term expires at the 2002 annual meeting of stockholders. Messrs. Boyce, Crawford and Franke are in the class of directors whose term expires at the 2003 annual meeting of stockholders. At each annual meeting

66


Table of Contents

of our stockholders, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at such meeting will be elected to serve for three-year terms and until their successors are elected and qualified.

Director Compensation

      The Chairman of the Board of Directors will receive a quarterly payment of $25,000. Each director who is neither employed by us nor affiliated with Texas Pacific Group will receive an annual cash retainer of $20,000, an annual grant of stock options having an aggregate exercise price of $50,000 and a meeting fee, in respect of all Board of Directors and committee meetings attended on a single day, of $2,500. Members of the Audit Committee will receive an additional quarterly payment of $2,500. For further information, see “Relationships and Related Transactions.”

Executive Compensation

      The following table sets forth the compensation paid or payable by us and Motorola in respect of fiscal year 1999 to our five most highly compensated executives.

             
Name Age Position



Curtis J. Crawford 52 Chairman of the Board of Directors
Steven P. Hanson 52 President and Chief Executive Officer, Director
James Thorburn 44 Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
William George 57 Senior Vice President and Chief Manufacturing and Technology Officer
Dario Sacomani 43 Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Michael Rohleder 43 Senior Vice President and Director of Sales and Marketing
Samuel Anderson 42 Vice President and Director of Strategic Business Development
Alistair Banham 44 Vice President and General Manager, Europe, Middle East and Africa
Leon Humble 61 Vice President and General Manager of MOS Gated Business Unit
Collette T. Hunt 47 Vice President and General Manager of Bipolar Discrete Business Unit
Henry Leung 46 Vice President and General Manager, Asia Pacific
Sandra Lowe 55 Vice President and General Manager of Logic Business Unit
Ralph Quinsey 44 Vice President and General Manager of Analog Business Unit
James Stoeckmann 44 Vice President and Director of Human Resources
Chandramohan Subramaniam 44 Vice President and Director of Internal Manufacturing
David Bonderman 56 Director
Richard W. Boyce 45 Director
Justin T. Chang 32 Director
William A. Franke 62 Director
Jerome N. Gregoire 48 Director
Albert Hugo-Martinez 54 Director
David M. Stanton 37 Director

                                           
Long-Term
Annual Compensation Compensation


Securities
Other Annual Underlying All Other Cash
Name and Principal Position Salary Bonus Compensation Options Compensation






Steven P. Hanson $ 339,744 (2) $ 276,533 (3) 800,000 $ 759,611 (4)
President and Chief Executive Officer(1)
James Thorburn 125,711 93,996 (3) $ 27,200 (6) 500,000 270,000 (7)
Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer(5)
William George 276,978 (2) 155,197 (3) 433,333 421,500 (4)
Senior Vice President and Chief Manufacturing and Technology Officer
Dario Sacomani 230,263 (2) 155,484 (3) 433,333 666,690 (4)
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Michael Rohleder 112,179 439,979 (3) 466,667 29,955 (4)
Senior Vice President and Director of Sales and Marketing(5)

Employment Agreements/Change in Control Agreements

      We have entered into employment agreements with each of the named executives. The following summaries of the material provisions of the employment agreements do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such agreements.

67


Table of Contents

      The agreements with Messrs. Hanson, George and Sacomani each provide for an employment term of three years ending on August 4, 2002. The agreements provide an annual base salary of $375,000, $300,000 and $250,000, respectively, and an annual bonus up to 100% of the base salary based on achievement of annual performance objectives. Messrs. Hanson, George and Sacomani will each be entitled to a one-time special bonus of $150,000 to be paid on the first anniversary of his employment, provided the respective executive is employed on such date. The agreements with Messrs. Thorburn and Rohleder each provide for an employment term of three years ending on August 2, 2002 and September 1, 2002, respectively, and for an annual base salary of $300,000 and $350,000, respectively. Mr. Thorburn is eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 100% of his base salary based on achievement of annual performance objectives, and has received a one-time consultation fee of $270,000. Mr. Rohleder is eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 200% of his base salary based on achievement of annual performance objectives, provided that, during the first year of his employment term, Mr. Rohleder is guaranteed to receive an annual bonus at least equal to 100% of his base salary, regardless of whether any performance objectives are achieved. Messrs. Thorburn and Rohleder also have been provided certain relocation benefits under their agreements. We have adopted certain annual bonus plans in order to implement the annual bonus arrangements described in this paragraph.

      Messrs. Hanson, Thorburn George, Sacomani and Rohleder have been granted options under the 1999 Founders Stock Option Plan (described below) to purchase 800,000, 500,000, 433,333, 433,333 and 466,667 shares, respectively, of our common stock, which become exercisable generally on a semi-annual basis over a four-year period. The executives’ outstanding options will become immediately exercisable upon a change in control (as defined in the executives’ agreements), and with respect to Messrs. Hanson, Sacomani and George, each such executive’s outstanding option will become immediately exercisable if such executive’s employment is terminated by us without cause (as defined in their respective agreements) or by the executive for good reason. Good reason is defined in each employment agreement and includes a voluntary resignation by the executive within one year after a change in control (as defined). The executives have also been provided a car allowance of up to $1,200 per month.

      Under the terms of each of their respective agreements, if the executive’s employment is terminated without cause (as defined in the applicable employment agreement), such executive will be entitled to a lump sum payment equal to the product of (A) either (i) three, if the date of termination of employment is on or before September 1, 2001, or (ii) two, if the date of termination of employment is after September 1, 2001 and prior to the expiration of the employment term; and (B) the sum of (i) the highest rate of the executive’s annualized base salary in effect at any time up to and including the date of termination and (ii) the annual bonus earned by such executive in the year immediately preceding his date of termination. In addition, if the executive’s employment is terminated without cause within two years after a change in control (as defined in the applicable employment agreement), he will be entitled to continuation of medical benefits provided generally to other of our executives for the greater of two years from the date of termination or the expiration of the term of employment under the agreement. Under the agreements with Messrs. Hanson, George and Sacomani, the executives will be entitled to the foregoing severance payments and, in the event of a change of control, continuation of medical coverage if they resign for good reason (as defined in their respective employment agreements).

      Each executive is also subject to customary non-solicitation of employees and confidentiality provisions.

      We have provided Mr. Thorburn with a non-recourse loan in the amount of approximately $227,900 for the purposes of exercising stock options granted by his former employer. Mr. Thorburn has pledged the stock received upon the exercise of such options to us as security for the loan. The loan accrues interest at a rate of 5.54% per annum and the entire principal amount and accrued interest is repayable upon Mr. Thorburn’s sale of the stock.

1999 Founders Stock Option Plan

      We have adopted our 1999 Founders Stock Option Plan to provide our key employees, directors and consultants with the opportunity to purchase our common stock. We have reserved 11,576,666 shares of our common stock for issuance under the option plan. The option plan is administered by our Board of Directors

68


Table of Contents

or a committee thereof, which is authorized to, among other things, select the key employees, directors and consultants who will receive grants and determine the exercise price (which may be equal to, less than or greater than the fair market value per share at the date of grant) and vesting schedule of the options. Prior to the existence of a public market (as defined in the plan) for our common stock, fair market value is determined by the Board in good faith, and following the existence of a public market for the common stock, fair market value will be based on the closing price for our shares on the exchange on which the shares are listed. Prior to February 15, 2000, the Board of Directors had approved the grant of options to purchase an aggregate of 10,051,333 shares of our common stock to some of our directors and a total of over 420 employees (including Messrs. Hanson, Thorburn, George, Sacomani and Rohleder) at an exercise price of $1.50 per share. The Board of Directors has subsequently approved the grant of options relating to the remaining shares reserved for issuance under the plan at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price. Generally the options initially issued under the plan will vest in six-month intervals over a period of four years, with approximately 8% becoming immediately vested and exercisable on the grant date, provided that the option holder remains employed with us during this period. All outstanding options will vest automatically upon a change of control (as defined in the plan) other than an initial public offering, provided the option holder is employed with us on the date of the change in control. Upon the termination of an option holder’s employment, all unvested options will immediately terminate and vested options will generally remain exercisable for a period of 90 days after date of termination (one year in the case of death or disability).

2000 Stock Incentive Plan

      We have adopted our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan to provide key employees, directors and consultants with various equity-based incentives, including incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and certain other performance-based awards, in order to create an incentive for such persons and to more closely align such persons’ interests with those of our shareholders. We have reserved 10,000,000 shares of common stock under this plan. This plan is administered by our Board of Directors or a committee thereof, which is authorized to determine, among other things, the key employees, directors or consultants who will receive awards under the plan, the amount and type of award, exercise price or performance criteria, if applicable, and the vesting schedule. Under the “ON Ownership” portion of the plan, subject to local law requirements, our Board of Directors intends to grant an option to purchase 50 shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price (or the price on the date regulatory approval is received in the case of certain foreign employees) to every eligible employee, which will become exercisable two years from the date of grant. No person is permitted to receive an award in excess of 500,000 shares during any fiscal year under this plan.

69


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth information regarding grants of options to purchase our common stock to the named executive officers in fiscal 1999.

(1)  Mr. Hanson was appointed Chief Executive Officer effective January 21, 2000.
 
(2)  Represents the combined salary earned by Messrs. Hanson, George and Sacomani at both Motorola and SCG Holding during fiscal year 1999.
 
(3)  Includes a performance-based bonus for fiscal year 1999 based on our performance during this period, paid in 2000. (See “— Employment Agreements/ Change in Control Agreements” below). Also includes, in the case of Messrs. Hanson, George and Sacomani, annual bonus earned in 1999 and payable by Motorola in 2000.
 
(4)  Represents relocation expenses in the case of Messrs. Hanson, Sacomani and Rohleder of $257,111, $379,590 and $29,955, and, in the case of Messrs. Hanson, George and Sacomani, a special bonus in connection with the recapitalization of $502,500, $421,500 and $287,100, respectively.
 
(5)  Messrs. Thorburn and Rohleder were not employed with Motorola in 1999 and commenced employment with SCG Holding on August 2, 1999 and September 1, 1999, respectively.
 
(6)  Represents reimbursement of housing expenses of $20,000 and travel expenses of $7,200 pursuant to the terms of Mr. Thorburn’s employment agreement.
 
(7)  Represents a one-time consulting fee to Mr. Thorburn.

                                                   
Option Grants in 1999

Potential Realizable
Percent of Value at Assumed
Total Annual Rates of
Number of Options Stock Price
Shares Granted to Appreciation For
Underlying Employees Exercise Option Term
Options in Price Expiration
Name Granted 1999 Per Share(1) Date(2) 5% 10%







Steven P. Hanson 800,000 7.9 % $ 1.50 9/9/2009 $ 754,673 $ 1,912,491
President and Chief
Executive Officer
James Thorburn 500,000 4.9 1.50 9/9/2009 471,670 1,195,306
Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
William George 433,333 4.3 1.50 9/9/2009 408,781 1,035,932
Senior Vice President and Chief Manufacturing and Technology Officer
Dario Sacomani 433,333 4.3 1.50 9/9/2009 408,781 1,035,932
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Michael Rohleder 466,667 4.6 1.50 9/9/2009 440,226 1,115,619
Senior Vice President and Director of Sales and Marketing

      The following table sets forth, on an aggregate basis, certain information with respect to the value of unexercised options held by the named executive officers at the end of fiscal 1999. No options were exercised by the named executive officers in fiscal 1999.

(1)  Due to the lack of a public market for our common stock, the exercise price for the options was established by our Board of Directors in an amount equal to the valuation of our common stock in connection with our August 4, 1999 recapitalization.
 
(2)  Options were granted on September 9, 1999 and vest in six-month intervals over a four-year period with approximately 8% being vested and exercisable on the date of grant.

2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

      We have adopted the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to be effective upon the consummation of this offering, in order to encourage our employees to become shareholders of our company and to align their

70


Table of Contents

interests with those of our other shareholders. We have reserved 1,500,000 shares of common stock under the purchase plan. The purchase plan will be administered by our Board of Directors. Subject to local law requirements, the purchase plan will provide each of our full-time employees with the opportunity to have up to ten percent of pay deducted from each paycheck and applied toward the purchase of shares of our common stock. The purchase price for the common stock will be equal to 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock, as determined under the plan. Employees may not purchase more than $25,000 worth of common stock in any calendar year under the purchase plan.

Retirement Plan

      Our retirement plan covers eligible employees within the United States, including the named executive officers. The retirement plan provides for monthly pension benefits pursuant to a formula based on an employee’s years of service, compensation level (calculated as final average earnings for the five years of highest pay during the last ten years of employment) and the Social Security retirement benefit payable at age 65. The earliest date on which eligible employees may receive pension benefits for retirement is after age 55 with at least five years of service or at age 60 with at least one year of service. Normal retirement under the pension plan is after age 65. Benefits are reduced if pension payments begin before age 65.

      The following table shows the estimated annual benefits payable under the current Retirement Plan for employees who are eligible under the criteria stated above assuming a life annuity benefit:

           
Number of Shares Underlying
Unexercised Options at
December 31, 1999
Name Exercisable/Unexercisable


Steven P. Hanson 67,200/ 732,800
President and Chief Executive Officer
James Thorburn 42,000/ 458,000
Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
William George 36,400/ 396,933
Senior Vice President and Chief Manufacturing and Technology Officer
Dario Sacomani 36,400/ 396,933
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Michael Rohleder 39,200/ 427,467
Senior Vice President and Director of Sales and Marketing

      As of December 31, 1999, Mr. Hanson, Mr. Thorburn, Mr. George, Mr. Sacomani and Mr. Rohleder had approximately 28 years, 7 months, 31 years, 19 years and 6 months of service, respectively, and the annual compensation covered by the pension plan for each of these officers is $160,000.

Deferred Compensation

      Our Executive Deferred Compensation Plan was adopted in December 1999 and allows key employees to defer up to 25% of their base salary and up to 100% of their annual incentive compensation up to a maximum of $250,000 per year. Participants generally receive their deferred amounts, plus any earnings or less any losses thereon, at the earliest to occur of death, disability, retirement, termination of employment, a “change of control” event, as defined in the plan, or a designated date which must be at least four calendar years after the date of deferral. Under certain circumstances, distributions may be paid in 15 annual installments. Our Director Deferred Compensation Plan was adopted in March 2000 and allows non-employee directors to defer up to 100% of their annual retainer and meeting fees on substantially the same terms and conditions.

71


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

      Our certificate of incorporation, as amended to date, authorizes the issuance of capital stock consisting of 300,000,000 shares of common stock, and 100,000 shares of preferred stock which may be issued in multiple series, the terms, provisions and the preferences of which may be designated from time to time by our Board of Directors.

      The following table sets forth information as of April 1, 2000 regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock and Series A Cumulative Preferred Stock, as determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with respect to:

                                           
Years of Service

Remuneration 15 20 25 30 35






$100,000 $ 25,973 $ 31,116 $ 33,173 $ 33,173 $ 33,173
125,000 33,152 39,545 42,102 42,102 42,102
150,000 40,331 47,973 51,031 51,031 51,031
175,000 43,202 51,345 54,602 54,602 54,602
200,000 43,202 51,345 54,602 54,602 54,602

      Except as otherwise noted, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them.

  •   each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of voting securities;
 
  •   each of our directors and named executive officers; and
 
  •   all directors and executive officers, as a group.

                                   
Series A Cumulative
Common Stock Preferred Stock


Number of Number of
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner Shares(1) Percentage(1) Shares Percentage





TPG Advisors II, Inc.  124,999,433 (2) 91.5 % 1,500 71.8 %
201 Main Street, Suite 2420
Fort Worth, TX 76102
Motorola, Inc.  11,667,233 8.5 590 28.2
1303 East Algonquin Road
Schaumburg, IL 60196
Curtis J. Crawford 200,000 (3) *
Steven P. Hanson 133,600 (3) *
James Thorburn 83,500 (3) *
William George 72,367 (3) *
Dario Sacomani 72,367 (3) *
Michael Rohleder 77,933 (3) *
David Bonderman (4)
Richard W. Boyce 410,000 (3) *
Justin T. Chang
William A. Franke (5)
Jerome N. Gregoire
Albert Hugo-Martinez
David M. Stanton
All directors and executive officers as a group (22 persons) 1,199,023 (3) *

72


Table of Contents

Shareholders Agreement

      We, Motorola and TPG Semiconductor Holdings, LLC have entered into a Shareholders Agreement relating to registration rights, transfers of common stock and preferred stock (together, the “SCG Stock”) and other matters. The Shareholders Agreement terminates upon the earlier to occur of (1) TPG Semiconductor Holdings owning less than 35% of the outstanding shares of common stock or (2) an underwritten initial public offering of SCG Stock; provided that registration rights terminate with respect to a class of SCG Stock at such time (at least three years after the date of the Shareholders Agreement) as Motorola shall be legally permitted to sell all shares of such class of SCG Stock then held by Motorola without registration under the Securities Act. Upon consummation of this offering, therefore, the Shareholders Agreement (other than the registration rights provisions thereof) will terminate. Pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement, Motorola and certain permitted transferees have “piggyback” registration rights on a proportional basis with respect to the same class of SCG Stock in any public offering of SCG Stock. We pay the registration expenses of any registration including, without limitation, SEC and NASD filing fees and the fees and expenses of our counsel.

Texas Pacific Group

      Texas Pacific Group was founded by David Bonderman, James G. Coulter and William S. Price, III in 1993 to pursue public and private investment opportunities through a variety of methods, including leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, joint ventures, restructurings and strategic public securities investments. The principals of Texas Pacific Group manage TPG Partners, L.P., TPG Partners II, L.P., TPG Partners III, L.P. and T3 Partners, L.P., all Delaware limited partnerships, which, with affiliated partnerships, have aggregate committed capital of more than $7.0 billion.

      The investment in SCG Holding is one of the largest investments of Texas Pacific Group to date and was its sixth investment in the technology and telecommunications area. Texas Pacific Group’s other investments in technology and telecommunications companies include Paradyne Corporation, GlobeSpan, GT Com, Landis & Gyr Communications, Zilog, Zhone Technologies, Advanced Telcom Group, Star One AG and Gemplus.

      Texas Pacific Group’s portfolio companies also include America West Airlines, Bally International, Belden & Blake, Beringer Wine Estates, Del Monte Foods, Denbury Resources, Ducati Motorcycle Holdings, Genesis ElderCare, J. Crew, Magellan Health Services, Oxford Health Plans, Punch Taverns, Virgin Entertainment and Vivra. In addition, Texas Pacific Group principals led the $9 billion reorganization of Continental Airlines in 1993.

73


Table of Contents

RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

      In connection with our recapitalization, Motorola has made bonus payments to Messrs. Hanson, George and Sacomani in the approximate amounts of $502,500, $421,500 and $287,100, respectively.

      In connection with our recapitalization, we paid Texas Pacific Group a financial advisory fee in the amount of $25 million. We have agreed to pay Texas Pacific Group annually a management fee of not more than $2 million. In connection with our acquisition of Cherry Semiconductor Corporation, we have agreed to pay Texas Pacific Group an advisory fee of $2 million in lieu of any management fee otherwise payable in 2000. Three of our directors, David Bonderman, Richard Boyce and Justin Chang, are also Texas Pacific Group partners.

      In connection with our recapitalization, Motorola has assigned, licensed and sublicensed to us intellectual property in connection with the products we plan to offer (including a limited use of the Motorola trade name for one year and a transition statement, “formerly a division of Motorola,” for an additional year thereafter), has agreed to continue providing us information technology, human resources, supply management, logistics and finance services for agreed periods of time while we determine the most cost-effective means to obtain such services, has agreed to continue providing manufacturing and assembly services to us and to continue using similar services we provide to them, has agreed to continue selling to us depreciated equipment to support our capacity expansion and has leased real estate to us. Motorola provides some of these services on more favorable terms than we would expect to obtain from independent sources.

      In connection with our recapitalization, we paid the Chairman of our Board of Directors, Curtis J. Crawford, a consulting fee of $100,000 and granted Mr. Crawford an option to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock. A company owned by one of our directors, Richard W. Boyce, was paid consulting fees of approximately $1,750,000 relating to our recapitalization and other matters, and Mr. Boyce was granted an option to purchase 410,000 shares of common stock. Messrs. Crawford’s and Boyce’s options are at an exercise price of $1.50 per share, are fully exercisable upon grant, have a ten-year term and are otherwise governed by the 1999 Founders Stock Option Plan.

74


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

      Our authorized capital stock consists of 300,000,000 shares of common stock, $.01 par value, and 100,000 shares of preferred stock, $.01 par value, which may be issued in multiple series, the terms, provisions and the preferences of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors. The following description of our capital stock is subject to and qualified in its entirety by our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and by the provisions of applicable Delaware law.

Common Stock

      As of February 15, 2000, there were 136,666,666 shares of common stock outstanding that were held of record by two stockholders. There will be 166,666,666 shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and assuming no exercise after February 15, 2000 of outstanding options, after giving effect to the sale of the shares of common stock offered to the public.

      Subject to preferences that may be applicable to our Series A Cumulative Preferred Stock and any other series of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at times and in amounts as the board may determine from time to time. See “Dividend Policy.” The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of SCG Holding, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights and is not subject to redemption. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

      As of December 31, 1999, there were 2,090 shares of Series A Cumulative Preferred Stock outstanding that were held of record by two stockholders. The preferred stock accumulates dividends at the rate of 12% per annum, payable quarterly. Dividends compound to the extent not paid. The preferred stock has an original liquidation value of $100,000 per share. We are required to redeem any outstanding shares of the preferred stock on August 4, 2012 at a price equal to such liquidation value plus all accumulated dividends that have been applied to increase liquidation value. Shares of the preferred stock may be redeemed at our option, in whole or in part, for this total value plus accrued dividends not included therein. Optional redemption of the preferred stock is subject to, and expressly conditioned upon, limitations under our senior subordinated notes and our senior bank facilities and other documents relating to our indebtedness. We intend to redeem all outstanding shares of the preferred stock upon consummation of this offering.

      The board of directors also has the authority, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue preferred stock in one or more additional series and to designate the rights, preferences and privileges of each series, which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any additional series of preferred stock upon the rights of holders of the common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of such series. However, the effects might include, among other things:

  * Less than 1% of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
 
(1)  Calculated excluding all shares issuable pursuant to options or warrants except, as to each person, the shares issuable to such person pursuant to options or warrants immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days from February 15, 2000.
 
(2)  TPG Advisors II, Inc. indirectly controls TPG Semiconductor Holdings, LLC, which directly owns the common stock and preferred stock listed in the table above. It is expected that TPG Semiconductor Holdings LLC will distribute all of such preferred stock to its members prior to the consummation of this offering. See “—Texas Pacific Group.”
 
(3)  All shares listed are issuable on exercise of options.
 
(4)  Excludes shares listed above as beneficially owned by TPG Advisors II, Inc., which may be deemed an affiliate of Mr.  Bonderman.
 
(5)  Mr. Franke is the beneficial owner of a minority equity interest in TPG Semiconductor Holdings, LLC.

Options

      At the date hereof, options to purchase a total of 14,257,281 shares of common stock were outstanding under our 1999 Founders Stock Option Plan and our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan and up to 7,319,385 additional shares of common stock may be issued upon exercise of options that may be granted in the future under our

75


Table of Contents

2000 Stock Incentive Plan. See “Management—1999 Founders Stock Option Plan” and “Management—2000 Stock Incentive Plan.”

Registration Rights

      Under a Shareholders Agreement among SCG Holding, Motorola and an affiliate of Texas Pacific Group, Motorola and affiliates of Texas Pacific Group are entitled to registration of shares of our common stock and preferred stock that they own. See “Principal Stockholders — Shareholders Agreement.”

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

      Some provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make the following more difficult:

  restricting dividends on the common stock;
 
  diluting the voting power of the common stock;
 
  impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; or
 
  delaying or preventing a change in control of SCG Holding without further action by the stockholders.

      These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board. We believe that the benefits of increased protection give us the potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us and outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging such proposals because negotiation of such proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

      Election and Removal of Directors. Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders. This system of electing and removing directors may discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

      Stockholder Meetings. Under our bylaws, only the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board may call special meetings of stockholders.

      Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors.

      Elimination of Shareholder Action by Written Consent. Our certificate of incorporation requires shareholder action to be taken only at a general meeting of shareholders and does not permit shareholders to act by written consent.

      Undesignated Preferred Stock. The authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for the Board of Directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of us.

      Amendment of Charter Provisions. The amendment of any of the above provisions would require approval by holders of at least 66  2/3% of the outstanding common stock.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

      The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Harris Trust Company of California.

Nasdaq Listing

      We have filed an application for our common stock to be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the trading symbol “ONNN.”

76


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

      Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock. Therefore, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

      Upon completion of this offering, we will have 166,666,666 shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of outstanding options. Of these shares, the 30,000,000 shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our existing “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining 136,666,666 shares of common stock outstanding are “restricted shares” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted shares and shares held by our affiliates may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

      In addition, 14,257,281 shares of our common stock are subject to outstanding employee stock options and will be registered under the Securities Act. Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of these stock options by employees who are not our affiliates will be freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act. Shares acquired through the exercise of options by our affiliates may be sold in the public market only if registered or pursuant to an applicable exemption under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Agreements

      SCG Holding, our directors and executive officers, affiliates of Texas Pacific Group and Motorola have each agreed not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, subject to limited exceptions. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, however, may in its sole discretion, at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements.

Rule 144

      In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after this offering, a person, or persons whose shares are aggregated, who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year, is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of our then-outstanding shares of common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice of the sale on Form 144. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. Any person who is not, and for three months has not been, an affiliate of ours and who has owned restricted shares for at least two years would be entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public information requirements or notice requirements.

77


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Bank Facilities

      The description set forth below is qualified in its entirety by reference to agreements setting forth the principal terms and conditions of our senior bank facilities.

      Pursuant to a credit agreement that was entered into as part of our August 1999 recapitalization among Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC, as borrower, SCG Holding Corporation, as guarantor, the lenders named therein, The Chase Manhattan Bank as administrative agent, collateral agent and syndication agent, and Credit Lyonnais New York Branch, DLJ Capital Funding, Inc. and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as co-documentation agents, a syndicate of banks and other financial institutions provided us senior secured credit facilities of up to $1,025.0 million. The credit agreement was amended on April 3, 2000 in connection with our acquisition of Cherry Semiconductor Corporation to provide an additional term facility of $200 million. The credit agreement, as amended, provides for (1) a $200.0 million senior secured tranche A term loan ($125.5 million of which we borrowed and $5.9 million of which we intend to prepay using a portion of the proceeds of this offering) that fully amortizes by August 4, 2005, (2) a $325.0 million senior secured tranche B term loan ($15.2 million of which we intend to prepay using a portion of the proceeds of this offering) that fully amortizes by August 4, 2006, (3) a $350.0 million senior secured tranche C term loan ($16.3 million of which we intend to prepay using a portion of the proceeds of this offering) that fully amortizes by August 4, 2007, (4) a $200.0 million senior secured tranche D term loan ($9.3 million of which we intend to prepay using a portion of the proceeds of this offering) that fully amortizes by August 4, 2007 and (5) a $150.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility that matures on the earlier of (a) August 4, 2005 and (b) the date of the repayment in full of the tranche A loan.

      The senior bank facilities initially bear interest (subject to performance-based step downs applicable to the tranche A loan and the revolving facility) at a rate equal to (1) in the case of the tranche A loan and the revolving facility, LIBOR plus 3.00% or, at our option, an alternate base rate (as defined in the credit agreement) plus 2.00%; (2) in the case of the tranche B loan, LIBOR plus 3.50% or, at our option, the alternate base rate plus 2.50%; (3) in the case of the tranche C loan, LIBOR plus 3.75% or, at our option, the alternate base rate plus 2.75%; and (4) in the case of the tranche D loan, LIBOR plus 3.00% or, at our option, the alternate base rate plus 2.00%.

      In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior bank facilities, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders in respect of unutilized commitments at a rate equal to .50% per annum.

      The senior bank term facilities will amortize in quarterly amounts based upon the annual amounts shown below. These amounts do not give effect to the prepayments we intend to make using a portion of the proceeds of this offering, which will be applied ratably to the tranche A, tranche B, tranche C and tranche D term loans and will reduce subsequent repayment obligations ratably within each tranche.

  acquisition of us by means of a tender offer;
 
  acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or
 
  removal of our incumbent officers and directors.

78


Table of Contents

      The obligations of Semiconductor Components under the senior bank facilities are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by SCG Holding and each of its existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic subsidiaries. In addition, the senior bank facilities are secured by first priority or equivalent security interests in substantially all tangible and intangible assets of SCG Holding and each of its existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic subsidiaries, including all the capital stock of, or other equity interests in, Semiconductor Components and each other direct or indirect subsidiary of SCG Holding (except, in the case of voting stock of a foreign subsidiary, not more than 65% of such voting stock is required to be pledged).

      We are generally required to prepay borrowings under the senior bank facilities with (1) 100% of the proceeds we receive from non-ordinary course assets sales, (2) 50% of our excess cash flow (as defined in the credit agreement) and (3) 100% of the proceeds we receive from the issuance of debt obligations other than debt obligations permitted under the credit agreement. With respect to any prepayment of the tranche B, tranche C or tranche D loan within two years after our recapitalization, except with respect to prepayments out of excess cash flow, we will pay a premium of (1) 2% of the principal amount being prepaid during the first year and (2) 1% of the principal amount being prepaid during the second year. The credit agreement also contains a number of covenants that restrict our ability, among other things, to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, make restricted payments and pay dividends, create liens on assets, make investments, loans or advances, make acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, make capital expenditures, enter into sale and leaseback transactions and engage in various transactions with subsidiaries and affiliates. In addition, we are required to comply with specified financial ratios and tests, including minimum fixed charge coverage and interest coverage ratios and maximum leverage ratios. The credit agreement contains customary events of default.

Senior Subordinated Notes

      As part of our recapitalization, we and Semiconductor Components issued $400 million aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes, which bear interest at a rate of 12% per annum, payable in cash semi-annually, and mature on August 1, 2009. The senior subordinated notes are subordinated in right of payment to loans under our senior bank facilities and senior in right of payment to our junior subordinated note. We intend to redeem senior subordinated notes in an aggregate principal amount of $140 million using a portion of the proceeds of this offering.

      The obligations of Semiconductor Components, and our obligations, under the senior subordinated notes are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by each of our existing and subsequently acquired domestic subsidiaries. In addition, any existing or future foreign subsidiary that guarantees other indebtedness of us or our domestic subsidiaries will also be required to guarantee the senior subordinated notes, if the aggregate principal amount of all such indebtedness guaranteed by all foreign subsidiaries exceeds $25 million.

      Holders of our senior subordinated notes will have the right to require us to repurchase their notes upon a change of control (as defined in the indenture relating to the senior subordinated notes). The indenture contains a number of covenants that restrict our ability, among other things, to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, repay other indebtedness, make restricted payments and pay dividends, make investments, loans or advances, make acquisitions and engage in mergers and consolidations. The indenture contains customary events of default.

Junior Subordinated Note

      As part of our recapitalization, Semiconductor Components issued a junior subordinated note to Motorola in the amount of $91 million, which bears interest at a rate of 10% per annum, payable semi-annually in kind. Interest may be paid by Semiconductor Components in cash after the fifth anniversary of the issue date if, after giving effect to the payment of interest on any interest payment date, we would be in compliance with our obligations under the senior bank facilities and the indenture relating to the senior subordinated notes. The junior subordinated note matures on the twelfth anniversary of the issue date and ranks subordinate in right of payment to our senior subordinated notes and the loans under the senior bank facilities and pari passu in right of payment with, among other things, unsecured trade debt.

79


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

      Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date hereof, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Chase Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., FleetBoston Robertson Stephens Inc. and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares of our common stock indicated below:

                                 
Tranche A Tranche B Tranche C Tranche D
Calendar Year Facility Facility Facility Facility





(dollars in thousands)
2000 $ $ $ $
2001 9,412.5 1,625 1,750 1,000
2002 21,962.5 3,250 3,500 2,000
2003 28,237.5 3,250 3,500 2,000
2004 40,787.5 3,250 3,500 2,000
2005 25,100.0 157,625 3,500 2,000
2006 156,000 168,000 96,000
2007 166,250 95,000




Total $ 125,500 $ 325,000 $ 350,000 $ 200,000

      The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of our common stock offered hereby are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of our common stock offered hereby, other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below, if any such shares are taken.

      The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $          a share under the public offering price. Any underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $          a share to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representative.

      We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 4,500,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise such option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by us in this offering. To the extent such option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of such additional shares of common stock as the number set forth next to such underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock set forth next to the names of the underwriters in the preceding table.

      The underwriters have informed us that each principal underwriter in this offering may, subject to the approval of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, sell to discretionary accounts over which such principal underwriter exercises discretionary authority. The underwriters have further informed us that they estimate that such sales will not exceed in the aggregate five percent of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

80


Table of Contents

      We have filed an application for our common stock to be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the trading symbol “ONNN.”

      SCG Holding, our directors and executive officers, TPG Advisors II, Inc. and Motorola have each agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, he, she or it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

           
Number of
Name Shares


Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Chase Securities Inc. 
Lehman Brothers Inc. 
FleetBoston Robertson Stephens Inc. 
Salomon Smith Barney Inc. 

Total 30,000,000

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

      The restrictions described in the previous paragraph do not apply to:

  offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or
 
  enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock;

      In order to facilitate this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot in connection with this offering, creating a short position in the common stock for their own account. In addition, to cover any over-allotments or to stabilize the price of the common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the common stock in this offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock in transactions to cover syndicate short positions, in stabilization transactions or otherwise. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, any may end any of these activities at any time.

      From time to time, certain of the underwriters have provided, and may continue to provide, investment banking services to us. Chase Securities Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc. were initial purchasers in the offering of our senior subordinated notes. The Chase Manhattan Bank, an affiliate of Chase Securities Inc., and certain affiliates of Lehman Brothers Inc. will receive proceeds from this offering as repayment of loans under our senior bank facilities.

      We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

81


Table of Contents

Directed Share Program

      At our request, certain of the underwriters have reserved for sale up to 5,000,000 shares, which may be offered for sale at the initial public offering price to selected directors, officers, employees or persons otherwise associated with ON Semiconductor™ or Texas Pacific Group who have advised us of their desire to purchase the shares. Each of the United States employees of ON Semiconductor™ and each other non-employee participant who purchases reserved shares has agreed that without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the several underwriters, he or she will not sell, offer to sell, solicit an offer to buy, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise transfer or dispose of such shares during the period ending 90 days after the date of this prospectus. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares which are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the sales of reserved shares.

Pricing of this Offering

      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are our future prospects and those of the semiconductor industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

 
LEGAL MATTERS

      The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton, New York, New York. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Cravath, Swaine & Moore, New York, New York.

 
EXPERTS

      The consolidated financial statements of SCG Holding Corporation and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 1999 and for the period from August 4, 1999 to December 31, 1999 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

      The combined balance sheet as of December 31, 1998 and the combined statements of revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 1998 and for the period from January 1, 1999 through August 3, 1999 of the Semiconductor Components Group of Motorola, Inc. have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent certified public accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

      We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. We have filed agreements and other documents as exhibits to the registration statement. Statements regarding these agreements and other documents are qualified by reference to the actual documents.

      You may read and copy the registration statement, including the exhibits thereto, and any reports, statements or other information that we file at the SEC’s public reference room in Washington, D.C. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing the SEC. Please call the

82


Table of Contents

SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. Our SEC filings will also be available to the public on the SEC Internet site (http://www.sec.gov).

      You should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus. No person has been authorized to provide you with different information. Neither Motorola nor any of its subsidiaries, nor Texas Pacific Group nor any of its affiliates is responsible for, or is making any representation to you concerning, our future performance or the accuracy or completeness of this prospectus.

      The information in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any other date.

83


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

  the sale of the shares to the underwriters;
 
  the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of certain securities of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;
 
  the granting of stock options or restricted stock units or the sale of stock pursuant to our existing employee benefit plans;
 
  transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market or other transactions after the completion of this offering;
 
  the issuances by us of shares of common stock in connection with any acquisition of or merger with another company or the acquisition of assets, provided that each recipient of common stock agrees that these shares shall remain subject to the lock-up restrictions for the remainder of the period for which we are bound; or
 
  certain other transfers and dispositions, provided that the recipient remains subject to the lock-up restrictions for the remainder of the period for which we are bound.

84


Table of Contents

     
Analog Products Products that operate on non-digital signals.
BiCMOS A hybrid of CMOS and bipolar technologies.
Bipolar A manufacturing process that uses two opposite electrical poles to build semiconductors.
CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor), a type of MOS used in a wide range of digital applications.
Die A piece of a semiconductor wafer containing the circuitry of a single chip.
Digital Products Products that operate on digital signals, where electronic signals are treated as either “one” or “zero.”
Diode An electronic device that allows current to flow in only one direction.
Discrete Product Individual diodes or transistors that perform basic signal conditioning and switching functions in electronic circuits.
MOSAIC (Motorola Self-Aligned Integrated Circuit) A high performance bipolar technology used to manufacture emitter-coupled logic products.
MOS (Metal Oxide Semiconductor), a wafer process technology.
MOSFET (Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor) A semiconductor with an electronic switch. A MOSFET operates at mid-range voltages.
Package A protective case that surrounds the die, consisting of a plastic housing and a lead frame.
Semiconductor A material with electrical conducting properties in between those of metals and insulators. (Metals always conduct and insulators never conduct, but semiconductors sometimes conduct.) This is the building block of all integrated circuits and diode devices.
Silicon germanium A material used to substitute for silicon in semiconductor manufacturing that has superior performance results.
SmartMOS A specialized form of BiCMOS for power management applications.
Standard Analog Products Simple analog semiconductors (as opposed to more complex products, such as mixed-signal devices or customized analog products) that are used for both interface, power control and power protection functions in electronic systems.

85


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     
Standard Logic Products Simple logic semiconductors (as opposed to more complex products, such as microprocessors or application-specific integrated circuits) that are used primarily for interfacing functions, such as interconnecting and routing electronic signals within an electronic system.
TMOS (T-structure MOS).
Transistor An individual circuit that can amplify or switch electric current.
Wafer Round, flat piece of silicon that is the base material in the semiconductor manufacturing process.

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

of SCG Holding Corporation

      In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 1999 and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, of stockholders’ equity (deficit) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SCG Holding Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 1999, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Phoenix, Arizona

February 17, 2000

F-2


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

           
Page

SCG Holding Corporation and Subsidiaries Financial Statements:
Report of Independent Accountants F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1999 F-3
Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the period from August 4, 1999 through December  31, 1999 F-4
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 F-5
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows from the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-7
 
Semiconductor Components Group of Motorola, Inc. Financial Statements:
Independent Auditors’ Report F-25
Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1998 F-26
Combined Statements of Revenues Less Direct and Allocated Expenses Before Taxes for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 1998 and the period from January 1, 1999 through August 3, 1999 F-27
Notes to Combined Financial Statements F-28

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

           
December 31, 1999

(in millions, except
share data)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents $ 126.8
Receivables, net (including $24.7 million due from Motorola) 249.7
Inventories 206.2
Other current assets 26.0
Deferred income taxes 28.4

Total current assets 637.1
Property, plant and equipment, net 569.7
Deferred income taxes 289.0
Investments in joint ventures 40.4
Other assets 80.6

Total assets $ 1,616.8

Liabilities, Minority Interests, Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
Accounts payable (including $13.8 million payable to Motorola) $ 122.5
Accrued expenses (including $8.2 million payable to Motorola) 142.8
Income taxes payable 31.9
Accrued interest 30.1

Total current liabilities 327.3
Long-term debt (including $94.8 million payable to Motorola) 1,295.3
Other long-term liabilities 12.2

Total liabilities 1,634.8

Commitments and contingencies (See Note 12)
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries 10.1

Redeemable preferred stock ($.01 par value, 100,000 shares authorized, 2,090 shares issued and outstanding; 12% annual dividend rate; liquidation value — $209.0 million plus $10.6 million of accrued dividends) 219.6

Common stock ($.01 par value, 300,000,000 shares authorized, 136,666,666 shares issued and outstanding) 1.4
Additional paid-in capital 204.2
Accumulated other comprehensive income 2.7
Accumulated deficit (456.0 )

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) (247.7 )

Total liabilities, minority interests, redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) $ 1,616.8

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

             
August 4, 1999
through
December 31, 1999

(in millions, except
per share data)
Revenues:
Net product revenues (including $61.5 million from Motorola) $ 728.8
Foundry revenues to Motorola 69.9

Total revenues 798.7
Cost of sales 573.3

Gross profit 225.4

Operating Expenses:
Research and development 16.3
Selling and marketing 24.6
General and administrative 77.3
Restructuring charges 3.7

Total operating expenses 121.9

Operating Income 103.5

Other income (expenses), net:
Interest expense (55.9 )
Equity in earnings of joint ventures 1.4

Other income (expenses), net (54.5 )

Income before income taxes and minority interests 49.0
Provision for income taxes (18.1 )
Minority interests (1.1 )

Net income 29.8
Less: Redeemable preferred stock dividends (10.6 )

Net income available for common stock $ 19.2

Comprehensive income:
Net income $ 29.8
Foreign currency translation adjustments 2.7

Comprehensive income $ 32.5

Earnings per share:
Basic $ .14

Diluted $ .13

Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic 136.7
Diluted 144.6

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

                                                     
Accumulated
Additional Other
Common Stock Common Paid In Comprehensive Accumulated
(Shares) Stock Capital Income Deficit Total






(in millions, except share data)
Shares issued in connection with Recapitalization (See Note 1) 136,666,666 $ 1.4 $ 203.6 $ $ (474.6 ) $ (269.6 )
Redeemable preferred stock dividends (10.6 ) (10.6 )
Options granted in connection with the recapitalization (See Note 9) .6 (.6 )
Comprehensive income:
Net income 29.8 29.8
Foreign currency translation adjustments 2.7 2.7






Comprehensive income 2.7 29.8 32.5






Balances at December 31, 1999 136,666,666 $ 1.4 $ 204.2 $ 2.7 $ (456.0 ) $ (247.7 )






See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1:  Background and Basis of Presentation

      SCG Holding Corporation, together with its wholly- and majority-owned subsidiaries (the “Company”), is one of the largest independent suppliers of semiconductor components in the world. Formerly known as the Semiconductor Components Group of the Semiconductor Products Sector of Motorola, Inc., the Company was a wholly-owned subsidiary of Motorola, Inc. prior to its August 4, 1999 recapitalization. The Company held, and continues to hold, through direct and indirect subsidiaries, substantially all of the assets and operations of the Semiconductor Components Group of Motorola’s Semiconductor Products Sector. The Company recently began marketing its products under its new trade name, ON Semiconductor™.

      On August 4, 1999, the Company was recapitalized and certain related transactions were effected (the “Recapitalization”) pursuant to an agreement among SCG Holding Corporation, its subsidiary, Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC, Motorola and affiliates of Texas Pacific Group. As a result of the Recapitalization, an affiliate of Texas Pacific Group owns approximately 91% and Motorola owns approximately 9% of the outstanding common stock of the Company. In addition, as part of these transactions, Texas Pacific Group received 1,500 shares and Motorola received 590 shares of the Company’s mandatorily redeemable preferred stock with a liquidation value of $209 million plus accrued and unpaid dividends. Motorola also received a $91 million junior subordinated note issued by Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Cash payments to Motorola in connection with the Recapitalization were financed through equity investments by affiliates of Texas Pacific Group totaling $337.5 million, borrowings totaling $740.5 million under the Company’s $875 million senior bank facilities and the issuance of $400 million of 12% senior subordinated notes due August 2009. Because Texas Pacific Group’s affiliate did not acquire substantially all of the Company’s common stock, the basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes was not impacted by the Recapitalization.

      The accompanying consolidated financial statements include information as of December 31, 1999 and for the period from August 4, 1999 (the date of the Recapitalization) through December 31, 1999.

Note 2:  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

  Principles of Consolidation

      The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and the majority-owned subsidiaries that it controls. An investment in a majority-owned joint venture that the Company does not control as well as an investment in a 50%-owned joint venture are accounted for on the equity method. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

  Cash Equivalents

      The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

  Inventories

      Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, or market.

  Property, Plant and Equipment

      Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated over useful lives of 30-40 years for buildings and 3-20 years for machinery and equipment using accelerated and straight-line methods.

F-7


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations in the year in which the expense is incurred.

  Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

      The Company reviews the carrying value of property, plant and equipment for impairment by measuring the carrying amount of the assets against the estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated with them. In cases where undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of assets. The fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated expected future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risks involved.

  Debt Issuance Costs

      In connection with the Recapitalization, the Company incurred $52.9 million in costs relating to the establishment of its senior bank facilities and the issuance of its senior subordinated notes. These costs have been capitalized and are being amortized on a straightline basis over the terms of the underlying agreements. Other assets at December 31, 1999 includes $50.2 million of unamortized debt issuance costs.

  Revenue Recognition

      Revenues from the sale of semiconductor products and the provision of foundry services are recognized when products are shipped. Provisions for estimated returns and allowances are also recorded at that time.

  Research and Development Costs

      Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

  Stock-Based Compensation

      The Company measures compensation expense relating to employee stock awards in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” The Company measures compensation expense relating to non-employee stock awards in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”).

  Income Taxes

      Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which these temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets that are not expected to be recovered from future operations.

  Foreign Currencies

      The Company’s foreign subsidiaries utilize the U.S. dollar as their functional currency, except for subsidiaries in Japan and Western Europe where the local currency is used. For foreign subsidiaries which use the U.S. dollar as the functional currency, the net effects of gains and losses from foreign currency transactions and from the translation of foreign currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in current

F-8


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

operations. The net translation gains and losses for subsidiaries using the local currency as the functional currency are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.

  Earnings per Common Share

      Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income available for common stock (net income less dividends accrued on the Company’s redeemable preferred stock) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share incorporates the incremental shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of stock options. The number of incremental shares from the assumed exercise of stock options is calculated by applying the treasury stock method. The weighted average number of shares consists of the following (in millions):

               
August 4,
1999 through
December 31,
1999

(in millions)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income $ 29.8
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization 61.9
Amortization of debt issuance costs 2.7
Provision for doubtful accounts 2.0
Loss on disposals of property, plant and equipment .7
Non-cash interest on junior subordinated note payable to Motorola 3.8
Minority interests in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries 1.1
Undistributed earnings of unconsolidated joint ventures (1.4 )
Deferred income taxes (17.6 )
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Receivables (238.4 )
Inventories 10.5
Other assets (2.0 )
Accounts payable 84.1
Accrued expenses 39.9
Income taxes payable 31.8
Accrued interest 30.1
Other long-term liabilities 1.7

Net cash provided by operating activities 40.7

Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of property, plant and equipment (64.0 )
Investment in joint ventures (4.9 )
Loan to unconsolidated joint venture (28.3 )
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment 1.8

Net cash used in investing activities (95.4 )

Cash flows from financing activities (See Note 1):
Proceeds from issuance of common stock to an affiliate of Texas Pacific Group 187.5
Proceeds from issuance of redeemable preferred stock to an affiliate of Texas Pacific Group 150.0
Proceeds from borrowings under senior credit facilities 800.5
Proceeds from issuance of senior subordinated notes 400.0
Payment of debt issuance costs (52.6 )
Repayment of joint venture debt (44.8 )
Net cash payments to Motorola in connection with Recapitalization (1,258.7 )

Net cash provided by financing activities 181.9

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents (.4 )

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 126.8
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $ 126.8

  Stock Splits

      In connection with the Recapitalization, the Company issued 100,000 shares of its $.01 par value common stock. The Company’s Board of Directors subsequently approved a 2,049-for-1 stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend. On February 17, 2000, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a 2-for-3 reverse stock split. Historical stockholders’ equity (deficit), share and per share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect these stock splits as of August 4, 1999. The par value of common stock has not been changed as a result of these transactions.

  Use of Estimates

      The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

  Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 (“SFAS 133”), “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” which establishes standards for the accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and hedging activities. This statement generally requires recognition of gains and losses on hedging instruments based on changes in fair value. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS 133 but does not expect it to be material. As issued, SFAS 133 was effective for the first quarter of fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999. In June 1999, the FASB issued SFAS No. 137, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — Deferral of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 133 — An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133,” which deferred the effective date of SFAS No. 133 so that it is now effective for all fiscal quarters of all fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000.

F-9


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 3:  Balance Sheet Information

      Balance sheet information as of December 31, 1999 follows (in millions):

         
Weighted average shares 136.7
Dilutive effect of stock options 7.9

Weighted average shares outstanding 144.6

Note 4:  Investments in Joint Ventures

      The Company has interests in joint ventures which are accounted for using the equity method. The investment in each joint venture approximates the Company’s underlying equity interest of each joint venture. Investments in these joint ventures totaled $40.4 million at December 31, 1999, while the related earnings totaled $1.4 million for the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999. Summarized financial information for the joint ventures is as follows (in millions):

           
Receivables:
Accounts Receivable $ 251.7
Less allowance for doubtful accounts (2.0 )

$ 249.7

Inventories:
Raw materials $ 25.6
Work in process 103.8
Finished goods 76.8

206.2

Property, plant and equipment, net:
Land $ 12.0
Buildings 257.9
Machinery and equipment 1,287.3

Total property, plant and equipment 1,557.2
Less accumulated depreciation (987.5 )

$ 569.7

                         
Semiconductor
Leshan-Phoenix Miniature
Semiconductor Products
Ltd. Malaysia Total



Country location China Malaysia
Percentage ownership 51% 50%
As of December 31, 1999

F-10


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      In connection with the Recapitalization, the Company loaned Leshan-Phoenix Semiconductor Ltd. (“Leshan”) $28.3 million to refinance third-party non-recourse loans. The Company’s loan to Leshan bears interest at 10.5% payable quarterly and is included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet.

Note 5:  Restructuring Charges

      In June 1998, Motorola recorded a charge to cover restructuring costs related to the consolidation of manufacturing operations, the exit of non-strategic or poorly performing businesses and a reduction in worldwide employment by 20,000 employees. Asset impairment and other charges were also recorded for the write-down of assets which became impaired as a result of current business conditions or business portfolio decisions. The Company’s charges related to these actions totaled $189.8 million and consisted of $13.2 million relating to the consolidation of manufacturing operations in Arizona and the Philippines, $20.7 million for costs relating to the exit of certain businesses, $102.0 million for separation costs associated with the planned reductions of 3,900 employees and $53.9 million for asset impairments that were charged directly against property, plant and equipment.

      As of the date of the Recapitalization, the Company had spent $92.8 million in connection with the related restructuring actions including $3.8 million for the consolidation of manufacturing operations, $15.8 million for business exits and $73.2 million for employee separations costs relating to approximately 3,000 employees. In connection with the Recapitalization, Motorola agreed to retain the remaining employee separation reserve of $28.8 million to cover approximately 900 employees who were to remain employees of and be released by Motorola. At August 4, 1999, the Company had remaining reserves of $9.4 million relating to the consolidation of manufacturing operations and $4.9 million for business exits for a total restructuring reserve of $14.3 million.

      During the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999, the Company spent approximately $.9 million in connection with restructuring actions relating to the consolidation of manufacturing operations. In December 1999, the Company completed a detailed evaluation of the costs to be incurred to complete the remaining restructuring actions. Based on this evaluation, the Company released $7.4 million of its remaining 1998 restructuring reserve to income as a credit to restructuring charges in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income. The Company’s remaining restructuring reserve relating to the 1998 restructuring totaled $6.0 million at December 31, 1999.

      In December 1999, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $11.1 million, including $3.5 million to cover separation costs relating to approximately 150 employees at a manufacturing facility in Mesa, Arizona that was closed in December as well as $7.6 million to cover equipment write-downs at that facility and other non-cash business exit costs that were charged directly against the related assets.

      A summary of activity in the Company’s restructuring reserves from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 is as follows (in millions):

                         
Current assets $ 16.2 $ 15.0 $ 31.2
Noncurrent assets 61.1 109.0 170.1



Total assets $ 77.3 $ 124.0 $ 201.3



Current liabilities $ 11.1 $ 37.8 $ 48.9
Noncurrent liabilities 28.3 45.1 73.4
Venture equity 37.9 41.1 79.0



Total liabilities and equity $ 77.3 $ 124.0 $ 201.3



August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999
Net sales $ 16.3 $ 37.0 $ 53.3
Gross profit 2.2 7.6 9.8
Net income (loss) (.8 ) 3.6 2.8

F-11


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Restructuring charges during the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 are summarized as follows (in millions):

         
Balance, August 4, 1999. $ 14.3
Plus: December 1999 employee separation charge 3.5
Less: Payments charged against the reserve (.9 )
Less: Reserve released to income (7.4 )

Balance, December 31, 1999. $ 9.5

Note 6:  Long-Term Debt

      Long-term debt at December 31, 1999 consisted of the following (dollars in millions):

         
Reserve released to income $ (7.4 )
December 1999 restructuring charge (including non-cash portion) 11.1

Total $ 3.7

      Borrowings under Tranche A, B and C facilities amortize within six, seven and eight years, respectively. The Tranche A facility includes a delayed-draw facility of $134.5 million of which $60.0 million had been borrowed as of December 31, 1999. The Company’s ability to borrow under the delayed-draw facility expired February 4, 2000. Although no amounts are outstanding under the Company’s revolving bank facility as of December 31, 1999, the amount available has been reduced by $13.6 million for letters of credit issued on behalf of the Company. The Company is obligated to pay a fee for unutilized commitments at a rate of .50% per annum. Prepayment of borrowings under the Tranche B and C facilities require a premium of 2% of the principal amount prepaid prior to August 4, 2000 and 1% of the principal amount prepaid during the period from August 4, 2000 to August 4, 2001.

      Borrowings under the senior bank facilities bear interest, payable quarterly, at rates selected by the Company based on LIBOR or the alternate base rate defined in the related agreement plus a spread as follows:

                           
Interest Rate at
Amount December 31,
of Facility 1999 Balance



Senior Bank Facilities:
Tranche A $ 200.0 8.927 % $ 125.5
Tranche B 325.0 9.313 % 325.0
Tranche C 350.0 9.563 % 350.0
Revolver 150.0

800.5
12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 400.0
10% Junior Subordinated Note Payable to Motorola due 2011 (including accrued interest of $3.8) 94.8

$ 1,295.3

      Except as discussed below, the senior subordinated notes may not be redeemed prior to August 1, 2004. Redemption prices range from 106% of the principal amount if redeemed in 2004 to 100% if redeemed in 2008 or thereafter. Up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior subordinated notes may be redeemed

F-12


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

prior to August 4, 2002 with the net cash proceeds of a public equity offering at a redemption price equal to 112% of the principal amount redeemed.

      The senior bank facilities as well as the senior subordinated notes contain various covenants and restrictions, including restrictions on the payment of dividends under certain circumstances, and require that substantially all of the Company’s assets be pledged as collateral.

      Annual maturities of long-term debt are as follows (in millions):

                 
Alternate
LIBOR Base Rate


Tranche A +3.0 % +2.0 %
Tranche B +3.5 % +2.5 %
Tranche C +3.75 % +2.75 %
Revolver +3.0 % +2.0 %

      The Company and one of its domestic subsidiaries (collectively, the “Issuers”) issued the senior subordinated notes due 2009. The Company’s other domestic subsidiaries (collectively, the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”) have jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed the Issuers’ obligations under the senior subordinated notes. The Guarantor Subsidiaries are holding companies whose net assets consist primarily of investments in the Company’s joint ventures in China, Malaysia and the Czech Republic as well as nominal equity interests in certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries. The joint ventures and foreign subsidiaries (collectively, the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”) themselves are not guarantors of the senior subordinated notes.

      The aggregate assets, liabilities, earnings and equity of the Guarantor Subsidiaries, when combined with those of the Issuers, are substantially equivalent to those of the Company on a consolidated basis. The Company does not believe that the separate financial statements and other disclosures concerning the Guarantor Subsidiaries provide any additional information that would be meaningful to investors in making an investment decision.

F-13


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Condensed consolidating financial information for the Issuers, the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1999 and for the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 is as follows (in millions):

         
Year ending December 31:

2000 $
2001 18.4
2002 41.8
2003 51.8
2004 37.3
Thereafter 1,146.0

$ 1,295.3

F-14


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      In connection with the Recapitalization, the Company refinanced third-party non-recourse loans of the majority-owned joint ventures located in the Czech Republic totaling $44.8 million with intercompany loans.

Note 7:  Income Taxes

      Geographic sources of income before taxes and minority interests for the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 were as follows (in millions):

                                           
Non-
Guarantor Guarantor
Issuers Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Total





Receivables $ 251.9 $ $ 6.5 $ (8.7 ) $ 249.7
Inventories 198.4 7.8 206.2
Other current assets 177.7 9.4 (5.9 ) 181.2





Total current assets 628.0 23.7 (14.6 ) 637.1
Property, plant and equipment, net 505.3 64.4 569.7
Deferred income taxes 289.0 289.0
Investments and other assets 183.0 52.9 1.7 (116.6 ) 121.0





Total assets $ 1,605.3 $ 52.9 $ 89.8 $ (131.2 ) $ 1,616.8





Accounts payable $ 126.3 $ .6 $ 4.6 $ (9.0 ) $ 122.5
Accrued expenses 199.6 5.4 (.2 ) 204.8





Total current liabilities 325.9 .6 10.0 (9.2 ) 327.3
Long-term debt and other 1,307.5 54.7 (54.7 ) 1,307.5





Total liabilities 1,633.4 .6 64.7 (63.9 ) 1,634.8
Minority interests 10.1 10.1
Redeemable preferred stock 219.6 219.6
Stockholders’ equity (deficit) (247.7 ) 52.3 25.1 (77.4 ) (247.7 )





Liabilities, minority interests, redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) $ 1,605.3 $ 52.9 $ 89.8 $ (131.2 ) $ 1,616.8





 
Revenues $ 796.9 $ $ 26.6 $ (24.8 ) $ 798.7
Cost of sales 578.9 19.2 (24.8 ) 573.3





Gross profit 218.0 7.4 225.4





General and administrative 75.2 2.1 77.3
Other operating expenses 44.6 44.6





Total operating expenses 119.8 2.1 121.9





Operating income 98.2 5.3 103.5
Interest expense (53.8 ) (2.1 ) (55.9 )
Equity earnings 2.5 1.8 (2.9 ) 1.4





Income before taxes and minority interests 46.9 1.8 3.2 (2.9 ) 49.0
Provision for income taxes (17.1 ) (.7 ) (.3 ) (18.1 )
Minority interests (1.1 ) (1.1 )





Net income $ 29.8 $ 1.1 $ 2.9 $ (4.0 ) $ 29.8





      The provision for income taxes for the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 was as follows (in millions):

         
United States $ 10.8
Foreign 38.2

$ 49.0

      A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate for the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 is as follows:

           
Current
Federal $ 12.3
State and local 1.7
Foreign 21.7

35.7

Deferred
Federal (7.9 )
State and local (1.1 )
Foreign (8.6 )

(17.6 )

$ 18.1

F-15


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 1999 were as follows (in millions):

           
U.S. federal statutory rate 35.0 %
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
State and local taxes, net of federal tax benefit 1.1
Foreign withholding taxes 1.4
Foreign rate differential (2.6 )
Other 2.1

37.0 %

      Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income in the future. Based on the Company’s history of profitable operations, management has concluded that it is more likely than not that the Company will ultimately realize the full benefit of its deferred tax assets. Accordingly, the Company has not provided a valuation allowance for its net deferred tax assets.

      Income taxes have not been provided on the Company’s share ($52.0 million) of undistributed earnings of foreign manufacturing interests over which we have sufficient influence to control the distribution of such earnings and have determined that such earnings have been reinvested indefinitely. These earnings could become subject to additional tax if they were remitted as dividends, if foreign earnings were lent to any of the Company’s U.S. entities, or if the Company sells its stock in the subsidiaries. It is estimated that repatriation of these foreign earnings would generate additional foreign tax withholdings of $2.9 million and federal income tax, net of foreign tax credits, of $9.2 million.

Note 8:  Redeemable Preferred Stock

      In connection with the Recapitalization, the Company issued 2,090 shares of its 12% mandatorily redeemable preferred stock with an original liquidation value of $209 million. Dividends on the preferred stock are payable quarterly and compound to the extent not paid. The Company will be required to redeem all of the shares of the preferred stock on the thirteenth anniversary of the issue date at a price equal to the liquidation value plus all accumulated dividends that have been applied to increase the liquidation value. Shares of the preferred stock may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company.

      Optional redemption of the preferred stock is subject to, and expressly conditioned upon, limitations under the Company’s senior subordinated notes, its senior bank facilities and other documents relating to the Company’s indebtedness. The Company may also be required to offer to repurchase shares of the preferred stock in other circumstances, including the occurrence of a change of control of the Company, in each case subject to the terms of the senior subordinated notes, senior bank facilities and other documents relating to the Company’s indebtedness. Holders of the preferred stock will not have any voting rights, except with respect to specified actions that might adversely affect the holders and except for such rights as are provided under applicable law.

Note 9:  Stock Options

  1999 Founders Stock Option Plan

      The Company has adopted the SCG Holding Corporation 1999 Founders Stock Option Plan, an incentive plan for key employees, directors and consultants. A total of 11,576,666 shares of the Company’s

F-16


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

common stock have been reserved for issuance under the plan. The plan is administered by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, which is authorized to, among other things, select the key employees, directors and consultants who will receive grants and determine the exercise price and vesting schedule of the options. Prior to the existence of a public market for the Company’s common stock, (as defined in the plan) fair market value is determined by the Board of Directors. Following the existence of a public market for the Company’s common stock, fair market value will be based on the closing price for the shares on the exchange on which the shares are listed.

      As of December 31, 1999, options to purchase 10,101,333 shares of the Company’s common stock have been granted at an exercise price of $1.50 per share. Generally, the options vest over a period of four years, with approximately 8% becoming immediately vested and exercisable on the grant date. All outstanding options will vest automatically upon a change of control (as defined in the plan) other than an initial public offering, provided the option holder is employed by the Company on the date of the change in control. Upon the termination of an option holder’s employment, all unvested options will immediately terminate and vested options will generally remain exercisable for a period of 90 days after date of termination (one year in the case of death or disability). Prior to the existence of a public market for the Company’s common stock, if an employee’s employment terminates, the Company generally has the right to purchase vested options from that employee at a price equal to the excess of the fair market value per share of the common stock over the exercise price per share specified in the option. In addition, any shares acquired prior to the existence of a public market will generally be subject to the Company’s call right, as well as customary drag-along and tag-along rights.

      As permitted by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”), the Company measures compensation expense in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”. Had the Company determined compensation expense in accordance with SFAS No. 123, the Company’s net income for the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 would have been reduced to the pro-forma amount indicated below (in millions):

           
December 31,
1999

Tax-deductible goodwill $ 297.6
Reserves and accruals 16.8
Inventories 7.3
Other 5.3

Deferred tax assets 327.0

Depreciation (9.6 )

Deferred tax liabilities (9.6 )

$ 317.4

      The per share weighted-average fair value of the stock options granted under the plan for the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 was $.39 based on the date of the grant using an appropriate option pricing model with the following assumptions: expected dividend yield of 0%; expected volatility of 0%; a risk free interest rate of 5.94%; and an expected life of 5 years.

      The Company paid its Chairman a consulting fee of $100,000 and granted him an option to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock for services rendered in connection with the Recapitalization. The Company also paid an entity owned by one of its directors a consulting fee of $1,750,000 and granted that director an option to purchase 410,000 shares of common stock for services rendered in connection with the Recapitalization. The options, which have an exercise price of $1.50 per share, were recorded as a charge to accumulated deficit at their estimated fair value of $600,000.

  2000 Stock Incentive Plan

      On February 17, 2000, the Company adopted the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan to provide key employees, directors and consultants with various equity-based incentives as described in the plan. The Company reserved 3.0 million shares of common stock for grants under this plan. The plan is administered by the Board of Directors or committee thereof, which is authorized to determine, among other things, the key employees, directors or consultants who will receive awards under the plan, the amount and type of award, exercise price

F-17


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

or performance criteria, if applicable, and vesting schedule. Under the “ON Ownership” portion of the plan, the Board of Directors intends, subject to local legal requirements, to grant an option to purchase shares of common stock to every employee at the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of the grant. Under this portion of the plan, options will become exercisable from the grant date.

  2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

      On February 17, 2000, the Company also adopted the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan to become effective upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering. The Company reserved 1.5 million shares of common stock under this plan. Subject to local legal requirements, each of the Company’s full-time employees will have the opportunity to have up to 10% of their payroll applied towards the purchase of shares of the Company’s common stock at a price equivalent to 85% of the fair market value of such shares as determined under the plan. Employees will be limited to annual purchases of $25,000 under this plan.

Note 10:  Financial Instruments

      As a multinational business, the Company’s transactions are denominated in a variety of currencies. The Company uses forward foreign currency contracts to reduce its overall exposure to the effects of currency fluctuations on its results of operations and cash flows. The Company’s policy prohibits speculation on financial instruments, trading in currencies for which there are no underlying exposures, or entering into trades for any currency to intentionally increase the underlying exposure.

      The Company’s foreign exchange management strategy requires that each foreign operation provide a forecast of their foreign currency exposures. The Company then aggregates the forecasts and enters into net hedge contracts in order to create an offset to the underlying exposures. Losses or gains on the underlying cash flows or investments offset gains or losses on the financial instruments. The Company primarily hedges existing assets and liabilities and cash flows associated with transactions currently on its balance sheet.

      At December 31, 1999, the Company had net outstanding foreign exchange contracts with a notional amount of $128 million. Most of the hedge contracts, which are obtained through Motorola, mature within three months with the longest maturity extending six months. Management believes that these financial instruments should not subject the Company to undue risk due to foreign exchange movements because gains and losses on these contracts should offset losses and gains on the assets, liabilities and transactions being hedged. The following schedule shows the five largest net foreign exchange hedge positions in U.S. dollars at fair market value as of December 31, 1999 (in millions):

         
As reported $ 29.8
Pro-forma 29.5

      The Company is exposed to credit-related losses if counterparties to financial instruments fail to perform their obligations. Motorola is the counterparty for all of the Company’s foreign exchange contracts, and no credit-related losses are anticipated.

      At December 31, 1999, the Company had an interest rate swap which becomes effective in February 2000. This transaction, required by the credit agreement relating to the senior bank facilities, is a floating-to-fixed rate swap based on LIBOR with quarterly rate resets. The notional principal amount of this swap is $200 million and is used solely as the basis for which the payment streams are calculated and exchanged. The

F-18


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

notional amount is not a measure of the exposure to the Company through the use of the swap. The interest rate swap matures in relationship to its existing long-term debt and has a final expiration date of November 2004. The purpose of the interest rate swap was to essentially modify the interest rate characteristics of a portion of the Company’s debt from floating to fixed rate. Amounts to be paid or received under the contract are recorded as an adjustment to interest expense. The Company is subject to market risk as interest rates fluctuate and impact the interest payments due on the notional principal amount. The fair value of the interest rate swap is determined based on the difference between the contract rate of interest and the rates currently quoted for contracts of similar terms and maturities. The market value of the contract at December 31, 1999 was not significant.

      At December 31, 1999, the Company had no outstanding commodity derivatives, currency swaps or options relating to either its debt instruments or investments. The Company does not have any derivatives to hedge the value of its equity investments in affiliated companies.

Note 11:  Fair Value of Financial Instruments

      For certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to their short maturities. The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s other financial instruments as of December 31, 1999 were as follows (in millions):

         
Buy
(Sell)

Japanese Yen $ (94.0 )
Mexico Peso 47.0
British Pound (24.0 )
Euro (19.0 )
Malaysian Ringgit (18.0 )

Note 12:  Commitments and Contingencies

  Leases

      The following is a schedule by year of future minimum lease obligations under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 1999 (in millions):

                 
Carrying
amount Fair value


Long-term debt $ 1,295.3 $ 1,321.0
Forward foreign exchange contracts 7.4 7.0
Redeemable preferred stock 219.6 248.0

      The Company’s existing leases do not contain significant restrictive provisions; however, certain leases contain renewal options and provisions for payment by the Company of real estate taxes, insurance and maintenance costs. Total rent expense for the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 was $7.0 million.

F-19


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

  Legal Matters

      The Company is currently involved in a variety of legal matters that arose in the normal course of business. Based on information currently available, management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

      On December 6, 1999, International Rectifier filed an action against the Company in the United States District Court for the Central District of California alleging that our power-MOS products infringed eight of their patents. These power-MOS products were previously manufactured by Motorola under a license from International Rectifier that expired on December 31, 1999. The Company has not yet been served with process in this litigation and is engaged in good faith discussions with International Rectifier regarding a number of different aspects of our continuing business relationship, including development of a new license agreement. In the event that the Company is unable to reach such agreements on acceptable terms and International Rectifier pursues the pending litigation, the Company could be adversely affected by the imposition of an injunction, the award of damages or both.

Note 13:  Employee Benefit Plans

  Pension Plans

      The Company has a noncontributory pension plan that covers most U.S. employees after one year of service. The benefit formula is dependent upon employee earnings and years of service. The Company’s policy is to fund the plan in accordance with the requirements and regulations of the Internal Revenue Code. Benefits under the pension plan are valued based upon the projected unit credit cost method.

      Certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries provide retirement plans for substantially all of their employees. The plans conform to local practice in terms of providing minimum benefits mandated by law, collective agreements or customary practice. Benefits under all foreign pension plans are also valued using the projected unit credit cost method.

      The following is a summary of the status of the pension plans and the net periodic pension cost as of December 31, 1999 and for the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 (dollars in millions):

             
Year ending December 31:

2000 $ 9.4
2001 6.1
2002 2.7
2003 1.8
2004 4.1
Thereafter 1.5

$ 25.6

F-20


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                           
U.S. Foreign
Pension Pension
Plan Plans Total



Change in Benefit Obligation:
Benefit obligation at August 4, 1999 $ 74.8 $ 30.2 $ 105.0
Service cost 2.5 1.1 3.6
Interest cost 2.4 .8 3.2
Plan curtailment (12.6 ) (12.6 )
Actuarial gain (loss)
Benefits paid (.1 ) (.1 )
Translation gain 2.3 2.3



Benefit obligation at December 31, 1999 $ 67.1 $ 34.3 $ 101.4



      In November 1999, the Company’s U.S. pension plan was amended so that benefit accruals under the plan will be discontinued effective December 31, 2004 for those employees whose combined age and years of service (in complete years) equaled or exceeded 65 at August 4, 1999. Benefit accruals under the plan for all other employees will be discontinued effective December 31, 2000. Employees will be entitled to redirect their vested account balances into the Company’s defined contribution plan described below or an annuity contract or to receive a lump-sum distribution.

      This plan curtailment resulted in a reduction in the plan’s benefit obligation of $12.6 million. After recognition of the related unrecognized prior service cost and other charges, the Company recognized a net curtailment gain of $.5 million during the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999.

F-21


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

  Defined Contribution Plans

      The Company has a deferred compensation plan for all eligible U.S. employees established under the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Eligible employees may contribute a percentage of their salary subject to certain limitations. For the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999, there were no Company matching contributions to the plan, however, U.S. employees were eligible for a profit sharing contribution. Effective January 1, 2000, the Company will match 100% of the first 4% of the employee contribution, and 50% of the next 4% of the employee contribution, as defined in the plan. Participants are at all times fully vested in their contributions and the Company’s contributions. The Company recognized $1.3 million expense for the profit sharing feature of the plan for the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999.

      Certain foreign subsidiaries have defined contribution plans in which eligible employees participate. The Company recognized compensation expense of $.4 million relating to these plans during the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999.

Note 14:  Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

      The Company’s non-cash financing activities and cash payments for interest and income taxes were as follows for the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 (in millions):

                             
U.S. Foreign
Pension Pension
Plan Plans Total



Change in Plan Assets:
Fair value at August 4, 1999. $ 60.5 $ 13.4 $ 73.9
Actual return on plan assets 1.3 .3 1.6
Employer contributions 3.4 3.4
Benefits paid (.1 ) (.1 )
Translation gain 1.3 1.3



Fair value at December 31, 1999. $ 61.8 $ 18.3 $ 80.1



Balances as of December 31, 1999:
Pension benefit obligation $ (67.1 ) $ (34.3 ) $ (101.4 )
Fair value of plan assets 61.8 18.4 80.2



Funded status (5.3 ) (15.9 ) (21.2 )
Unrecognized net actuarial loss .3 .3
Unrecognized prior service cost 2.8 6.1 8.9



Accrued benefit cost $ (2.5 ) $ (9.5 ) $ (12.0 )



Assumptions as of December 31, 1999:
Discount rate 6.80 % 6.22 %
Expected return on assets 8.50 % 5.15 %
Rate of compensation increase 5.00 % 7.91 %
Components of net periodic pension cost:
Service cost $ 2.5 $ 1.0 $ 3.5
Interest cost 2.4 .8 3.2
Expected return on assets (2.4 ) (.5 ) (2.9 )
Amortization of prior service cost .5 .2 .7



Net periodic pension cost 3.0 1.5 4.5
Curtailment gain (.5 ) (.5 )
Translation gain



Net pension cost $ 2.5 $ 1.5 $ 4.0



Note 15:  Related Party Transactions

      In connection with the Recapitalization, the Company paid Texas Pacific Group a financial advisory fee in the amount of $25.0 million. The Company has also agreed to pay Texas Pacific Group an annual management fee of up to $2.0 million. Management fees payable to Texas Pacific Group for the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 totaled $.8 million and are included in general and administrative expense.

      In connection with the Recapitalization, Motorola has assigned, licensed and sublicensed to the Company intellectual property in connection with the products the Company plans to offer (including a limited use of the Motorola trade name for one year and a transition statement, “formerly a division of Motorola,” for an additional year thereafter). In addition, Motorola has agreed to continue providing information technology, human resources, supply management, logistics and finance services for agreed upon periods of time while the Company determines the most cost-effective means to obtain such services. Motorola has also agreed to continue providing manufacturing and assembly services, to continue using similar services the Company provides to them, to continue selling to the Company depreciated equipment to support the Company’s capacity expansion and to lease real estate to the Company.

      The manufacturing and assembly services that the Company and Motorola have agreed to continue to provide to each other are at prices intended to approximate each party’s cost of providing the services and are fixed throughout the term of the agreements. Each party has committed to minimum purchases under these agreements. Subject to the Company’s right to cancel upon six months’ written notice, the Company has

F-22


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

minimum commitments to purchase manufacturing services from Motorola of approximately $88 million, $51 million, $41 million and $40 million in fiscal years 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Subject to its right to cancel upon six months’ written notice, Motorola has minimum commitments to purchase manufacturing services from the Company of approximately $47 million in fiscal year 2000 and has no purchase obligations thereafter.

      Related party activity between the Company and Motorola the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 follows (in millions):

           
Non-cash financing activities:
Issuance of common stock to Motorola $ 17.5
Issuance of redeemable preferred stock to Motorola 59.0
Issuance of junior subordinated note to Motorola 91.0
Cash paid for:
Interest 20.7
Income taxes 5.9

Note 16:  Segment Information

      The Company operates in one industry segment and is engaged in the design, development, manufacture and marketing of a wide variety of semiconductor components for the semiconductor industry and original equipment manufacturers. The Company operates in various geographic locations. Sales to unaffiliated customers have little correlation with the location of manufacture. It is, therefore, not meaningful to present operating profit by geographic location. The Company conducts a substantial portion of its operations outside of the United States and is subject to risks associated with non-U.S. operations, such as political risks, currency controls and fluctuations, tariffs, import controls and air transportation.

      Property, plant and equipment by geographic location as of December 31, 1999 is summarized as follows (in millions):

         
Purchases of manufacturing services from Motorola $ 101.3
Cost of other services, rent and equipment purchased from Motorola 21.2

      Total revenues to unaffiliated customers by geographic location, including local sales and exports made by operations within each area, for the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999 are summarized as follows (in millions):

         
The Americas (primarily the U.S. and Mexico) $ 221.4
Asia/ Pacific 159.7
Europe 89.0
Japan 99.6

$ 569.7

      During the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999, sales to Motorola and another customer accounted for approximately 16% and 10%, respectively of the Company’s total revenue.

F-23


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 17:  Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

      On April 3, 2000, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Cherry Semiconductor Corporation for approximately $250 million. The acquisition was financed with cash on hand and borrowings of $220 million under the Company’s senior credit facilities.

      On April 6, 2000, the Company entered into a license agreement with International Rectifier in connection with the settlement of the pending litigation described in Note 12.

      On April 21, 2000, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the number of shares of common stock available under the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan described in Note 9 from 3 million shares to 10 million shares.

F-24


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

The Board of Directors

Motorola, Inc.:

      We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of the Semiconductor Components Group of Motorola, Inc. (“the Company” or “the Business”) as of December 31, 1998 and the accompanying combined statements of revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes for the period from January 1, 1999 through August 3, 1999 and each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 1998. These combined statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined statements based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      The accompanying combined statements were prepared to comply with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and on the basis of presentation as described in Note 1. The accompanying combined statements present the combined assets, liabilities and business equity and the related combined revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes of the Business, and are not intended to be a complete presentation of the Business’ financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The results of operations before taxes are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations before taxes that would be recorded by the Company on a stand-alone basis.

      In our opinion, the accompanying combined statements present fairly, in all material respects, the combined assets, liabilities and business equity of the Business as of December 1998 and its combined revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes for the period from January 1, 1999 through August 3, 1999 and each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 1998, on the basis described in Note 1, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

         
The Americas (primarily the U.S. and Mexico) $ 375.4
Asia/ Pacific 183.6
Europe 144.9
Japan 94.8

$ 798.7

Phoenix, Arizona

January 7, 2000

F-25


Table of Contents

SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS GROUP OF

MOTOROLA, INC.

COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

  KPMG LLP

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-26


Table of Contents

SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS GROUP OF

MOTOROLA, INC.

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF REVENUES LESS DIRECT AND

ALLOCATED EXPENSES BEFORE TAXES
             
December 31,
1998

(in millions)
Assets
Current assets:
Inventories $ 209.5
Other 23.0

Total current assets 232.5
Property, plant and equipment, net 568.9
Other assets 39.3

Total assets $ 840.7

Liabilities and Business Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable $ 12.5
Accrued expenses 98.9

Total current liabilities 111.4
Non-current liabilities 48.3
Commitments and contingencies
Business equity 681.0

Total liabilities and business equity $ 840.7

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-27


Table of Contents

SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS GROUP OF

MOTOROLA, INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1)  Basis of Presentation

      The Semiconductor Components Group (“SCG” or “the Business”) is defined as the discrete and integrated circuits standard products of the Semiconductor Products Sector (“SPS”) of Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola”), including Power BiPolar, Rectifiers, Thyristors, Zeners, TMOS, Analog, ECL, Small Signal and Logic Products. Manufacturing operations for the Business are primarily conducted in plants in Guadalajara, Mexico, Carmona, Philippines, Seremban, Malaysia (2 Plants), Phoenix, Arizona, United States and Aizu, Japan (collectively referred to as “SCG plants”). Certain manufacturing operations related to SCG products are also performed at other SPS plants. Similarly, certain SCG plants perform manufacturing operations related to other SPS product lines. SCG also has investments in various joint ventures which are accounted for on the equity method.

      The accompanying combined balance sheet does not include Motorola’s or SPS’s sector assets or liabilities not specifically identifiable to SCG. Motorola performs cash management on a centralized basis and SPS processes receivables and certain payables, payroll and other activity for SCG. Most of these systems are not designed to track receivables, liabilities and cash receipts and payments on a business specific basis. Accordingly, it is not practical to determine certain assets and liabilities associated with the business; therefore, such assets and liabilities cannot be included in the accompanying combined balance sheets. Given these constraints, certain supplemental cash flow information is presented in lieu of a statement of cash flows. (See Note 8.) Assets and liabilities not specifically identifiable to the Business include:

                             
Years Ended Period from
December 31, January 1, 1999

through
1997 1998 August 3, 1999



(in millions)
Revenues:
Net sales — trade $ 1,815.3 $ 1,495.3 $ 895.4



Direct and allocated costs and expenses:
Cost of sales 1,112.3 1,060.0 620.3
Research and development 65.7 67.5 34.3
Selling and marketing 110.7 92.4 39.0
General and administrative 243.1 205.7 89.4
Restructuring and other charges 189.8



Operating costs and expenses 1,531.8 1,615.4 783.0



283.5 (120.1 ) 112.4



Other income (expenses):
Equity in earnings from joint ventures (.3 ) 5.7 2.4
Interest expense (11.7 ) (19.8 ) (9.1 )
Minority interest in earnings of consolidated entities (1.5 ) (2.1 ) (.9 )



Other expenses, net (13.5 ) (16.2 ) (7.6 )



Revenues less direct and allocated expenses before  taxes $ 270.0 $ (136.3 ) $ 104.8



      The combined statements of revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes include all revenues and costs attributable to the Business including an allocation of the costs of shared facilities and overhead of Motorola and SPS. In addition, certain costs incurred at SCG plants for the benefit of other SPS product lines are allocated from SCG to the other SPS divisions.

      All of the allocations and estimates in the combined statements of revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes are based on assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances. However, these allocations and estimates are not necessarily indicative of the costs that would have resulted if the Business had been operated on a stand-alone basis.

      Transactions between the Business and other Motorola and SPS operations have been identified in the combined statements as transactions between related parties to the extent practicable (See Note 2).

(2)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

  (a)  Basis of Combination

      All significant intercompany balances and transactions within the Business have been eliminated.

F-28


Table of Contents

SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS GROUP OF
MOTOROLA, INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

  (b)  Revenue Recognition

      Revenues from the sale of SCG semiconductor products is generally recognized when shipped, with a provision for estimated returns and allowances recorded at the time of shipment.

  (c)  Related Party Transactions

      SCG manufactures products for other sectors of Motorola. Sales of these products are treated as external sales and are reflected in the accompanying combined statements of revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes with the related cost of sales. These sales totaled $76.1 million for the period from January 1, 1999 through August 3, 1999, $126.9 million and $105.7 million for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

      SCG also manufactures products, at cost, for other SPS divisions and these other divisions also manufacture products for SCG. The gross amounts charged to/from SCG for these products are summarized as follows:

        (A)  Cash, cash equivalents and investments. Activity in SCG cash balances is recorded through the business equity account.
 
        (B)  Trade accounts receivable and related allowances for bad debts and product returns. Trade receivable balances are maintained by customer, not by the Business. Estimated allowances for product returns are reflected in SCG net sales. Accounts receivable related to SCG are allocated through the business equity account.
 
        (C)  Accounts payable related to trade purchases that are made centrally by SPS in the United States. Such purchases related to SCG are allocated to SCG through the business equity account.
 
        (D)  Certain accrued liabilities for allocated corporate costs and environmental and pension costs which are allocated to SCG through the business equity account.

      A portion of manufacturing costs transferred from other SPS divisions to SCG are capitalized into inventory at worldwide standard cost and are recorded as cost of sales as related product sales are recognized. Variations between worldwide standard cost and the actual costs transferred from other SPS divisions are considered period costs and are immediately charged to operations.

      Where it is possible to specifically identify other operating costs with the activities of SCG or other SPS product lines, these amounts have been charged or credited directly to SCG or SPS product lines without allocation or apportionment. Although a number of different approaches are used to allocate shared or common costs, there is usually a predominant basis for each expense category. Accordingly, research and development costs have been allocated from SPS based predominately on dedicated spending. Research and development from Motorola is first allocated to SPS and then allocated 20% to SCG as SCG is one of five divisions within SPS. Selling and marketing expenses from SPS have been allocated 20% to SCG and general and administrative expenses from Motorola and SPS have been allocated 20% to SCG. Prior to changing to this allocation structure in July, 1997, allocations to SCG for research and development, selling and marketing, and general and administrative expenses were based on budgeted sales volume. This change had an insignificant impact on the amount of the allocated costs.

F-29


Table of Contents

SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS GROUP OF
MOTOROLA, INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Total amounts allocated to SCG for research and development, selling and marketing, and general and administrative expenses were as follows:

                         
January 1,
Years Ended 1999
December 31, through

August 3,
1997 1998 1999



(in millions)
Manufacturing services performed by other SPS divisions on
behalf of SCG
$ 310.5 $ 266.8 $ 125.5



Manufacturing services performed by SCG and transferred at actual production costs to other SPS divisions $ 177.4 $ 162.3 $ 91.0



      These cost allocations are included in the accompanying combined statements of revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes but are not necessarily indicative of the costs that would be incurred by the Business on a stand-alone basis.

  (d)  Inventories

      Inventories are stated at the lower of worldwide standard cost, which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis, or market. The main components of inventories are as follows:

                         
January 1,
Years Ended 1999
December 31, through

August 3,
1997 1998 1999



(in millions)
Research and development $ 34.6 $ 33.1 $ 13.3



Selling and marketing $ 4.3 $ 3.7 $ 2.2



General and administrative $ 117.0 $ 115.2 $ 50.0



  (e)  Property, Plant and Equipment

      Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Many of these assets are directly related to SCG and are included without apportionment. SCG also shares certain property, plant, and equipment with other SPS product lines. These shared assets have been allocated to SCG based on sales volume for buildings, land, and other general assets and units of production for machinery and equipment.

      Depreciation is computed over the following estimated useful lives predominately on the straightline method:

           
December 31,
1998

(in millions)
Raw materials $ 20.0
Work in process 110.9
Finished goods 78.6

Total Inventories $ 209.5

      SCG has adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of, which requires recognition of impairment of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted cash flows attributable to such assets. During 1998, SCG incurred restructuring and other charges which included impairment writedowns of $53.9 million related to machinery and equipment (see Note 9).

F-30


Table of Contents

SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS GROUP OF
MOTOROLA, INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

         
Buildings 30-40 years
Machinery and equipment 3-8 years

  (f)  Interest Expense

      Motorola had net interest expense on a consolidated basis for all periods presented. These amounts have been allocated to SPS and in turn to SCG in the amount of approximately $7.5 million for the period from January 1, 1999 through August 3, 1999 and $11.0 million and $18.0 million for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively, primarily on the basis of net assets. SCG management believes this allocation is reasonable, but it is not necessarily indicative of the cost that would have been incurred if the Business had been operated on a stand-alone basis.

  (g)  Currencies and Foreign Currency Instruments

      SCG’s functional currency for all foreign operations is the U.S. dollar, except for Japan and Europe which is the local currency. Accordingly, the net effect of gains and losses from translation of foreign currency financial statements into U.S. dollars is included in current operations. The net translation gains and losses for Japan and Europe are not significant and are included as a component of business equity. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in current operations and were not significant for 1997, 1998 or the period from January 1, 1999 through August 3, 1999.

  (h)  Use of Estimates in Preparation of Financial Statements

      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(3)  Accrued Expenses

      The components of accrued expenses are as follows:

           
December 31,
1998

(in millions)
Land $ 13.0
Buildings 440.5
Machinery and equipment 1,220.8

Total property, plant and equipment 1,674.3
Less accumulated depreciation 1,105.4

$ 568.9

F-31


Table of Contents

SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS GROUP OF
MOTOROLA, INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(4)  Employee Benefit Plans

      Employees of SCG participate in several Motorola retirement, employee benefit, and incentive plans. These include (1) a profit sharing plan, (2) a stock bonus plan, (3) a salary deferral 401(k) plan and (4) pension and healthcare benefit plans. Motorola also has a stock option plan under which key employees of SCG may be granted nonqualified or incentive stock options to purchase shares of Motorola common stock. Certain key employees and certain management of SCG also participate in various incentive arrangements based on individual performance and Motorola/ SPS/SCG profitability. The costs of these programs were allocated from Motorola to SPS and then to SCG on the basis of payroll costs and headcount and are not necessarily indicative of the costs that would be incurred on a stand-alone basis.

      SCG employees in foreign countries participate in a retirement plan within the country. In each case, the plan meets local and legal requirements of that particular country and is based on defined years of service. Each country’s plan is unfunded and is accrued for in the accompanying combined balance sheets based on actuarially determined amounts.

(5) Contingencies

      Motorola is currently a defendant in certain legal actions relating to SCG. In the opinion of management, the outcome of such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the business equity, operations or liquidity of SCG.

      Motorola is also involved in certain administrative and judicial proceedings related to certain environmental matters at SCG locations. Based on information currently available, management believes that the costs of these matters are not likely to have a material adverse effect on business equity, operations or liquidity of SCG.

(6) Business Equity

      Business equity represents Motorola’s ownership interest in the recorded net assets of SCG. All cash transactions, accounts receivable, accounts payable in the United States, other allocations and intercompany transactions are reflected in this amount. A summary of activity is as follows:

           
December 31,
1998

(in millions)
Payroll and employee related accruals $ 7.7
Restructuring charges 68.0
Other accruals 23.2

Total accrued expenses $ 98.9

(7) Industry and Geographic Information

      The Business operates in one industry segment and is engaged in the design, development, manufacture and marketing of a wide variety of semiconductor products for the semiconductor industry and original equipment manufacturers. SCG operates in various geographic locations. In the information that follows, sales include local sales and exports made by operations within each area. To control costs, a substantial portion of SCG’s products are transported between various SCG and SPS facilities in the process of being manufactured

F-32


Table of Contents

SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS GROUP OF
MOTOROLA, INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

and sold. Accordingly, it is not meaningful to present interlocation transfers between SCG facilities on a stand alone basis. Sales to unaffiliated customers have little correlation with the location of manufacture. It is, therefore, not meaningful to present operating profit by geographical location.

      SCG conducts a substantial portion of its operations outside of the United States and is subject to risks associated with non-U.S. operations, such as political risks, currency controls and fluctuations, tariffs, import controls and air transportation.

      Property, plant and equipment by geographic location is summarized as follows:

                         
January 1,
Years Ended 1999
December 31, through

August 3,
1997 1998 1999



(in millions)
Balance at beginning of period $ 746.1 $ 866.4 $ 681.0
Revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes 270.0 (136.3 ) 104.8
Net intercompany activity (149.7 ) (49.1 ) (83.9 )



Balance at end of period $ 866.4 $ 681.0 $ 701.9



      Sales to unaffiliated customers by geographic location is summarized as follows:

           
December 31,
1998

(in millions)
United States $ 210.4
Malaysia 102.7
Czech Republic 48.1
Philippines 40.1
Japan 31.3
Mexico 30.3
Other foreign countries 106.0

Total $ 568.9

      As discussed in Note 2, sales to other sectors of Motorola are treated as sales to unaffiliated customers.

F-33


Table of Contents

SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS GROUP OF
MOTOROLA, INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(8) Supplemental Cash Flow Information

      As described in Note 1, Motorola’s cash management system is not designed to track centralized cash and related financing transactions to the specific cash requirements of the Business. In addition, SPS’s transaction systems are not designed to track receivables and certain liabilities and cash receipts and payments on a business specific basis. Given these constraints, the following data are presented to facilitate analysis of key components of cash flow activity:

                           
January 1,
Years Ended 1999
December 31, through

August 3,
1997 1998 1999



(in millions)
United States $ 804.4 $ 636.4 $ 374.0
Germany 107.7 108.0 61.2
Hong Kong 117.1 107.4 78.0
Japan 188.7 127.4 76.7
Singapore 137.6 98.2 75.1
Taiwan 81.9 71.0 33.9
Other foreign countries 377.9 346.9 196.5



Total $ 1,815.3 $ 1,495.3 $ 895.4




                             
January 1,
Years Ended 1999
December 31, through

August 3,
1997 1998 1999



(in millions)
Operating activities:
Revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes $ 270.0 $ (136.3 ) $ 104.8
Depreciation 134.7 133.9 77.4
Impairment write down on property, plant and equipment 53.9
(Increase) decrease in inventories (95.6 ) 30.4 (27.5 )
Decrease in other current assets (3.7 ) (4.4 ) 2.2
Increase in other assets (19.9 ) .7 (12.2 )
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses 12.5 84.4 (23.6 )
Increase (decrease) in non-current liabilities 33.6 6.4 2.4



Cash flow from operating activities, excluding Motorola financing and taxes 331.6 169.0 123.5
Investing activities:
Capital expenditures, net of transfers (181.9 ) (119.9 ) (39.6 )



Net financing provided to Motorola* $ 149.7 $ 49.1 $ 83.9



(9) Restructuring and Other Charges

      In June 1998, Motorola recorded a charge to cover restructuring costs related to the consolidation of manufacturing operations, the exit of non-strategic or poorly performing businesses and a reduction in worldwide employment by 20,000 employees. Asset impairment and other charges were also recorded for the writedown of assets which had become impaired as a result of current business conditions or business portfolio decisions. Motorola recorded its charge in the following restructuring categories:

  Consolidation of Manufacturing Operations

      Consolidation of manufacturing operations relates to the closing of production and distribution facilities and selling or disposing of the machinery and equipment that was no longer needed and, in some cases, scrapping excess assets that had no net realizable value. The buildings associated with these production facilities, in many cases were sold to outside parties. Also included in this restructuring category were costs related to shutting down or reducing the capacity of certain production lines. In most cases, older facilities with older technologies or non-strategic products were closed. Machinery and equipment write downs related to equipment that would no longer be utilized comprised the majority of these costs. These assets have been

F-34


Table of Contents

SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS GROUP OF
MOTOROLA, INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

deemed to be held for use until such time as they are removed from service and, therefore, no longer utilized in manufacturing products. An assessment was made as to whether or not there was an asset impairment related to the valuation of these assets in determining what the amount of the write down included in the restructuring charge should be for this machinery and equipment. This assessment utilized the anticipated future undiscounted cash flows generated by the equipment as well as its ultimate value upon disposition.

      The charges in this restructuring category do not include any costs related to the abandonment or sub-lease of facilities, moving expenses, inventory disposals or write downs, or litigation or environmental obligations.

      As part of the consolidation of manufacturing operations, certain SPS facilities in North Carolina, California, Arizona and the Philippines are being closed as planned. SPS is consolidating its production facilities into fewer integrated factories to achieve economies of scale and improved efficiencies and to capitalize on new technologies that should reduce operating costs.

  Business Exits

      Business exit costs include costs associated with shutting down businesses that did not fit with Motorola’s new strategy. In many cases, these businesses used older technologies that produced non-strategic products. The long-term growth and margins associated with these businesses were not in line with Motorola’s expectations given the level of investment and returns. Included in these business exit costs were the costs of terminating technology agreements and selling or liquidating interests in joint ventures that did not fit with the new strategy of Motorola. Similar to consolidation of manufacturing operations, the charges in this restructuring category did not include any costs related to the abandonment or sublease of facilities, moving expenses, inventory disposals or write downs, or litigation or environmental obligations.

  Employee Separations

      Employee separation costs represent the costs of involuntary severance benefits for the 20,000 positions identified as subject to severance under the restructuring plan and special voluntary termination benefits offered beginning in the third quarter of 1998. The special voluntary termination benefits provided for one week of pay for each year of service between years 1-10, two weeks of pay for each year of service between years 11-19, and three weeks of pay for each year of service for year 20 and greater. The majority of employees who accepted special voluntary termination benefits did so by the end of the year, although severance payments were not completed by that time. The majority of the special voluntary termination benefits expired at the end of the fourth quarter of 1998.

      As of December 31, 1998, approximately 13,800 employees have separated from Motorola through a combination of voluntary and involuntary severance programs. Of the 13,800 separated employees, approximately 8,200 were direct employees and 5,600 were indirect employees. Direct employees are primarily non-supervisory production employees, and indirect employees are primarily non-production employees and production managers.

  Asset Impairments and Other Charges

      As a result of current and projected business conditions, Motorola wrote down operating assets that became impaired. The majority of the assets written down were used manufacturing equipment and machinery.

      The amount of impairment charge for the assets written down was based upon an estimate of the future cash flows expected from the use of the assets, as well as upon their eventual disposition. These undiscounted cash flows were then compared to the net book value of the equipment, and impairment was determined based

F-35


Table of Contents

SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS GROUP OF
MOTOROLA, INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

on that comparison. Cash flows were determined at the facility level for certain production facilities based upon anticipated sales value of the products to be produced and the costs of producing the products at those facilities. In cases in which sufficient cash flows were not going to be generated by the equipment at those facilities, the assets were written down to their estimated fair value. These estimated fair values were based upon what the assets could be sold for in a transaction with an unrelated third party. Since the majority of these assets were machinery and equipment, Motorola was able to utilize current market prices for comparable equipment in the marketplace in assessing what would be the fair value upon sale of the equipment.

      Building writedowns were based on marketability factors of the building in the particular location.

      Assets held for use continue to be depreciated based on an evaluation of their remaining useful lives and their ultimate values upon disposition. There were no assets held for sale at December 31, 1998 nor were any impaired assets disposed of prior to that date.

  SCG’s Restructuring Charge

      SCG’s charges related to these actions were $189.8 million of which $53.9 million represented asset impairments charged directly against machinery and equipment. SCG’s employment reductions will total approximately 3,900 of which approximately 3,000 (1,800 direct employees and 1,200 indirect employees) had separated from SCG as of August 3, 1999.

      At December 31, 1998, $68.0 million of restructuring accruals remain outstanding. The following table displays a rollforward to December 31, 1998 of the accruals established during the second quarter of 1998:

The difference between cash flow from operating activities and investing activities does not necessarily represent the cash flows of the Business, or the timing of such cash flows, had it operated on a stand-alone basis.

      SCG’s remaining accrual at December 31, 1998 of $13.2 million for the consolidation of manufacturing operations represents the finalization of the plant closings in Arizona and the Philippines. Within the business exits category, the remaining accrual of $11.3 million at December 31, 1998 relates to costs of exiting two unprofitable product lines. SCG’s remaining accrual of $43.5 million at December 31, 1998 for employee separations relates to the completion of severance payments in Japan, Asia, the U.K. and Arizona.

      SCG’s total amount used of $121.8 million through December 31, 1998 reflects approximately $63.6 million in cash payments and $58.2 million in write-offs. The remaining $68.0 million accrual balance at December 31, 1998 is expected to be liquidated via cash payments.

F-36


Table of Contents

SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS GROUP OF
MOTOROLA, INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      At August 3, 1999, $43.1 million of restructuring accruals remain outstanding. The following table displays a rollforward from December 31, 1998 to August 3, 1999, of the accruals established during the second quarter of 1998:

                           
Accruals at
Initial Amounts December 31,
Charges Used 1998



(in millions)
Consolidation of manufacturing operations $ 13.2 $ $ 13.2
Business exits 20.7 9.4 11.3
Employee separations 102.0 58.5 43.5



Total restructuring 135.9 67.9 68.0



Asset impairments and other charges 53.9 53.9



Total $ 189.8 $ 121.8 $ 68.0



      SCG’s remaining accrual at August 3, 1999 of $9.4 million for the consolidation of manufacturing operations represents the finalization of the plant closings in Arizona and the Philippines. Within the business exits category, the remaining accrual of $4.9 million at August 3, 1999 relates to costs of exiting two unprofitable product lines. SCG’s remaining accrual of $28.8 million at August 3, 1999 for employee separations relates to the completion of severance payments in Japan, Asia, the U.K. and Arizona. Motorola retained the employee separation accrual of $28.8 million as of August 3, 1999, to cover approximately 900 employees who will remain employees of, and be released by Motorola.

      SCG’s total 1999 amount used of $24.9 million through August 3, 1999 reflects cash payments. The remaining $43.1 million accrual balance at August 3, 1999 is expected to be liquidated via cash payments.

(10) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

      Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, “Disclosure about Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” requires that the Business disclose estimated fair values for its financial instruments. The carrying amount of accounts payable and accrued liabilities is assumed to be the fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments.

(11) Investments in Unconsolidated Joint Ventures

      SCG participates in joint ventures in China and Malaysia. The joint ventures have been accounted for using the equity method. The investment in each joint venture approximates the underlying equity interest of such joint venture. Investments in these joint ventures totaled $30.3 million at December 31, 1998 and are included in other assets in the accompanying combined balance sheet. Earnings from these joint ventures totaled $2.4 million for the period from January 1, 1999 through August 3, 1999 and $(.3) million and $5.7 million for the years ended December 31, 1997, and 1998, respectively.

F-37


Table of Contents

SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS GROUP OF
MOTOROLA, INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                           
Accruals at 1999 Accruals at
December 31, Amounts August 3,
1998 Used 1999



(in millions)
Consolidation of manufacturing operations $ 13.2 $ 3.8 $ 9.4
Business exits 11.3 6.4 4.9
Employee separations 43.5 14.7 28.8



Total restructuring 68.0 24.9 43.1



Asset impairments and other charges



Total $ 68.0 $ 24.9 $ 43.1



(12)  Business Transaction

      On May 11, 1999, affiliates of the Texas Pacific Group entered into an agreement with Motorola, providing for a recapitalization of the Business and certain related transactions, after which affiliates of Texas Pacific Group will own approximately 91% and Motorola will own approximately 9% of the outstanding voting stock of the Business. In addition, as part of these transactions, Texas Pacific Group will receive 1,500 shares and Motorola will receive 590 shares of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock of SCG Holding (“SCG Holding Preferred Stock”) and Motorola will receive $91 million of junior subordinated notes of SCI LLC (the “Junior Subordinated Notes”). Cash payments to Motorola will be financed through equity investments by affiliates of Texas Pacific Group, borrowings under senior secured bank loan facilities and the issuance of senior subordinated notes due 2009.

      In connection with the recapitalization and related transactions, it is anticipated that certain wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries will be established to serve as guarantors of the senior subordinated notes due

F-38


Table of Contents

SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS GROUP OF
MOTOROLA, INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

2009. Each guarantor will jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee the obligations of the issuers under the notes. The net assets to be contributed to these guarantor subsidiaries are expected to consist of SCG’s equity interests in its unconsolidated joint ventures in China, Malaysia and Eastern Europe, nominal interests in certain foreign subsidiaries and a nominal amount of cash. The joint ventures and foreign subsidiaries themselves are not expected to be guarantors of the notes. The net assets to be contributed to the guarantor subsidiaries approximated $46.8 million at December 31, 1998 and generated related earnings of $2.4 million for the period from January 1, 1999 through August 3, 1999 and $(.3) million and $5.7 million for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

F-39


Table of Contents

[ON SEMICONDUCTOR LOGO]

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

                         
Leshan- Semiconductor
Phoenix Miniature
Semiconductor Products
Joint Venture Ltd. Malaysia Total




(in millions)
Country Location China Malaysia
SCG Ownership %(Direct) 55% 50%
For the period from January 1, 1999 through August  3, 1999
Net sales $ 15.0 $ 40.7 $ 55.7
Gross profit $ 5.7 $ 7.3 $ 13.0
Income (loss) from continuing operations $ 4.4 $ 1.4 $ 5.8
Net income (loss) $ 4.4 $ 1.4 $ 5.8
As of and for the year ended December 31, 1998
Current assets $ 5.4 $ 7.8 $ 13.2
Noncurrent assets 45.9 84.3 130.2



Total assets $ 51.3 $ 92.1 $ 143.4



Current liabilities $ 2.0 $ 4.3 $ 6.3



Noncurrent liabilities $ 24.5 $ 54.4 $ 78.9



Venture’s equity $ 24.8 $ 33.4 $ 58.2



Net sales $ 21.5 $ 56.7 $ 78.2



Gross profit $ 6.5 $ 20.3 $ 26.8



Income (loss) from continuing operations $ 5.6 $ 5.6 $ 11.2



Net income (loss) $ 5.6 $ 5.3 $ 10.9



For the year ended December 31, 1997
Net sales $ 18.5 $ 57.7 $ 76.2



Gross profit $ 4.6 $ 8.9 $ 13.5



Income (loss) from continuing operations $ .7 $ (1.7 ) $ (1.0 )



Net income (loss) $ .7 $ (1.4 ) $ (.7 )



Item 14.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

      The Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant provides for the indemnification of all persons, including its directors, whom it may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). Section 145 of the DGCL provides as follows:

 
           
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee $ 163,944
NASD filing fee 30,500
Printing expenses 1,500,000
Legal fees and expenses 350,000
Accounting fees and expenses 300,000
Miscellaneous 155,556

Total $ 2,500,000

     145 Indemnification of Officers, Directors, Employees and Agents; Insurance —

II-1


Table of Contents

        (a)  A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.
 
        A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
 
        To the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of

II-2


Table of Contents

  this section, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
 
        Any Indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) of this section (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of this section. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders.
 
        Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.
 
        The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.
 
        A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this section.
 
        For purposes of this section, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
 
        For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

The registrant also carries liability insurance covering officers and directors.

Item 15.  Sales of Unregistered Securities

      On July 28, 1999, the registrant sold $400 million aggregate principal amount of its 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 to Chase Securities Inc., Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and Lehman Brothers Inc. as initial purchasers. The notes were sold at par, less a commission of 3%. Exemption from registration was claimed under Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

Item 16.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule.

      (a)  Exhibits. A list of exhibits included as part of this Registration Statement is set forth in the Exhibit Index which immediately precedes such exhibits and is hereby incorporated by reference herein.

      (b)  Financial Statement Schedule. The financial statement schedule required by Regulation S-X and Item II(e) is attached to this registration statement.

Item 17.  Undertakings.

      (a)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrants’ annual reports pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plans annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

      (b)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by any such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrants will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

      (c)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, each registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Phoenix, State of Arizona, on April 25, 2000.

        The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
 
        The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine all actions for advancement of expenses or indemnification brought under this section or under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Court of Chancery may summarily determine a corporation’s obligation to advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees).

  SCG HOLDING CORPORATION
  By:  /s/ STEVE HANSON

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated, on April 25, 2000.

 
  Name:  Steve Hanson
  Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer

II-4


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS ON

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

To the Board of Directors of

SCG Holding Corporation

      Our audit of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our report dated February 17, 2000 appearing in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of SCG Holding Corporation also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement on Form S-1. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Phoenix, Arizona

February 17, 2000

S-1


Table of Contents

SCG HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

(D/B/A ON SEMICONDUCTOR)

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

         
Signature Titles Date



/s/ STEVE HANSON

Steve Hanson
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the registrant April 25, 2000
/s/ DARIO SACOMANI

Dario Sacomani
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer of the registrant April 25, 2000
/s/ CURTIS J. CRAWFORD*

Curtis J. Crawford
Chairman of the Board of Directors of the registrant April 25, 2000
/s/ DAVID BONDERMAN*

David Bonderman
Director of the registrant April 25, 2000
/s/ RICHARD W. BOYCE*

Richard W. Boyce
Director of the registrant April 25, 2000
/s/ JUSTIN T. CHANG*

Justin T. Chang
Director of the registrant April 25, 2000
/s/ WILLIAM A. FRANKE*

William A. Franke
Director of the registrant April 25, 2000
/s/ JEROME N. GREGOIRE*

Jerome N. Gregoire
Director of the registrant April 25, 2000
/s/ ALBERT HUGO-MARTINEZ*

Albert Hugo-Martinez
Director of the registrant April 25, 2000
/s/ DAVID M. STANTON*

David M. Stanton
Director of the registrant April 25, 2000
 
*By: /s/ DARIO SACOMANI

Dario Sacomani, as Attorney-In-Fact

S-2


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

                                         
Balance at Charged to Charged to Balance at
August 4, costs and other Deductions/ December 31,
1999 expenses accounts writeoffs 1999





(in millions)
Allowance for doubtful accounts $ $ 2.0 $ $ $ 2.0


Table of Contents

         
 1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement between SCG Holding Corporation and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated**
 2.1 Reorganization Agreement, dated as of May 11, 1999, among Motorola, Inc., SCG Holding Corporation and Semiconductor Components Industries LLC.† (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.1 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
 2.2 Agreement and Plan of Recapitalization and Merger, as amended, dated as of May 11, 1999, among SCG Holding Corporation, Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC, Motorola, Inc., TPG Semiconductor Holdings LLC, and TPG Semiconductor Acquisition Corp.†
 2.3 Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Recapitalization and Merger, dated as of July 28, 1999, among SCG Holding Corporation, Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC, Motorola, Inc., TPG Semiconductor Holdings LLC, and TPG Semiconductor Acquisition Corp.† (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.3 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
 3.1 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of SCG Holding Corporation*
 3.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws of SCG Holding Corporation**
 4.1 Specimen of share certificate of Common Stock, par value $.01, SCG Holding Corporation**
 5.1 Opinion of Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton**
10.1 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 3, 2000, among SCG Holding Corporation, Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent, Credit Lyonnais New York Branch as Co-Documentation Agent, DLJ Capital Funding, Inc., as Co-Documentation Agent, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Co-Documentation Agent and Chase Securities Inc., as Arranger and the other financial institutions party thereto**
10.2 Indenture, dated as of August 4, 1999 among SCG Holding Corporation, Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC, the Note Guarantors named therein and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee, relating to the 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.3 Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 8, 2000 among Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC, SCG Holding Corporation and The Cherry Corporation**
10.4 Amended and Restated Intellectual Property Agreement, dated August 4, 1999, among Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC and Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on January 11, 2000)††
10.5 Transition Services Agreement, dated August 4, 1999, among Motorola, Inc., SCG Holding Corporation, and Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6 Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.6 Employee Matters Agreements, as amended, dated July 30, 1999, among Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC, SCG Holding Corporation and Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 to Registration Statement No.  333-90359 filed with the Commission on January 11, 2000)
10.7 Motorola Assembly Agreement, dated July 31, 1999, among Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC and Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)††


Table of Contents

         
10.8 SCG Assembly Agreement, dated July 31, 1999, among Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC and Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)††
10.9 Motorola Foundry Agreement, dated July 31, 1999, among Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC and Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10 Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)††
10.10 SCG Foundry Agreement, dated July 31, 1999, among Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC and Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.11 Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)††
10.11 Equipment Lease and Repurchase Agreement, dated July 31, 1999, among Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC and Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit  10.12 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.12 Equipment Passdown Agreement, dated July 31, 1999, among Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC and Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)††
10.13 SCG Holding Corporation 1999 Founders Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.14 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.14 Lease for 52nd Street property, dated July 31, 1999, among Motorola Inc. as Lessor and Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC, as Lessee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.15 Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.15 Lease for U.S. Locations (Mesa, Chandler, 56th Street and Tempe), dated July 31, 1999, among Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC as Lessor, and Motorola, Inc. as Lessee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.16 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.16 Declaration of Reciprocal Covenants, Easement of Restrictions and Options to Purchase and Lease, dated July  31, 1999, among Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC and Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit  10.17 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.17 Employment Agreement, dated as of October 27, 1999, between Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC and Steve Hanson (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.18 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.18 Employment Agreement, dated as of September 13, 1999, between Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC and Michael Rohleder (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.19 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.19 Employment Agreement, dated as of November 8, 1999, between Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC and James Thorburn (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.20 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.20 Employment Agreement, dated as of October 27, 1999, between Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC and William George (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.21 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.21 Employment Agreement, dated as of October 27, 1999, between Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC and Dario Sacomani (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.22 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.22 Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of November 8, 1999, between Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC and James Thorburn (incorporated by reference from Exhibit  10.23 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on January 11, 2000)


Table of Contents

         
10.23 Promissory Note/ Security Interest, dated as of November 8, 1999, from James Thorburn to Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit  10.24 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.24 Stock Option Agreement, dated as of November 22, 1999, between SCG Holding Corporation and Steven Hanson (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.26 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.25 Stock Option Agreement, dated as of November 22, 1999, between SCG Holding Corporation and Dario Sacomani (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.27 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.26 Stock Option Agreement, dated as of November 8, 1999, between SCG Holding Corporation and James Thorburn (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.28 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.27 Stock Option Agreement, dated as of November 22, 1999, between SCG Holding Corporation and William George (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.29 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.28 Stock Option Agreement, dated as of November 22, 1999, between SCG Holding Corporation and Michael Rohleder (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.30 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.29 Stock Option Agreement, dated as of November 22, 1999, between SCG Holding Corporation and Richard Boyce (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.31 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.30 Stock Option Agreement, dated as of November 22, 1999 between SCG Holding Corporation and Curtis J. Crawford (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.32 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.31 ON Semiconductor Amended and Restated Executive Deferred Compensation Plan*
10.32 Junior Subordinated Note Due 2011 payable to Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.4 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
10.33 (a) 2000 Stock Incentive Plan*
10.33 (b) 2000 Stock Incentive Plan—ON Ownership program grant agreement*
10.33 (c) 2000 Stock Incentive Plan—incentive stock option agreement**
10.33 (d) 2000 Stock Incentive Plan—non-qualified stock option agreement**
10.34 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan*
10.35 ON Semiconductor Director Deferred Compensation Plan*
10.36 Form of Master Trust Agreement for the ON Semiconductor Deferred Compensation Plans*
21.1 List of Significant Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 21.1 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)
23.1 Consent of KPMG LLP, independent accountants*
23.2 Consent of Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton (included in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)**
23.3 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants*
24.1 Power of Attorney**
27.1 Financial Data Schedule**

         
99.1 Stockholders Agreement dated as of August 4, 1999 among SCG Holding Corporation, TPG Semiconductor Holdings, LLC and Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.5 to Registration Statement No. 333-90359 filed with the Commission on November 5, 1999)

1 EXHIBIT 3.1 AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF SCG HOLDING CORPORATION SCG Holding Corporation (hereinafter referred to as the "Corporation"), organized and existing under and by virtue of the Delaware General Corporation Law, does hereby certify as follows: 1. The Corporation filed its original Certificate of Incorporation (hereinafter referred to as the "Certificate of Incorporation") with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 18, 1992, and the name of the Corporation at that time was Motorola Energy Systems, Inc. 2. By unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, a resolution was duly adopted, pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, setting forth the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and declaring said Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation advisable. By written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation, a resolution was duly adopted, pursuant to Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, setting forth and approving such Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation. RESOLVED: That the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date, be and hereby is amended and restated in its entirety as follows: FIRST: The name of the corporation is: SCG Holding Corporation. SECOND: The registered office of the Corporation is to be located at 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, in the County of New Castle, in the State of Delaware. The name of its registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company. THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law. FOURTH:

2 (1) The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 300,100,000 of which 100,000 of said shares shall be par value $0.01 and shall be designated Preferred Stock, and 300,000,000 of said shares shall be par value $0.01 per share and shall be designated Common Stock. (2) Subject to the limitations and in the manner provided by law, shares of the Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in series and the Board of Directors of the Corporation (hereinafter referred to as the "Board") is hereby authorized to establish and designate series of the Preferred Stock, to fix the number of shares constituting each series, and to fix the designations and the relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each series and the variations in the relative rights, preferences and limitations as between series, and to increase and to decrease the number of shares constituting each series. Subject to the limitations and in the manner provided by law, the authority of the Board with respect to each series shall include but shall not be limited to the authority to determine the following: (a) The designation of such series. (b) The number of shares initially constituting such series. (c) The increase and the decrease to a number not less than the number of the outstanding shares of such series, of the number of shares constituting such series theretofore fixed. (d) The rate or rates and the times at which dividends on the shares of such series shall be paid, the form in which such dividends shall be paid or payable (which may include additional shares of capital stock of the Corporation) and whether or not such dividends shall be cumulative and, if such dividends shall be cumulative, the date or dates from and after which they shall accumulate; provided, however, that, if the stated dividends are not paid in full, 2

3 the shares of all series of the Preferred Stock ranking pari passu shall share ratably in the payment of dividends, including accumulations, if any, in accordance with the sums that would be payable on such shares if all dividends were declared and paid in full. (e) Whether or not the shares of such series shall be redeemable and, if such shares shall be redeemable, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including but not limited to the date or dates upon or after which such shares shall be redeemable and the amount per share that shall be payable upon such redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates. (f) The amount payable on the shares of such series in the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; provided, however, that the holders of such shares shall be entitled to be paid, or to have set apart for payment, not less than $0.01 per share before the holders of shares of the Common Stock or the holders of any other class or series of stock ranking junior to the Preferred Stock as to rights on liquidation shall be entitled to be paid any amount or to have any amount set apart for payment; and provided further, that, if the amounts payable on liquidation are not paid in full, the shares of all series of the Preferred Stock ranking pari passu shall share ratably in any distribution of assets other than by way of dividends in accordance with the sums that would be payable in such distribution if all sums payable were discharged in full. A liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, as such terms are used in this paragraph (f), shall not be deemed to be occasioned by or to include any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity or corporations or other entities or a sale, lease or conveyance of all or a part of its assets. 3

4 (g) Whether or not the shares of such series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law and, if such shares shall have such voting rights, the terms and conditions thereof, including but not limited to the right of the holders of such shares to vote as a separate class either alone or with the holders of shares of one or more other series of Preferred Stock and the right to have more than one vote per share. (h) Whether or not a sinking fund shall be provided for the redemption of the shares of such series and, if such a sinking fund shall be provided, the terms and conditions thereof. (i) Whether or not a purchase fund shall be provided for purchase of the shares of such series, and, if such a purchase fund shall be provided, the terms and conditions thereof. (j) Whether or not the shares of such series shall have conversion or exchange privileges, and, if such shares shall have conversion or exchange privileges, the terms and conditions of conversion or exchange, including but not limited to any provision for the adjustment of the conversion rate or the conversion price and whether conversion or exchange can be effected solely by the Corporation or the holder. (k) Any other relative rights, preferences and limitations. (3) Except as otherwise provided by law or by the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of any series of Preferred Stock, the holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes, each holder of record of shares of Common Stock being entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in such holder's name on the books of the Corporation. FIFTH: The name and address of the incorporator is as follows: 4

5 Deborah J. Burmeister 1303 East Algonquin Road Schaumburg, Illinois 60196 SIXTH: Unless and except to the extent that the By-Laws of the Corporation shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot. SEVENTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board is expressly authorized and empowered to adopt, amend and repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation by a majority vote at any regular or special meeting of the Board or by written consent, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to amend or repeal any By-Law of the Corporation made by the Board. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding that a lesser percentage may be specified by law), the provisions of Article II, Sections 1, 2 and 5, Article III, Section 1, and Article VI of the By-Laws of the Corporation may not be amended or repealed, nor may any By-Law provision inconsistent therewith be adopted, by the stockholders of the Corporation, unless such action is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for purposes of this Article SEVENTH as a single class. EIGHTH: The Corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and any other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of 5

6 Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article EIGHTH. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding that a lesser percentage may be specified by law), the provisions of this Article EIGHTH, Article SEVENTH, Article NINTH, Article TENTH, Article ELEVENTH, Article TWELFTH, Article THIRTEENTH and Article FOURTEENTH hereof may not be amended or repealed, nor may any Certificate of Incorporation provision inconsistent therewith be adopted, by the stockholders of the Corporation unless such action is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for purposes of this Article EIGHTH as a single class. NINTH: (1) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board consisting of not fewer that six (6) nor more than eleven (11) directors (exclusive of directors referred to in the following paragraph), the exact number to be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by affirmative vote of a majority of such directors then in office. Upon the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors determined by the Board pursuant to this Section (1). Class I directors shall serve for an initial term ending at the annual meeting of stockholders held in 2000, Class II directors for an initial term ending at the annual meeting of stockholders held in 2001 and Class III directors for an initial term ending at the annual meeting 6

7 of stockholders held in 2002. At each annual meeting of stockholders beginning in 2000, successors to the directors in the class whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a three-year term. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for the remaining term of that class, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. A director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the number of such directors and the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the provisions of Article FOURTH of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and any resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board pursuant thereto, and such directors shall not be divided into classes unless expressly so provided therein. (2) Subject to the rights of the holders of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation, any director, or the entire Board, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, 7

8 considered for purposes of this sentence as a single class. Any vacancy in the Board that results from an increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, provided that a quorum is present, and any other vacancy may be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office for the remaining term of his or her predecessor. TENTH: No action required to be taken or that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken by stockholders of the Corporation except at such a meeting of stockholders. ELEVENTH: The Corporation shall, to the full extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time, indemnify all persons whom it may indemnify pursuant thereto. TWELFTH: The Board shall have authority to authorize the issuance, from time to time without any vote or other action by the stockholders, of any or all shares of stock of the Corporation of any class at any time authorized, any securities convertible into or exchangeable for any such shares so authorized, and any warrant, option or right to purchase, subscribe for or otherwise acquire shares of stock of the Corporation for any such consideration and on such terms as the Board from time to time in its discretion lawfully may determine, which terms and conditions may include, without limitation, restrictions or conditions that preclude or limit the exercise, transfer or receipt thereof or that invalidate or void any such securities, warrants, options or rights; provided, however, that the consideration for the issuance of shares of stock of the Corporation having par value shall not be less than such par value. Stock so issued, for which the consideration has been paid to the Corporation, shall be fully paid stock, and the 8

9 holders of such stock shall not be liable to any further call or assessments thereon. Nothing in this Article TWELFTH shall be interpreted to limit the authority of the Board under the Delaware General Corporation Law or under any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to authorize the issuance of shares, warrants, options or rights or other securities or to take any other action. THIRTEENTH: The By-Laws of the Corporation may establish procedures regulating the submission by stockholders of nominations and proposals for consideration at meetings of stockholders of the Corporation. FOURTEENTH: The provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law shall not apply to or govern the Corporation. FIFTEENTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of the Corporation as consequence 9

10 of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the Corporation. SIXTEENTH: The personal liability of the directors of the Corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended or supplemented. 10

11 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this certificate has been signed by its Vice President and Assistant Secretary and its corporate seal affixed this 5th day of April, 2000. By: /s/ George H. Cave ----------------------------------- Name: George H. Cave Title: Secretary Signed and sworn (or affirmed) to before me on this 5th day of April, 2000. /s/ Linda Pascale - --------------------------------- Linda Pascale, Notary Public By: /s/ Dario Sacomani ----------------------------------- Name: Dario Sacomani Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Signed and sworn (or affirmed) to before me on this 5th day of April, 2000. /s/ Linda Pascale - --------------------------------- Linda Pascale, Notary Public 11

1 EXHIBIT 10.31 ON SEMICONDUCTOR AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

2 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE SECTION 1 PREAMBLE............................................... 1 SECTION 2 DEFINITIONS............................................ 1 SECTION 3 ELIGIBILITY............................................ 4 SECTION 4 CONTRIBUTIONS.......................................... 5 SECTION 5 WITHDRAWALS............................................ 5 SECTION 6 CREDITING OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND INCOME.................. 6 SECTION 7 VESTING................................................ 8 SECTION 8 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS............................... 8 SECTION 9 ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN............................. 10 SECTION 10 ADOPTION OF PLAN BY AFFILIATES......................... 12 SECTION 11 CLAIM REVIEW PROCEDURE................................. 12 SECTION 12 LIMITATION OF RIGHTS, CONSTRUCTION..................... 13 SECTION 13 LIMITATION ON ASSIGNMENT; PAYMENTS TO LEGALLY INCOMPETENT DISTRIBUTEE................................ 14 SECTION 14 AMENDMENT, MERGER, AND TERMINATION..................... 14 SECTION 15 GENERAL PROVISIONS..................................... 15 -i-

3 ON SEMICONDUCTOR AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN SECTION 1 PREAMBLE SCG Holding Corporation, dba ON Semiconductor (the "Company"), previously adopted the ON Semiconductor Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Plan") effective December 13, 1999 in order to provide its key employees and the key employees of its Affiliates with an opportunity and incentive to save for retirement and other purposes. The Company would like to amend and restate the Plan to clarify certain terms and conditions as set forth herein. SECTION 2 DEFINITIONS The following words and phrases used in the Plan with the initial letter capitalized shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 2 (and Section 1), unless a clearly different meaning is required by the context in which the word or phrase is used: 2.1 "Account" means the portion of a Participant's Account representing deferrals by a Participant under Section 4.1, as adjusted to reflect the rate of return on the Investment Funds in which the Account is invested and other credits or charges under this Plan. 2.2 "Affiliate" means (a) a corporation that is a member of the same control group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code) as is the Company, (b) any other trade or business (whether or not incorporated) controlling, controlled by, or under common control (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code) with the Company, and (c) any other corporation, partnership, or other organization that is a member of an affiliated service group (within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code) with the Company or which is otherwise required to be aggregated with the Company under Section 414(o) of the Code. 2.3 "Base Salary" means the total basic compensation paid by the Company or an Affiliate to a Participant during the portion of the Plan Year in which an election by a Participant to make Deferral Contributions under Section 4.1(a) is in effect. 2.4 "Beneficiary" means the person or entity that a Participant, in his most recent written designation filed with the Plan Administrator, has designated to receive his benefit under the Plan in the event of his death. Changes in designations of Beneficiaries may be made upon written notice to the Plan Administrator in any form as the Plan Administrator may prescribe and the Plan Administrator shall immediately notify the Trustee, in writing, of any designation or change in designation. 2.5 "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company. 2.6 "Bonus" means the additional cash compensation paid to a Participant by the Company or an Affiliate pursuant to any incentive or bonus plan, program, or practice of the

4 Company or an Affiliate which is subject to an election to make Deferral Contributions under Section 4.1(b). 2.7 "Cause" means if the Plan Administrator, in its reasonable and good faith discretion, determines that the Employee (a) fails to substantially perform his duties (other than as a result of Disability), after the Board or the executive to which the Participant reports delivers to the Participant a written demand for substantial performance that specifically identifies the manner in which the Participant has not substantially performed his duties; (b) engages in willful misconduct or gross negligence that is materially injurious to the Company or an Affiliate; (c) breaches his duty of loyalty to the Company or an Affiliate; (d) impermissibly removes from the premises of the Company or an Affiliate a document (of any media or form) relating to the Company or a Subsidiary or the customers of the Company or an Affiliate; or (e) has committed a felony or a serious crime involving moral turpitude 2.8 "Change of Control" means and includes each of the following: (a) there shall be consummated any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving entity, or pursuant to which the Company's stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company's stock immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of beneficial interest of common stock or interests of the surviving entity immediately after the merger; (b) there shall be consummated any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of assets or earning power aggregating more than 50% of the assets or earning power of the Company; (c) the shareholders of the Company shall approve any plan or proposal for liquidation or dissolution of the Company; (d) any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934), other than (A) an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate or any entity holding shares of capital stock of the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such employee benefit plan in its role as an agent or trustee for such plan, or (B) any Affiliate of the Company as of the Effective Date becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of the Company's outstanding Stock; or (e) during any two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of the period do not constitute a majority of the Board at the end of such period, unless the election or the nomination for election by the Company's shareholders of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period. 2.9 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 2.10 "Compensation" means the sum of a Participant's Base Salary and Bonus. 2

5 2.11 "Deferral Contributions" means contributions by a Participant pursuant to Section 4.1 of this Plan. 2.12 "Disability" means any illness or other physical or mental condition of a Participant that renders the Participant incapable of performing his customary and usual duties for the Company or an Affiliate, or any medically determinable illness or other physical or mental condition resulting from a bodily injury, disease or mental disorder which in the judgment of the Plan Administrator is permanent and continuous in nature. The Plan Administrator may require such medical or other evidence as it deems necessary to judge the nature and permanency of the Participant's condition. 2.13 "Effective Date" of this Amended and Restated Plan is March 1, 2000. The original effective date of the Plan was December 13, 1999. 2.14 "Employee" means each person receiving remuneration, or who is entitled to remuneration, for services rendered to the Company or an Affiliate as a common-law employee. 2.15 "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. 2.16 "Investment Fund" means the investment fund or funds established by the Plan Administrator pursuant to Section 6.3, into which Participants may direct the Trustee to invest amounts credited to their Accounts. 2.17 "Participant" means an Employee who has been selected to participate under Section 3.1, who has elected to participate under Section 3.2, and whose participation has not been terminated. If indicated by the context, the term Participant also includes former Participants whose active participation in the Plan has terminated but who have not received all amounts to which they are entitled under the Plan. 2.18 "Participation Agreement" means the agreement entered into by the Company and a Participant as set forth in Section 3.2. 2.19 "Plan Administrator" means the Company or the committee designated by the Company to carry out its responsibilities under the Plan as set forth in Section 8.3. 2.20 "Plan Year" shall mean the calendar year. 2.21 "Trust Agreement" means that certain trust agreement established pursuant to the Plan between the Company and the Trustee or any trust agreement hereafter established, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. 2.22 "Trustee" means the Trustee under the Trust Agreement. 2.23 "Trust Fund" means all assets of whatsoever kind or nature held from time to time by the Trustee pursuant to the Trust Agreement and forming a part of this Plan, without distinction as to income and principal and without regard to source, i.e., Participant contributions, earnings, or forfeitures. 3

6 2.24 "Valuation Date" means the date or dates as of which amounts credited to a Participant's Account are adjusted to reflect the crediting of investment experience, the addition of Deferral Contributions, and subtraction of distributions. The Valuation Date is the last business day of each Plan Year and such other dates designated by the Plan Administrator. SECTION 3 ELIGIBILITY 3.1 GENERAL. For purposes of Title I of ERISA, the Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan of deferred compensation covering a select group of management or highly compensated employees. As a result, participation in the Plan shall be limited to Employees who are properly included in one or both of these categories. As an initial matter, full-time regular employees of the Company or an Affiliate on the U.S. payroll who are in an exempt position and at a Base Salary of $125,000 or more are eligible to participate in the Plan, provided that the Plan Administrator reserves the right to change such eligibility criteria at any time. The Plan Administrator, in the exercise of its discretion, may exclude an Employee who otherwise meets the requirements of this Section 3.1 from participation in the Plan if it concludes that excluding the Employee is necessary to satisfy these requirements. The Plan Administrator also may exclude an Employee who otherwise meets the requirements of this Section 3.1 for any other reason, or for no reason, as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate. 3.2 APPLICATION TO PARTICIPATE. Each Employee who is designated as eligible to participate in the Plan by the Plan Administrator may become a Participant by completing and signing an enrollment form provided by, or acceptable to, the Plan Administrator and delivering the form to the Plan Administrator. The Employee must designate on the form the amount of his Deferral Contributions and must authorize the Company or an Affiliate to reduce his Compensation in an amount equal to his Deferral Contributions. 3.3 TIMING OF PARTICIPATION. After an Employee has been selected by the Plan Administrator to participate in the Plan, the Employee has 30 days to notify the Plan Administrator whether he will participate in the Plan. If the Employee timely notifies the Plan Administrator of his intent to participate in the Plan, the Employee's participation will commence on the first payroll period following or coinciding with the first day of the calendar month after the Plan Administrator is so notified. If the Employee does not timely notify the Plan Administrator of his intent to participate in the Plan, the Employee's participation may commence on the first payroll period following or coinciding with the first day of any later Plan Year by notifying the Plan Administrator prior to the first day of such Plan Year and provided further that the Plan Administrator determines that the Employee remains eligible to participate in the Plan under Section 3.1. 3.4 DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION. Once an Employee is designated as a Participant, he will continue as such for all future Plan Years unless the Plan Administrator specifically discontinues his participation, or the Participant's participation is suspended pursuant to Section 5.2(c) hereof. The Plan Administrator may discontinue an individual's participation in the Plan at any time for any or no reason. If an individual's participation is discontinued, the individual will no longer be eligible to make Deferral Contributions. The Employee will not be entitled to receive a distribution, however, until the occurrence of one of 4

7 the events listed in Section 7, unless the Board, in the exercise of its discretion, directs that a distribution be made as of an earlier date in which case the Account shall be distributed on the same basis as if the Employee's employment had been terminated. SECTION 4 CONTRIBUTIONS 4.1 PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS. (a) DEFERRAL OF BASE SALARY. For any Plan Year, a Participant may elect to defer a portion of the Base Salary otherwise payable to him. Any such deferrals shall be in whole percentages or a specific dollar amount of the Participant's Base Salary, as specified in the Participant's Participation Agreement. Contributions of amounts deferred shall be made by the Company directly to the Trust. (b) DEFERRAL OF BONUSES. A Participant may also elect to defer a portion of any Bonuses which might be payable to him by the Company. Any such deferrals shall be in whole percentages or a specific dollar amount of the Participant's Bonuses, as specified in the Participant's Participation Agreement. Contributions of amounts so deferred shall be made by the Company directly to the Trust. (c) LIMITATIONS ON DEFERRALS. A Participant may elect to defer up to 25% of the Participant's Base Salary and up to 100% of the Participant's Bonus, up to a maximum of $250,000 for each Plan Year, provided that the Plan Administrator reserves the right to change such limits from time to time. 4.2 DESIGNATION AND CHANGE OF DESIGNATION OF PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS. All designations or changes of designation of the amount of Participant Deferral Contributions will be made on forms supplied by, or acceptable to, the Plan Administrator, signed by the Participant and delivered to the Plan Administrator. A change in designation is effective as of the beginning of the first payroll period following or coinciding with the first day of the next Plan Year. A payroll deduction designation form is effective for all future Plan Years until it is succeeded by another valid payroll deduction designation form or until the Participant's right to make Participant Deferrals is otherwise suspended or terminated. SECTION 5 WITHDRAWALS 5.1 HARDSHIP. In the event of an unforeseeable financial emergency, a Participant may make a written request to the Plan Administrator for a hardship withdrawal from his Account. For purposes of this Plan, an "unforeseeable financial emergency" is defined as a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or a dependent (as such term is defined in Section 152(a) of the Code) of the Participant, loss of the Participant's property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. The granting of a Participant's request for a hardship withdrawal shall be left to the absolute discretion of the Plan Administrator and the Plan Administrator may deny such request even if an unforeseeable financial emergency clearly exists. A request for a hardship withdrawal 5

8 must be made in writing at least 30 days in advance, on a form provided by the Plan Administrator, and must be expressed as a specific dollar amount. The amount of a hardship withdrawal may not exceed the lesser of the amount required to meet the Participant's unforeseeable financial emergency or the entire balance of the Participant's Employee Deferral Account. A hardship withdrawal will not be permitted to the extent that the hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, liquidation of the Participant's assets to the extent that such liquidation would not itself cause a severe financial hardship, or by the cessation of Deferral Contributions. 5.2 ACCELERATION OF BENEFITS. (a) GENERAL. A Participant may elect to receive an accelerated withdrawal by filing an election with the Plan Administrator on such forms as may be prescribed from time to time by the Plan Administrator. If a Participant makes such an election, the Participant shall receive a single lump sum payment equal to the Participant's "available Account balance." For this purpose, the Participant's "available Account balance" equals the lesser of (a) the value of the Participant's Account as of the Valuation Date immediately prior to termination of employment (plus any Deferral Contributions made between such Valuation Date and the date of termination of employment), or (b) the sum of the Participant's Deferral Contributions made under the Plan. The accelerated withdrawal shall be paid as soon as reasonably possible following the filing of the election by the Participant. (b) FORFEITURE. If the Participant elects to receive an accelerated withdrawal, the Participant shall forfeit any amounts ever credited as earnings or income on Deferral Contributions to his Account. The Deferral Contributions made by the Participant during the Plan Year in which the accelerated withdrawal request is made (which is not subject to or available for withdrawal) shall not be forfeited. (c) SUSPENSION OF PARTICIPATION. If a Participant elects to receive an accelerated withdrawal, the Participant's right to participate in the Plan shall be suspended for all future periods. 5.3 CREDITING OF WITHDRAWALS. Withdrawals and other distributions shall be charged pro rata to the Investment Funds in which the Account of the Participant is invested, pursuant to his designation under Section 6.3 hereof. SECTION 6 CREDITING OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND INCOME 6.1 TRANSFER TO TRUSTEE. All Deferral Contributions shall be transmitted to the Trustee by the Company as soon as reasonably practicable and shall be credited to the Accounts of the Participants immediately upon receipt. All payments from an Account between Valuation Dates shall be charged against the Account as of the preceding Valuation Date. The Accounts are bookkeeping accounts only and the Plan Administrator is not in any way obligated to segregate assets for the benefit of any Participant. 6.2 CREDITING TO ACCOUNTS. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan and Trust, as of each Valuation Date the Plan Administrator shall adjust each Participant's Account 6

9 with the positive or negative rate of return on the Investment Funds selected by the Participant pursuant to Section 6.3(b). The rate of return will be determined by the Plan Administrator pursuant to Section 6.3(c) and will be credited or charged against the "adjusted balance" of the Account, which will be the balance of the Account as of the preceding Valuation Date less all withdrawals, distributions and other amounts chargeable against the Account pursuant to any other provisions of this Plan since the prior Valuation Date. In the exercise of its discretion, the Plan Administrator also may direct that a portion of the Deferral Contributions made since the prior Valuation Date be considered in calculating the adjusted balance of the Account. 6.3 INVESTMENT DIRECTION. (a) INVESTMENT FUNDS. The Plan Administrator shall establish one or more Investment Funds in which each Participant shall invest amounts credited to his Account. The Investment Funds shall include such funds as may be selected from time to time by the Plan Administrator. The Investment Funds may be changed from time to time by the Plan Administrator. (b) PARTICIPANT DIRECTIONS. (1) GENERAL. Upon becoming a Participant of the Plan, each Participant may, subject to the approval by the Trustee, direct that all of the amounts attributable to his Account be invested in a single investment fund or may direct fractional (percentage) increments of his Account to be invested in such fund or funds as he shall desire, on such forms and in accordance with such procedures, if any, as may be established by the Plan Administrator. Subject to the Trustee's approval, such designation may be changed no more than twice per Plan Year (or such other greater amount as permitted by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion), with respect to future contributions and transfers among Investment Funds, by filing an election with the Plan Administrator, on a form prescribed by the Plan Administrator. The designation will continue until changed by the timely submission of a new form. (2) DEFAULT SELECTION. In the absence of any designation, a Participant will be deemed to have directed the investment of his Accounts in such Investment Funds as the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine. In no event may a Participant designate the investment of his Account in stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate. (3) IMPACT OF ELECTION. The Participant's selection of Investment Funds shall serve only as a measurement of the value of the Accounts of the Participant pursuant to Section 6.2 and Section 6.3(c) and the Plan Administrator and the Trustee are not required to invest a Participant's Accounts in accordance with the Participant's selections. (c) RATE OF RETURN. As soon as possible after each Valuation Date, the Plan Administrator shall determine the rate of return, positive or negative, experienced on each of the Investment Funds. The rate of return determined by the Plan Administrator in good faith and in its discretion pursuant to this Section shall be binding and conclusive on the Participant, the Participant's Beneficiary and all parties claiming through them. 7

10 (d) CHARGES. The Plan Administrator may charge each Participant's Account for the reasonable expenses of carrying out investment instructions directly related to such Account. SECTION 7 VESTING 7.1 VESTING. Subject to Sections 5.2 and 8.1, Participants shall have a fully vested, non-forfeitable interest in their Accounts at all times. SECTION 8 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS 8.1 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. A Participant who terminates employment with the Company or an Affiliate for any reason other than death or Disability is entitled to distribution of amounts credited to his Account at the time and in the manner provided in Section 8.6. In the exercise of its discretion, the Plan Administrator may also elect to commence distributions while the Participant is employed if the Participant's participation has been discontinued under Section 3.4. Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant's employment is terminated for Cause, the Participant will forfeit any earnings or income ever credited to the Participant's Account and shall only be entitled to a distribution equal to the lesser of (a) the value of the Participant's Account as of the Valuation Date immediately prior to termination of employment (plus any Deferral Contributions made between such Valuation Date and the date of termination of employment), or (b) the sum of the Participant's Deferral Contributions made under the Plan. 8.2 DISABILITY RETIREMENT. A Participant who terminates employment with the Company or an Affiliate due to Disability is entitled to a distribution of amounts credited to his Account as provided in Section 8.6. Subject to Section 8.6, the payments may commence as of his date of termination of employment due to Disability. 8.3 DEATH. (a) BENEFIT. If a Participant (which term for purposes of this Section includes a former Participant) dies before the day on which his benefit payments commence, the Participant's Beneficiary is entitled to distribution of amounts credited to his Participant Deferrals Account at the time and in the manner provided in Section 8.6. (b) DEATH AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS. If a former Participant dies after the day on which his benefit payments commence, but prior to the complete distribution of all amounts to which such Participant is entitled, the Participant's Beneficiary is entitled to receive any remaining amounts to which the Participant would have been entitled had the Participant survived at the time and in the manner provided in Section 8.6. The Plan Administrator may require and rely upon such proofs of death and the right of any Beneficiary to receive benefits under this Section 8.3 as the Plan Administrator may reasonably determine, and its determination of death and the right of such Beneficiary to receive payment is binding and conclusive upon all persons. 8

11 8.4 PLANNED DISTRIBUTIONS. A Participant may, in his Participation Agreement, make an irrevocable election to receive a distribution of benefits under this Plan with respect to all or any portion of Deferral Contributions made under this Plan at a specific time prior to termination of employment, death, or Disability, provided, that such planned distribution may not be distributed earlier than four years after the date to which the Deferral Contribution relates is made and may not be paid out over a period of more than five years. 8.5 CHANGE OF CONTROL. In the event of a Change of Control, the Participant shall be entitled to a lump sum payment of the entire amount allocated to the Participant's Account as of the date of such Change of Control. Such payment shall be made within 30 days of the effective date of the event constituting the Change of Control. 8.6 TIME AND METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS. (a) TERMINATION. Payment to a Participant who is entitled to benefits under Section 8.1 will commence within a reasonable time following the Valuation Date next following the Participant's termination of employment. (b) DISABILITY. Payment to a Participant who is entitled to benefits under Section 8.2 will commence as soon as possible after the Valuation Date next following the Participant's termination of employment due to a Disability. (c) DEATH AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF PAYMENTS. If a Participant dies after the day on which his benefit payments commence but before the complete distribution to such Participant of the benefits payable to him under the Plan, any remaining benefits will be distributed to the Participant's Beneficiary in either a single lump sum or over the period of years selected by the Participant, provided that if the Participant's Beneficiary is not a spouse, the distribution will be made in a lump sum. Payments to the Beneficiaries entitled to payments pursuant to Section 8.3 will commence as soon as possible following the death of the Participant. (d) DEATH BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS. If a Participant dies before the day on which his benefit payments commence, payments to the Participant's Beneficiary will commence as soon as possible following the Participant's death. (e) FORM OF PAYMENT. Any distribution paid from the Plan to a Participant or Beneficiary from a Participant's Account will be paid in cash. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 8.4 and 8.5, such distribution will be paid in either a lump sum payment or in installments over a period not to exceed 15 years; provided that if the value of the Participant's Account at the time of distribution is less than $100,000, the Plan Administrator reserves the right to make such distribution in a lump sum. A Participant must elect which form of payment to receive in his initial enrollment form, which election may be changed by the Participant at any time so long as the change is received by the Plan Administrator at least 12 months prior to the Participant's termination of employment. Any remaining balance in the Participant's Participant Deferrals Account will be credited with investment experience in the Trust Fund. 8.7 DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY. Each Participant has the right to designate, on forms supplied by, or acceptable to, and delivered to the Plan Administrator, a Beneficiary or 9

12 Beneficiaries to receive his benefits in the event of his death. For each Participant who is married, his Beneficiary will be deemed to be his spouse, unless the Participant's spouse consents to the Participant's Beneficiary designation to the contrary. Such consent must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the Beneficiary designation and the spouse's consent thereto. Subject to the foregoing, each Participant may change his Beneficiary designation from time to time in the manner described above and the change will be effective upon receipt by the Plan Administrator, whether or not the Participant is living at the time the notice is received. There is no liability on the part of the Plan Administrator with respect to any payment authorized by the Plan Administrator in accordance with the most recent valid Beneficiary designation of the Participant in the Plan Administrator's possession before receipt of a more recent and valid Beneficiary designation. If no designated Beneficiary is living when benefits become payable, or if there is no designated Beneficiary, the Beneficiary will be the Participant's spouse; or if no spouse is then living, such Participant's issue, including any legally adopted child or children, in equal shares by right of representation; or if no such designated Beneficiary and no such spouse or issue, including any legally adopted child or children, is living upon the death of a Participant, or if all such persons die prior to the full distribution of such Participant's benefits, then the Beneficiary shall be the estate of the Participant. 8.8 PAYMENTS TO DISABLED. If a person entitled to any payment is under a legal disability, or in the sole judgment of the Plan Administrator is otherwise unable to apply such payment to his own interest and advantage, the Plan Administrator in the exercise of its discretion may make any such payment in any one or more of the following ways: (a) directly to such person, (b) to his legal guardian or conservator, or (c) to his spouse or to any person charged with the legal duty of his support, to be expended for his benefit. The decision of the Plan Administrator will in each case be final and binding upon all persons in interest. 8.9 UNDERPAYMENT OR OVERPAYMENT OF BENEFITS. In the event that, through misstatement or computation error, benefits are underpaid or overpaid, there is no liability for any more than the correct benefit sums under the Plan. Overpayments may be deducted from future payments under the Plan, and underpayments may be added to future payments under the Plan. In lieu of receiving reduced benefits under the Plan, a Participant or beneficiary may elect to make a lump sum repayment of any overpayment. SECTION 9 ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN 9.1 ADOPTION OF TRUST. The Company shall enter into a Trust Agreement with the Trustee, which Trust Agreement shall form a part of this Plan and is hereby incorporated herein by reference. 9.2 POWERS OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR. (a) The Plan Administrator is the named fiduciary with respect to the administration of the Plan. (b) The Plan Administrator shall have the power and discretion to perform the administrative duties described in this Plan or required for proper administration of the Plan and 10

13 shall have all powers necessary to enable it to properly carry out such duties. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Plan Administrator shall have the power and discretion to construe and interpret this Plan, to hear and resolve claims relating to this Plan, and to decide all questions and disputes arising under this Plan. The Plan Administrator shall determine, in its discretion, the status and rights of a Participant, and the identity of the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries entitled to receive any benefits payable hereunder on account of the death of a Participant. (c) Except as is otherwise provided hereunder, the Plan Administrator shall determine the manner and time of payment of benefits under this Plan. All benefit disbursements by the Trustee shall be made upon the instructions of the Plan Administrator. (d) The decision of the Plan Administrator upon all matters within the scope of its authority shall be binding and conclusive upon all persons. (e) The Plan Administrator shall file all reports and forms lawfully required to be filed by the Plan Administrator and shall distribute any forms, reports or statements to be distributed to Participants and others. (f) The Plan Administrator shall keep itself advised with respect to the investment of the Trust Fund and shall report to the Company regarding the investment and reinvestment of the Trust Fund not less frequently than annually. 9.3 CREATION OF COMMITTEE. The Company may appoint a committee to perform its duties as Plan Administrator by the adoption of appropriate Board of Directors resolutions. The committee must consist of at least two (2) members, and they shall hold office during the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The committee members shall serve without compensation but shall be reimbursed for all expenses by the Company. The committee shall conduct itself in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11. The members of the committee may resign with 30 days notice in writing to the Company and may be removed immediately at any time by written notice from the Company. 9.4 CHAIRMAN AND SECRETARY. The committee shall elect a chairman from among its members and shall select a secretary who is not required to be a member of the committee and who may be authorized to execute any document or documents on behalf of the committee. The secretary of the committee or his designee shall record all acts and determinations of the committee and shall preserve and retain custody of all such records, together with such other documents as may be necessary for the administration of this Plan or as may be required by law. 9.5 APPOINTMENT OF AGENTS. The committee may appoint such other agents, who need not be members of the committee, as it may deem necessary for the effective performance of its duties, whether ministerial or discretionary, as the committee may deem expedient or appropriate. The compensation of any agents who are not employees of the Company shall be fixed by the committee within any limitations set by the Board of Directors. 9.6 MAJORITY VOTE AND EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS. In all matters, questions and decisions, the action of the committee shall be determined by a majority vote of its 11

14 members. They may meet informally or take any ordinary action without the necessity of meeting as a group. All instruments executed by the committee shall be executed by a majority of its members or by any member of the committee designated to act on its behalf. 9.7 ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES. The committee may allocate responsibilities among its members or designate other persons to act on its behalf. Any allocation or designation, however, must be set forth in writing and must be retained in the permanent records of the committee. 9.8 CONFLICT OF INTEREST. No member of the committee who is a Participant shall take any part in any action in connection with his participation as an individual. Such action shall be voted or decided by the remaining members of the committee. 9.9 FIDUCIARY AUTHORITY. All delegations of fiduciary responsibility set forth in this document regarding the determination of benefits and the interpretation of the terms of the Plan confer discretionary authority upon the named fiduciary. SECTION 10 ADOPTION OF PLAN BY AFFILIATES The adoption of this Plan by any Affiliate shall not be effective without the written consent of the Company, provided, however, that selected key employees of Semiconductor Components Industries, L.L.C. shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as of the Plan's original effective date, December 13, 1999. Any adoption shall be evidenced by certified copies of the resolution of the foregoing board of directors indicating the adoption and by the execution of the Trust by the adopting corporation or Affiliate. The resolution shall define the Effective Date for the purpose of the Plan as adopted by the corporation or Affiliate. SECTION 11 CLAIM REVIEW PROCEDURE 11.1 GENERAL. In the event that a Participant or Beneficiary is denied a claim for benefits under this Plan (the "claimant"), the Plan Administrator shall provide to the claimant written notice of the denial which shall set forth: (a) the specific reason or reasons for the denial; (b) specific references to pertinent Plan provisions on which the Plan Administrator based its denial; (c) a description of any additional material or information needed for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why the material or information is needed; (d) a statement that the claimant may: (1) Request a review upon written application to the Plan Administrator; 12

15 (2) Review pertinent Plan documents; and (3) Submit issues and comments in writing; and (e) That any appeal the claimant wishes to make of the adverse determination must be in writing to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Plan Administrator's notice of denial of benefits. The Plan Administrator's notice must further advise the claimant that his failure to appeal the action to the Plan Administrator in writing within the sixty (60) day period will render the Plan Administrator's determination final, binding, and conclusive. 11.2 APPEALS. (a) If the claimant should appeal to the Plan Administrator, he, or his duly authorized representative, may submit, in writing, whatever issues and comments he, or his duly authorized representative, feels are pertinent. The Plan Administrator shall re-examine all facts related to the appeal and make a final determination as to whether the denial of benefits is justified under the circumstances. The Plan Administrator shall advise the claimant in writing of its decision on his appeal, the specific reasons for the decision, and the specific Plan provisions on which the decision is based. The notice of the decision shall be given within 60 days of the claimant's written request for review, unless special circumstances (such as a hearing) would make the rendering of a decision within the 60 day period infeasible, but in no event shall the Plan Administrator render a decision regarding the denial of a claim for benefits later than 120 days after its receipt of a request for review. If an extension of time for review is required because of special circumstances, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the date the extension period commences. (b) If, upon appeal, the Plan Administrator shall grant the relief requested by the claimant, then, in addition, the Plan Administrator shall award to the claimant reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, or any other duly authorized representative of claimant, which shall be paid by the Company. The determination as to whether such fees and expenses are reasonable shall be made by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion and such determination shall be binding and conclusive on all parties. 11.3 NOTICE OF DENIALS. The Plan Administrator's notice of denial of benefits shall identify the address to which the claimant may forward his appeal. SECTION 12 LIMITATION OF RIGHTS, CONSTRUCTION 12.1 LIMITATION OF RIGHTS. Neither this Plan, the Trust nor membership in the Plan shall give any employee or other person any right except to the extent that the right is specifically fixed under the terms of the Plan. The establishment of the Plan shall not be construed to give any individual a right to be continued in the service of the Company or as interfering with the right of the Company to terminate the service of any individual at any time. 12.2 CONSTRUCTION. The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall include the feminine gender (and vice versa), and the singular shall include the plural, unless the 13

16 context clearly indicates to the contrary. Headings and subheadings are for the purpose of reference only and are not to be considered in the construction of this Plan. If any provision of this Plan is determined to be for any reason invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect. All of the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Arizona. SECTION 13 LIMITATION ON ASSIGNMENT; PAYMENTS TO LEGALLY INCOMPETENT DISTRIBUTEE 13.1 ANTI-ALIENATION CLAUSE. No benefit which shall be payable under the Plan to any person shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise dispose of the same shall be void. No benefit shall in any manner be subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any person, nor shall it be subject to attachment or legal process for or against any person, except to the extent as may be required by law. 13.2 PERMITTED ARRANGEMENTS. Section 13.1 shall not preclude arrangements for the withholding of taxes from benefit payments, arrangements for the recovery of benefit overpayments, arrangements for the transfer of benefit rights to another plan, or arrangements for direct deposit of benefit payments to an account in a bank, savings and loan association or credit union (provided that such arrangement is not part of an arrangement constituting an assignment or alienation). Additionally, Section 13.1 shall not preclude arrangements for the distribution of the benefits of a Participant or Beneficiary pursuant to the terms and provisions of a "domestic relations order" in accordance with such procedures as may be established from time to time by the Plan Administrator. 13.3 PAYMENT TO MINOR OR INCOMPETENT. Whenever any benefit which shall be payable under the Plan is to be paid to or for the benefit of any person who is then a minor or determined by the Plan Administrator to be incompetent by qualified medical advice, the Plan Administrator need not require the appointment of a guardian or custodian, but shall be authorized to cause the same to be paid over to the person having custody of the minor or incompetent, or to cause the same to be paid to the minor or incompetent without the intervention of a guardian or custodian, or to cause the same to be paid to a legal guardian or custodian of the minor or incompetent if one has been appointed or to cause the same to be used for the benefit of the minor or incompetent. SECTION 14 AMENDMENT, MERGER, AND TERMINATION 14.1 AMENDMENT. The Company shall have the right at any time, by an instrument in writing duly executed, acknowledged and delivered to the Plan Administrator, to modify, alter or amend this Plan, in whole or in part, prospectively or retroactively; provided, however, that the duties and liabilities of the Plan Administrator and the Trustee hereunder shall not be substantially increased without its written consent; and provided further that the amendment shall not reduce any Participant's interest in the Plan, calculated as of the date on which the 14

17 amendment is adopted. If the Plan is amended by the Company after it is adopted by an Affiliate, unless otherwise expressly provided, it shall be treated as so amended by such Affiliate without the necessity of any action on the part of the Affiliate. Any Affiliate or other corporation adopting this Plan hereby delegates the authority to amend the Plan to the Company. An Affiliate or other corporation that has adopted this Plan may terminate its future participation in the Plan at any time. 14.2 MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF COMPANY. The Plan shall not be automatically terminated by the Company's acquisition by or merger into any other employer, but the Plan shall be continued after such acquisition or merger if the successor employer elects and agrees to continue the Plan. All rights to amend, modify, suspend, or terminate the Plan shall be transferred to the successor employer, effective as of the date of the merger. 14.3 TERMINATION OF PLAN OR DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS. It is the expectation of the Company that this Plan and the payment of contributions hereunder will be continued indefinitely. However, continuance of the Plan is not assumed as a contractual obligation of the Company, and the right is reserved at any time to terminate this Plan or to reduce, temporarily suspend or discontinue contributions hereunder. 14.4 LIMITATION OF COMPANY'S LIABILITY. The adoption of this Plan is strictly a voluntary undertaking on the part of the Company and shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Company and any employee or Participant or to be consideration for, an inducement to, or a condition of the employment of any employee. A Participant, employee, or Beneficiary shall not have any right to retirement or other benefits except to the extent provided herein. SECTION 15 GENERAL PROVISIONS 15.1 STATUS OF PARTICIPANTS AS UNSECURED CREDITORS. All benefits under the Plan shall be the unsecured obligations of the Company as applicable, and, except for those assets which will be placed in the Trust established in connection with this Plan, no assets will be placed in trust or otherwise segregated from the general assets of the Company or each Company, as applicable, for the payment of obligations hereunder. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments hereunder, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company. 15.2 UNIFORM ADMINISTRATION. Whenever in the administration of the Plan any action is required by the Plan Administrator, such action shall be uniform in nature as applied to all persons similarly situated. 15.3 HEIRS AND SUCCESSORS. All of the provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon all persons who shall be entitled to any benefits hereunder, and their heirs and legal representatives. 15

18 To signify its adoption of this Plan document, the Company has caused this Plan document to be executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company on this 8th day of March, 2000. SCG HOLDING CORPORATION By: George H. Cave -------------------- Its: Secretary ------------------- 16

1 EXHIBIT 10.33 (a) SCG HOLDING CORPORATION 2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN (AS ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS ON FEBRUARY 17, 2000; AMENDED AND RESTATED APRIL 21, 2000) ARTICLE 1 PURPOSE 1.1 GENERAL. The purpose of the SCG Holding Corporation 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is to promote the success and enhance the value of SCG Holding Corporation (the "Company") by linking the personal interests of its members of the Board, employees, officers, and executives of, and consultants and advisors to, the Company to those of Company stockholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance in order to generate superior returns to shareholders of the Company. The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of members of the Board, employees, officers, and executives of, and consultants and advisors to, the Company upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company's operation is largely dependent. ARTICLE 2 EFFECTIVE DATE 2.1 EFFECTIVE DATE. The Plan is effective as of the date the Plan is approved by the Board (the "Effective Date"). Within 12 months of the Effective Date, the Plan must be approved by the Company's shareholders. The Plan will be deemed to be approved by the shareholders if it receives the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock of the Company present or represented and entitled to vote at a meeting duly held in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Company's Bylaws or by written consent of a majority of the Company's shareholders in lieu of a meeting. Any awards granted under the Plan prior to shareholder approval are effective when made (unless the Committee specifies otherwise at the time of grant), but no Award may be exercised or settled and no restrictions relating to any Award may lapse before the Plan is approved by the shareholders as provided above. If the shareholders fail to approve the Plan, any Award previously made shall be automatically canceled without any further act. ARTICLE 3 DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION 3.1 DEFINITIONS. When a word or phrase appears in this Plan with the initial letter capitalized, and the word or phrase does not commence a sentence, the word or phrase shall generally be given the meaning ascribed to it in this Section or in Sections 1.1 or 2.1 unless a clearly different meaning is required by the context. The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings: 1

2 (a) "Award" means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Performance Share Award, Performance-Based Award, or Take Ownership Grant granted to a Participant under the Plan. (b) "Award Agreement" means any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award. (c) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company. (d) "Cause" means (except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement) if the Committee, in its reasonable and good faith discretion, determines that the Participant (i) fails to substantially perform his duties (other than as a result of Disability), after the Board or the executive to which the Participant reports delivers to the Participant a written demand for substantial performance that specifically identifies the manner in which the Participant has not substantially performed his duties; (ii) engages in willful misconduct or gross negligence that is materially injurious to the Company or a Subsidiary; (iii) breaches his duty of loyalty to the Company or a Subsidiary; (iv) unauthorized removal from the premises of the Company or a Subsidiary of a document (of any media or form) relating to the Company or a Subsidiary or the customers of the Company or a Subsidiary; or (v) has committed a felony or a serious crime involving moral turpitude. Any rights the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may have hereunder in respect of the events giving rise to Cause shall be in addition to the rights the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may have under any other agreement with the Participant or at law or in equity. If, subsequent to a Participant's termination of employment or services, it is discovered that such Participant's employment or services could have been terminated for Cause, the Participant's employment or services shall, at the election of the Board, in its sole discretion, be deemed to have been terminated for Cause retroactively to the date the events giving rise to Cause occurred. (e) "Change of Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Operating Subsidiary to any Person or group of related persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a "Group"), together with any affiliates thereof other than TPG Semiconductor Holdings LLC, TPG Partners II, L.P., or any of their affiliates (hereafter collectively referred to as "TPG"); (ii) the approval by the holders of Stock and the consummation of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; (iii) (A) any Person or Group (other than TPG) shall become the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares representing more than 25% of the aggregate voting power of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote in the election of directors (the "Voting Stock") of the Company and such Person or Group has the power and authority to vote such shares and (B) TPG beneficially owns (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a lesser percentage of the Voting Stock of the Company than such other Person or Group; (iv) the actual replacement of a majority of the Board over a two-year period from the individual directors who constituted the Board at the beginning of such period, and such replacement shall not have been approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Board then still in office who either were members of such Board at the beginning of such period or whose election as a member of such Board was previously so approved or who were nominated by, or designees of, TPG; (v) any Person or 2

3 Group other than TPG shall have acquired shares of Voting Stock of the Company such that such Person or Group has the power and authority to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company; or (vi) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with another entity in which holders of the Stock immediately prior to the consummation of the transaction hold, directly or indirectly, immediately following the consummation of the transaction, 50% or less of the common equity interest in the surviving corporation in such transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall a Change of Control be deemed to have occurred as a result of an initial public offering of the Stock. (f) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. (g) "Committee" means the committee of the Board described in Article 4. (h) "Covered Employee" means an Employee who is a "covered employee" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. (i) "Disability" shall mean (unless otherwise defined in an employment agreement between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and the Participant or in the Participant's Award Agreement) any illness or other physical or mental condition of a Participant which renders the Participant incapable of performing his customary and usual duties for the Company, or any medically determinable illness or other physical or mental condition resulting from a bodily injury, disease or mental disorder which in the judgment of the Committee is permanent and continuous in nature. The Committee may require such medical or other evidence as it deems necessary to judge the nature and permanency of the Participant's condition. (j) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. (k) "Fair Market Value" means, as of any given date, the fair market value of Stock on a particular date determined by such methods or procedures as may be established from time to time by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Fair Market Value of Stock as of any date shall be the closing price for the Stock as reported on the NASDAQ National Market System (or on any national securities exchange on which the Stock is then listed) for that date or, if no closing price is reported for that date, the closing price on the next preceding date for which a closing price was reported. (l) "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto. (m) "Non-Employee Director" means a member of the Board who qualifies as a "Non-Employee Director" as defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3) of the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Board. (n) "Non-Qualified Stock Option" means an Option that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option. (o) "Operating Subsidiary" means Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC. 3

4 (p) "Option" means a right granted to a Participant under Article 7 or Article 12 of the Plan to purchase Stock at a specified price during specified time periods. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option. (q) "Participant" means a person who, as a member of the Board, employee, officer, or executive of, or consultant or advisor providing services to, the Company or any Subsidiary, has been granted an Award under the Plan. (r) "Performance-Based Awards" means the Performance Share Awards and Restricted Stock Awards granted to selected Covered Employees pursuant to Articles 9 and 10, but which are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Article 11. All Performance-Based Awards are intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code. (s) "Performance Criteria" means the criteria that the Committee selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Participant for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following: pre- or after-tax net earnings, sales growth, operating earnings, operating cash flow, return on net assets, return on stockholders' equity, return on assets, return on capital, Stock price growth, stockholder returns, gross or net profit margin, earnings per share, price per share of Stock, and market share, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. The Committee shall, within the time prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period for such Participant. (t) "Performance Goals" means, for a Performance Period, the goals established in writing by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a division, business unit, or an individual. The Committee, in its discretion, may, within the time prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, adjust or modify the calculation of Performance Goals for such Performance Period in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants (i) in the event of, or in anticipation of, any unusual or extraordinary corporate item, transaction, event, or development, or (ii) in recognition of, or in anticipation of, any other unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company, or in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, or business conditions. (u) "Performance Period" means the one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant's right to, and the payment of, a Performance-Based Award. (v) "Performance Share" means a right granted to a Participant under Article 9, to receive cash, Stock, or other Awards, the payment of which is contingent upon achieving certain performance goals established by the Committee. 4

5 (w) "Plan" means the SCG Holding Corporation 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended. (x) "Restricted Stock Award" means Stock granted to a Participant under Article 10 that is subject to certain restrictions and to risk of forfeiture. (y) "Stock" means the common stock of the Company and such other securities of the Company that may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Article 14. (z) "Stock Appreciation Right" or "SAR" means a right granted to a Participant under Article 8 to receive a payment equal to the difference between the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock as of the date of exercise of the SAR over the grant price of the SAR, all as determined pursuant to Article 8. (aa) "Subsidiary" means any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the outstanding voting stock or voting power is beneficially owned directly or indirectly by the Company. (bb) "Take Ownership Grant" means the Option granted to each eligible Participant pursuant to Article 12. ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION 4.1 COMMITTEE. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by, and which serves at the discretion of, the Board. If the Board appoints a Committee, the Committee shall consist of at least two individuals, each of whom qualifies as (i) a Non-Employee Director, and (ii) an "outside director" under Code Section 162(m) and the regulations issued thereunder. Reference to the Committee shall refer to the Board if the Board does not appoint a Committee. 4.2 ACTION BY THE COMMITTEE. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved in writing by a majority of the Committee in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Committee. Each member of the Committee is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, the Company's independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan. 4.3 AUTHORITY OF COMMITTEE. Subject to any specific designation in the Plan, the Committee has the exclusive power, authority and discretion to: (a) Designate Participants to receive Awards; (b) Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant; 5

6 (c) Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of shares of Stock to which an Award will relate; (d) Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted under the Plan including but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines; provided, however, that the Committee shall not have the authority to accelerate the vesting or waive the forfeiture of any Performance-Based Awards; (e) Amend, modify, or terminate any outstanding Award, with the Participant's consent unless the Committee has the authority to amend, modify, or terminate an Award without the Participant's consent under any other provision of the Plan. (f) Determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in, cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered; (g) Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant; (h) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award; (i) Establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and (j) Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising under, the Plan or any Award Agreement; (k) Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required under the Plan or as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan. 4.4 DECISIONS BINDING. The Committee's interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted under the Plan, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Committee with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties. ARTICLE 5 SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN 5.1 NUMBER OF SHARES. Subject to adjustment provided in Section 14.1, the aggregate number of shares of Stock reserved and available for grant under the Plan shall be 10,000,000. 5.2 LAPSED AWARDS. To the extent that an Award terminates, expires, or lapses for any reason, any shares of Stock subject to the Award will again be available for the grant of an Award under the Plan. 6

7 5.3 STOCK DISTRIBUTED. Any Stock distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury Stock or Stock purchased on the open market. 5.4 LIMITATION ON NUMBER OF SHARES SUBJECT TO AWARDS. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, and subject to the adjustment in Section 14.1, the maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to one or more Awards that may be granted to any one Participant during the Company's fiscal year shall be 1,000,000. ARTICLE 6 ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION 6.1 ELIGIBILITY. (a) GENERAL. Persons eligible to participate in this Plan include all members of the Board, employees, officers, and executives of, and consultants and advisors to, the Company or a Subsidiary, as determined by the Committee. (b) FOREIGN PARTICIPANTS. Subject to the provisions of Article 16 of the Plan, in order to assure the viability of Awards granted to Participants employed in foreign countries, the Committee may provide for such special terms as it may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy, or custom. Moreover, the Committee may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements, or alternative versions of the Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes without thereby affecting the terms of the Plan as in effect for any other purpose; provided, however, that no such supplements, amendments, restatements, or alternative versions shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 5.1 of the Plan. 6.2 ACTUAL PARTICIPATION. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from among all eligible individuals, those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award. No individual shall have any right to be granted an Award under this Plan. ARTICLE 7 STOCK OPTIONS 7.1 GENERAL. The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Participants on the following terms and conditions: (a) EXERCISE PRICE. The exercise price per share of Stock under an Option shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement. It is the intention under the Plan that the exercise price for any Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value as of the date of grant; provided, however that the Committee may, in its discretion, grant Options (other than Options that are intended to be Incentive Stock Options or Options that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m)) with an exercise price of less than Fair Market Value on the date of grant. 7

8 (b) TIME AND CONDITIONS OF EXERCISE. The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part. The Committee shall also determine the performance or other conditions, if any, that must be satisfied before all or part of an Option may be exercised. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, an Option will lapse immediately if a Participant's employment or services are terminated for Cause. (c) PAYMENT. The Committee shall determine the methods by which the exercise price of an Option may be paid, the form of payment, including, without limitation, cash, promissory note, shares of Stock (through actual tender or by attestation), or other property (including broker-assisted "cashless exercise" arrangements), and the methods by which shares of Stock shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants. (d) EVIDENCE OF GRANT. All Options shall be evidenced by a written Award Agreement between the Company and the Participant. The Award Agreement shall include such additional provisions as may be specified by the Committee. 7.2 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. Incentive Stock Options shall be granted only to employees and the terms of any Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan must comply with the following additional rules: (a) EXERCISE PRICE. The exercise price per share of Stock shall be set by the Committee, provided that the exercise price for any Incentive Stock Option may not be less than the Fair Market Value as of the date of the grant. (b) EXERCISE. In no event, may any Incentive Stock Option be exercisable for more than ten years from the date of its grant. (c) LAPSE OF OPTION. An Incentive Stock Option shall lapse under the following circumstances. (1) The Incentive Stock Option shall lapse ten years from the date it is granted, unless an earlier time is set in the Award Agreement. (2) The Incentive Stock Option shall lapse upon termination of employment for Cause or for any other reason, other than the Participant's death or Disability, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement. (3) If the Participant terminates employment on account of Disability or death before the Option lapses pursuant to paragraph (1) or (2) above, the Incentive Stock Option shall lapse, unless it is previously exercised, on the earlier of (i) the date on which the Option would have lapsed had the Participant not become Disabled or lived and had his employment status (i.e., whether the Participant was employed by the Company on the date of his Disability or death or had previously terminated employment) remained unchanged; or (ii) 12 months after the date of the Participant's termination of employment on account of Disability or death. Upon the Participant's Disability or death, any Incentive Stock Options exercisable at the Participant's Disability or death may be exercised by the Participant's legal representative or representatives, by 8

9 the person or persons entitled to do so under the Participant's last will and testament, or, if the Participant fails to make testamentary disposition of such Incentive Stock Option or dies intestate, by the person or persons entitled to receive the Incentive Stock Option under the applicable laws of descent and distribution. (d) INDIVIDUAL DOLLAR LIMITATION. The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time an Award is made) of all shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000.00 or such other limitation as imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code, or any successor provision. To the extent that Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in excess of such limitation, the excess shall be considered Non-Qualified Stock Options. (e) TEN PERCENT OWNERS. An Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any individual who, at the date of grant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of Stock of the Company only if such Option is granted at a price that is not less than 110% of Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is exercisable for no more than five years from the date of grant. (f) EXPIRATION OF INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. No Award of an Incentive Stock Option may be made pursuant to this Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. (g) RIGHT TO EXERCISE. During a Participant's lifetime, an Incentive Stock Option may be exercised only by the Participant. ARTICLE 8 STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS 8.1 GRANT OF SARS. The Committee is authorized to grant SARs to Participants on the following terms and conditions: (a) RIGHT TO PAYMENT. Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant to whom it is granted has the right to receive the excess, if any, of: (1) The Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise; over (2) The grant price of the Stock Appreciation Right as determined by the Committee, which shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of grant in the case of any SAR related to any Incentive Stock Option. (b) OTHER TERMS. All awards of Stock Appreciation Rights shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. The terms, methods of exercise, methods of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement, and any other terms and conditions of any Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Award and shall be reflected in the Award Agreement. 9

10 ARTICLE 9 PERFORMANCE SHARES 9.1 GRANT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES. The Committee is authorized to grant Performance Shares to Participants on such terms and conditions as may be selected by the Committee. The Committee shall have the complete discretion to determine the number of Performance Shares granted to each Participant. All Awards of Performance Shares shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. 9.2 RIGHT TO PAYMENT. A grant of Performance Shares gives the Participant rights, valued as determined by the Committee, and payable to, or exercisable by, the Participant to whom the Performance Shares are granted, in whole or in part, as the Committee shall establish at grant or thereafter. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall set performance goals and other terms or conditions to payment of the Performance Shares in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and value of Performance Shares that will be paid to the Participant. 9.3 OTHER TERMS. Performance Shares may be payable in cash, Stock, or other property, and have such other terms and conditions as determined by the Committee and reflected in the Award Agreement. ARTICLE 10 RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS 10.1 GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK. The Committee is authorized to make Awards of Restricted Stock to Participants in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee. All Awards of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Award Agreement. 10.2 ISSUANCE AND RESTRICTIONS. Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the Committee may impose (including, without limitation, limitations on the right to vote Restricted Stock or the right to receive dividends on the Restricted Stock). These restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Committee determines at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter. 10.3 FORFEITURE. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, upon termination of employment during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Stock that is at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited, provided, however, that the Committee may provide in any Restricted Stock Award Agreement that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and the Committee may in other cases waive in whole or in part restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock. 10.4 CERTIFICATES FOR RESTRICTED STOCK. Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing shares of Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, certificates must bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions 10

11 applicable to such Restricted Stock, and the Company may, at its discretion, retain physical possession of the certificate until such time as all applicable restrictions lapse. ARTICLE 11 PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS 11.1 PURPOSE. The purpose of this Article 11 is to provide the Committee the ability to qualify the Performance Share Awards under Article 9 and the Restricted Stock Awards under Article 10 as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code. If the Committee, in its discretion, decides to grant a Performance-Based Award to a Covered Employee, the provisions of this Article 11 shall control over any contrary provision contained in Articles 9 or 10. 11.2 APPLICABILITY. This Article 11 shall apply only to those Covered Employees selected by the Committee to receive Performance-Based Awards. The Committee may, in its discretion, grant Restricted Stock Awards or Performance Share Awards to Covered Employees that do not satisfy the requirements of this Article 11. The designation of a Covered Employee as a Participant for a Performance Period shall not in any manner entitle the Participant to receive an Award for the period. Moreover, designation of a Covered Employee as a Participant for a particular Performance Period shall not require designation of such Covered Employee as a Participant in any subsequent Performance Period and designation of one Covered Employee as a Participant shall not require designation of any other Covered Employees as a Participant in such period or in any other period. 11.3 DISCRETION OF COMMITTEE WITH RESPECT TO PERFORMANCE AWARDS. With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have full discretion to select the length of such Performance Period, the type of Performance-Based Awards to be issued, the kind and/or level of the Performance Goal, and whether the Performance Goal is to apply to the Company, a Subsidiary or any division or business unit thereof. 11.4 PAYMENT OF PERFORMANCE AWARDS. Unless otherwise provided in the relevant Award Agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary on the last day of the Performance Period to be eligible for a Performance Award for such Performance Period. Furthermore, a Participant shall be eligible to receive payment under a Performance-Based Award for a Performance Period only if the Performance Goals for such period are achieved. In determining the actual size of an individual Performance-Based Award, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance-Based Award earned for the Performance Period, if in its sole and absolute discretion, such reduction or elimination is appropriate. 11.5 MAXIMUM AWARD PAYABLE. The maximum Performance-Based Award payable to any one Participant under the Plan for a Performance Period is 1,000,000 shares of Stock, or in the event the Performance-Based Award is paid in cash, such maximum Performance-Based Award shall be determined by multiplying 1,000,000 by the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock as of the date of grant of the Performance-Based Award. 11

12 ARTICLE 12 TAKE OWNERSHIP GRANTS 12.1 TAKE OWNERSHIP GRANTS. The Take Ownership Grants shall be awarded to Participants selected by the Committee and shall be subject to the following terms and conditions: (a) EFFECTIVE DATE OF GRANTS. The effective date of the Take Ownership Grants shall be on the day on which the Company's initial public offering of Stock is consummated; provided, however, that Take Ownership Grants shall not be made to those persons who are not United States residents if the jurisdiction in which any such person resides prohibits such Grants or makes it impractical for the Company to make such Grants. (b) EXERCISE PRICE FOR GRANTS. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the exercise price per share of Stock under the Take Ownership Grants shall be the price at which the Company's Stock is offered under its initial public offering of Stock ("IPO Price"), provided, however, that, with respect to Participants who do not reside in the United States, if the day on which the Company receives approval by the applicable foreign jurisdiction to offer Stock to Participants residing in that jurisdiction is later than the day on which the Company's initial public offering becomes effective, the exercise price per share of Stock under the Take Ownership Grants shall be the Fair Market Value on the day on which the Company receives approval by the applicable foreign jurisdiction to offer Stock to such Participants. (c) AMOUNT OF THE TAKE OWNERSHIP GRANTS. Each Participant selected to receive a Take Ownership Grant shall be entitled to receive an Option to purchase 50 shares of Stock. Such Option shall be designated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. (d) TIME AND CONDITIONS OF EXERCISE. The Take Ownership Grants shall become fully exercisable on the second anniversary of the date of grant. (e) PAYMENT. The Committee shall determine the methods by which the exercise price of the Take Ownership Grants may be paid, the form of payment, including, without limitation, cash, promissory note, shares of Stock (through actual tender or by attestation), or other property (including broker-assisted "cashless exercise" arrangements), and the methods by which shares of Stock shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants. (f) EVIDENCE OF GRANT. All Take Ownership Grants shall be evidenced by a written Award Agreement between the Company and the Participant. The Award Agreement shall provide that upon a Participant's termination of employment or service with the Company or a Subsidiary for any reason, the Participant may, at any time within 90 days after the effective date of the Participant's termination, exercise the Take Ownership Grant to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise the Take Ownership Grant at the date of termination, provided that in no event shall the Take Ownership Grant be exercisable after its expiration date, as provided in the Award Agreement. The Award Agreement shall also include such other provisions as determined by the Committee. 12

13 ARTICLE 13 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS 13.1 STAND-ALONE AND TANDEM AWARDS. Awards granted under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with, any other Award granted under the Plan. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards. 13.2 EXCHANGE PROVISIONS. The Committee may at any time offer to exchange or buy out any previously granted Award for a payment in cash, Stock, or another Award, based on the terms and conditions the Committee determines and communicates to the Participant at the time the offer is made. 13.3 TERM OF AWARD. The term of each Award shall be for the period as determined by the Committee, provided that in no event shall the term of any Incentive Stock Option or a Stock Appreciation Right granted in tandem with the Incentive Stock Option exceed a period of ten years from the date of its grant. 13.4 FORM OF PAYMENT FOR AWARDS. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable law or Award Agreement, payments or transfers to be made by the Company or a Subsidiary on the grant or exercise of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee determines at or after the time of grant, including without limitation, cash, promissory note, Stock, other Awards, or other property, or any combination, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis, in each case determined in accordance with rules adopted by, and at the discretion of, the Committee. 13.5 LIMITS ON TRANSFER. No right or interest of a Participant in any Award may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Company or a Subsidiary, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any other party other than the Company or a Subsidiary. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, no Award shall be assignable or transferable by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. 13.6 BENEFICIARIES. Notwithstanding Section 13.5, a Participant may, in the manner determined by the Committee, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Participant and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Participant's death. A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights under the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to the Participant, except to the extent the Plan and Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee. If the Participant is married, a designation of a person other than the Participant's spouse as his beneficiary with respect to more than 50 % of the Participant's interest in the Award shall not be effective without the written consent of the Participant's spouse. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Participant, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto under the Participant's will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, a 13

14 beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Participant at any time provided the change or revocation is filed with the Committee. 13.7 STOCK CERTIFICATES. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Awards, unless and until the Board has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed or traded. All Stock certificates delivered under the Plan are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply with Federal, state, or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted, or traded. The Committee may place legends on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. 13.8 ACCELERATION UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL. If a Change of Control occurs, all outstanding Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, and other Awards shall become fully exercisable and all restrictions on outstanding Awards shall lapse. To the extent that this provision causes Incentive Stock Options to exceed the dollar limitation set forth in Section 7.2(d), the excess Options shall be deemed to be Non-Qualified Stock Options. Upon, or in anticipation of, such an event, the Committee may cause every Award outstanding hereunder to terminate at a specific time in the future and shall give each Participant the right to exercise Awards during a period of time as the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine. ARTICLE 14 CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE 14.1 GENERAL. (a) SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANT. In the event of any change in the number of shares of Stock outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or similar corporate change, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Committee may grant Awards shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee. In the event of any change in the number of shares of Stock outstanding by reason of any other event or transaction, the Committee may, but need not, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares of Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted as the Committee may deem appropriate. (b) OUTSTANDING AWARDS - INCREASE OR DECREASE IN ISSUED SHARES WITHOUT CONSIDERATION. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Stock or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the shares of Stock), or any other increase or decrease in the number of 14

15 such shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Company, the Committee shall proportionally adjust the number of shares of Stock subject to each outstanding Award and the exercise price per share of Stock of each such Award. (c) OUTSTANDING AWARDS - CERTAIN MERGERS. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, in the event that the Company shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as a result of which the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation), each Award outstanding on the date of such merger or consolidation shall pertain to and apply to the securities which a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to such Award would have received in such merger or consolidation. (d) OUTSTANDING AWARDS - CERTAIN OTHER TRANSACTIONS. In the event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, (iii) a merger or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or (iv) a merger or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation and/or other property, including cash, the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, have the power to: (1) cancel, effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, each Award outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable), and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the Participant to whom such Award was granted an amount in cash, for each share of Stock subject to such Award, respectively, equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion, of the property (including cash) received by the holder of a share of Stock as a result of such event over (B) the exercise of such Award; or (2) provide for the exchange of each Award outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable) for an option, a stock appreciation right, restricted stock award, performance share award or performance-based award with respect to, as appropriate, some or all of the property for which such Award is exchanged and, incident thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion in the exercise price or value of the option, stock appreciate right, restricted stock award, performance share award or performance-based award or the number of shares or amount of property subject to the option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock award, performance share award or performance-based award or, if appropriate, provide for a cash payment to the Participant to whom such Award was granted in partial consideration for the exchange of the Award. (e) OUTSTANDING AWARDS - OTHER CHANGES. In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Company or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in Article 14, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Awards outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in the per share exercise price of each Award as the Committee may consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights. 15

16 (f) NO OTHER RIGHTS. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to an Award or the exercise price of any Award. ARTICLE 15 AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION 15.1 AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION. With the approval of the Board, at any time and from time to time, the Committee may terminate, amend or modify the Plan; provided, however, that to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with any applicable law, regulation, or stock exchange rule, the Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required. 15.2 AWARDS PREVIOUSLY GRANTED. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, including without limitation, the provisions of Article 14, no termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the Participant. ARTICLE 16 PROVISIONS RELATING TO FRENCH EMPLOYEES Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply to Awards granted to any employee who is a French citizen or who works primarily in France as of the grant date (referred to herein as "French Employee"). 16.1 CONSULTANTS. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no French Employee who would otherwise be considered a consultant under French law may be granted an Award under the Plan. 16.2 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. The last sentence of Section 3.1(d) (definition of Cause) shall not apply to French Employees. 16.3 TEN PERCENT OWNERS. Notwithstanding Section 6.1(a) above, no Award shall be granted to any French Employee who holds more than ten percent of the Stock on the grant date. 16.4 EXERCISE PRICE. Notwithstanding Section 7.1(a) above, all Awards granted to French Employees shall be granted at an exercise price per share equal to Fair Market Value per share as of the grant date. 16.5 TIME LIMITATIONS. No Options shall be granted to any French Employee five years after the later of (a) the date the Company's stockholders initially approved the Plan, or 16

17 (b) the date the Plan has been subsequently re-authorized, in its original form or as amended from time to time by the Board, by the Company's stockholders. 16.6 VESTING OF OPTIONS. Notwithstanding Section 7.1(b) above, no portion of any Award granted to a French Employee shall become exercisable before the five-year anniversary of the grant date. 16.7 EFFECT OF PARTICIPANT'S DEATH. Notwithstanding Section 7.1(b) or any other provision hereof, upon a French Employee's death, the vested portion of such Participant's Award shall remain exercisable for a period of six months after the date of his death and shall be exercisable by his heirs. 16.8 EXCHANGE OF OPTIONS. Notwithstanding Section 13.2 above, the Company shall not terminate any portion of an Award granted to any French Employee. 16.9 ADJUSTMENT OF OPTIONS. Notwithstanding Section 14.1 herein, any adjustment made to any Award granted to a French Employee shall comply with applicable French law. ARTICLE 17 GENERAL PROVISIONS 17.1 NO RIGHTS TO AWARDS. No Participant, employee, or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and neither the Company nor the Committee is obligated to treat Participants, employees, and other persons uniformly. 17.2 NO STOCKHOLDERS RIGHTS. No Award gives the Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company unless and until shares of Stock are in fact issued to such person in connection with such Award. 17.3 WITHHOLDING. The Company or any Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal, state, and local taxes (including the Participant's FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this Plan. With the Committee's consent, a Participant may elect to have the Company withhold from those Stock that would otherwise be received upon the exercise of any Option, a number of shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount necessary to satisfy the Company's applicable federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding obligations. 17.4 NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICES. Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate any Participant's employment or services at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary. 17.5 UNFUNDED STATUS OF AWARDS. The Plan is intended to be an "unfunded" plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall 17

18 give the Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Subsidiary. 17.6 INDEMNIFICATION. To the extent allowable under applicable law, each member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company's Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless. 17.7 RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER BENEFITS. No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary. 17.8 EXPENSES. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Subsidiaries. 17.9 TITLES AND HEADINGS. The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control. 17.10 FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional shares of stock shall be issued and the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional shares or whether such fractional shares shall be eliminated by rounding up or down as appropriate. 17.11 SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE. With respect to any person who is, on the relevant date, obligated to file reports under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, transactions under this Plan are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the Exchange Act. To the extent any provision of the Plan or action by the Committee fails to so comply, it shall be void to the extent permitted by law and voidable as deemed advisable by the Committee. 17.12 GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS. The obligation of the Company to make payment of awards in Stock or otherwise shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required. The Company shall be under no obligation to register under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, any of the shares of Stock paid under the Plan. If the shares paid under the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as 18

19 amended, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption. 17.13 GOVERNING LAW. The Plan and all Award Agreements shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. 19

1 EXHIBIT 10.33(b) SCG HOLDING CORPORATION 2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN TAKE OWNERSHIP (ON Ownership) GRANT AGREEMENT This Take Ownership Grant Agreement is made and entered into by and between SCG Holding Corporation ("Company") and ________________ ("Optionee"), as of the ____ day of ____________, 2000 ("Date of Grant"). RECITALS A. The Board of Directors of the Company has adopted the SCG Holding Corporation 2000 Stock Incentive Plan ("Plan") as an incentive to retain employees, officers, and consultants of the Company and to provide employees, officers, and consultants of the Company an opportunity for them to have a proprietary interest in the success of the Company. B. The Board has approved the granting of options to the Optionee pursuant to the Plan to provide an incentive to the Optionee to focus on the long-term growth of the Company. In consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Optionee agree as follows: 1. GRANT OF TAKE OWNERSHIP GRANT. The Company hereby grants to the Optionee the right and option (hereinafter referred to as the "Take Ownership Grant") to purchase an aggregate of 50 shares (such number being subject to adjustment as provided in paragraph 11 hereof and Section 14 of the Plan) of the Common Stock of the Company (the "Stock") on the terms and conditions herein set forth. This Take Ownership Grant may be exercised in whole or in part and from time to time as hereinafter provided. The Take Ownership Grant granted under this Agreement is NOT intended to be an "incentive stock option" as set forth in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 2. VESTING OF TAKE OWNERSHIP GRANT. The Take Ownership Grant shall vest and become fully exercisable on the second anniversary of the Date of Grant. 3. PURCHASE PRICE. The price at which the Optionee shall be entitled to purchase the Stock covered by the Take Ownership Grant shall be the price at which the Company's Stock is offered under its initial public offering of Stock ("IPO Price"), provided, however, that, with respect to Participants who do not reside in the United States, if the day on which the Company receives approval by the applicable foreign jurisdiction to offer Stock in such jurisdiction is later than the day on which the Company's initial public offering becomes effective, the exercise price per share of Stock under the Take Ownership Grants shall be the Fair Market Value on the day on which the Company receives approval by the applicable foreign jurisdiction to offer Stock to such Participants. 4. TERM OF TAKE OWNERSHIP GRANT. The Take Ownership Grant granted under this Agreement shall expire, unless otherwise exercised, ten years from the Date of Grant, 1

2 through and including the normal close of business of the Company on ______________ ("Expiration Date"), subject to earlier termination as provided in paragraph 8 hereof. 5. EXERCISE OF TAKE OWNERSHIP GRANT. The Take Ownership Grant may be exercised by the Optionee as to all or any part of the Stock then vested by delivery to the Company of written notice of exercise and payment of the purchase price as provided in paragraphs 6 and 7 hereof. 6. METHOD OF EXERCISING TAKE OWNERSHIP GRANT. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Take Ownership Grant Agreement, the Take Ownership Grant may be exercised by timely delivery to the Company of written notice, which notice shall be effective on the date received by the Company ("Effective Date"). The notice shall state the Optionee's election to exercise the Take Ownership Grant, the number of shares in respect of which an election to exercise has been made, the method of payment elected (see paragraph 7 hereof), the exact name or names in which the shares will be registered and the Social Security number of the Optionee. Such notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be accompanied by payment of the purchase price of such shares. In the event the Take Ownership Grant shall be exercised by a person or persons other than Optionee pursuant to paragraph 8 hereof, such notice shall be signed by such other person or persons and shall be accompanied by proof acceptable to the Company of the legal right of such person or persons to exercise the Take Ownership Grant. All shares delivered by the Company upon exercise of the Take Ownership Grant shall be fully paid and nonassessable upon delivery. 7. METHOD OF PAYMENT FOR TAKE OWNERSHIP GRANT. Payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of the Take Ownership Grant shall be made by the Optionee in cash, previously-acquired Stock held for more than six months (through actual tender or by attestation), broker-assisted cashless exercise arrangement, or such other method permitted by the Board and communicated to the Optionee in writing prior to the date the Optionee exercises all or any portion of the Take Ownership Grant. 8. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICES. If the Optionee terminates employment or otherwise ceases to perform services for the Company for any reason, the Optionee may, at any time within 90 days after the effective date of the Optionee's termination, exercise the Take Ownership Grant to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Take Ownership Grant at the date of termination, provided that in no event shall the Take Ownership Grant be exercisable after its Expiration Date. 9. NONTRANSFERABILITY. The Take Ownership Grant granted by this Take Ownership Grant Agreement shall be exercisable only during the term of the Take Ownership Grant provided in paragraph 4 hereof and, except as provided in paragraph 8 above, only by the Optionee during his lifetime and while an Optionee of the Company. This Take Ownership Grant shall not be transferable by the Optionee or any other person claiming through the Optionee, either voluntarily or involuntarily, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or such other events as set forth in Section 13.6 of the Plan. 10. MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT. The Optionee, if requested by the Company and an underwriter of Stock (or other securities) of the Company, agrees not to sell or 2

3 otherwise transfer or dispose of any Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Optionee during the period not to exceed 180 days as requested by the managing underwriter following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act. Such agreement shall be in writing in a form satisfactory to the Company and such underwriter. The Company may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such project. 11. ADJUSTMENTS IN NUMBER OF SHARES AND PURCHASE PRICE. In the event of a stock dividend or in the event the Stock shall be changed into or exchanged for a different number or class of shares of stock of the Company or of another corporation, whether through reorganization, recapitalization, stock split-up, combination of shares, merger or consolidation, there shall be substituted for each such remaining share of Stock then subject to this Take Ownership Grant the number and class of shares of stock into which each outstanding share of Stock shall be so exchanged, all without any change in the aggregate purchase price for the shares then subject to the Take Ownership Grant, all as set forth in Section 14 of the Plan. 12. DELIVERY OF SHARES. No shares of Stock shall be delivered upon exercise of the Take Ownership Grant until (i) the purchase price shall have been paid in full in the manner herein provided; (ii) applicable taxes required to be withheld have been paid or withheld in full; (iii) approval of any governmental authority required in connection with the Take Ownership Grant, or the issuance of shares thereunder, has been received by the Company; and (iv) if required by the Board, the Optionee has delivered to the Board an Investment Letter in form and content satisfactory to the Company as provided in paragraph 13 hereof. 13. SECURITIES ACT. The Company shall not be required to deliver any shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of all or any part of the Take Ownership Grant if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such issuance would violate the Securities Act of 1933 or any other applicable federal or state securities laws or regulations. The Board may require that the Optionee, prior to the issuance of any such shares pursuant to exercise of the Take Ownership Grant, sign and deliver to the Company a written statement ("Investment Letter") stating (i) that the Optionee is purchasing the shares for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof; (ii) that the Optionee will not sell any shares received upon exercise of the Take Ownership Grant or any other shares of the Company that the Optionee may then own or thereafter acquire except either (a) through a broker on a national securities exchange or (b) with the prior written approval of the Company; and (iii) containing such other terms and conditions as counsel for the Company may reasonably require to assure compliance with the Securities Act of 1933 or other applicable federal or state securities laws and regulations. Such Investment Letter shall be in form and content acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion. 14. DEFINITIONS; COPY OF PLAN. To the extent not specifically provided herein, all capitalized terms used in this Take Ownership Grant Agreement shall have the same meanings ascribed to them in the Plan. By the execution of this Agreement, the Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan. 15. ADMINISTRATION. This Take Ownership Grant Agreement shall at all times be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Plan shall in all respects be administered by the Board in accordance with the terms of and as provided in the Plan. The 3

4 Board shall have the sole and complete discretion with respect to all matters reserved to it by the Plan and decisions of the majority of the Board with respect thereto and to this Take Ownership Grant Agreement shall be final and binding upon the Optionee and the Company. In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of this Take Ownership Grant Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. 16. CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICES. This Take Ownership Grant Agreement shall not be construed to confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ of, or providing services to, the Company and shall not limit the right of the Company, in its sole discretion, to terminate the employment or services of the Optionee at any time. 17. OBLIGATION TO EXERCISE. The Optionee shall have no obligation to exercise any Take Ownership Grant granted by this Agreement. 18. GOVERNING LAW. This Take Ownership Grant Agreement shall be interpreted and administered under the laws of the State of Delaware. 19. AMENDMENTS. This Take Ownership Grant Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement executed by the Company and the Optionee. The Company and the Optionee acknowledge that changes in federal tax laws enacted subsequent to the Date of Grant, and applicable to stock options, may provide for tax benefits to the Company or the Optionee. In any such event, the Company and the Optionee agree that this Take Ownership Grant Agreement may be amended as necessary to secure for the Company and the Optionee any benefits that may result from such legislation. Any such amendment shall be made only upon the mutual consent of the parties, which consent (of either party) may be withheld for any reason. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Take Ownership Grant Agreement to be signed by its duly authorized representative and the Optionee has signed this Take Ownership Grant Agreement as of the date first written above. SCG HOLDING CORPORATION By: ____________________________________ ________________________________________ (Optionee) 4

1 EXHIBIT 10.34 SCG HOLDING CORPORATION 2000 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN (AS ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS ON FEBRUARY 17, 2000; AMENDED AND RESTATED APRIL 21, 2000) 1. PURPOSE. The purpose of this SCG Holding Corporation 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan") is to encourage stock ownership by eligible employees of SCG Holding Corporation (the "Company") and its Subsidiaries and thereby provide employees with an incentive to contribute to the profitability and success of the Company. The Plan is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of the Code and will be maintained for the exclusive benefit of eligible employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries. 2. DEFINITIONS. For purposes of the Plan, in addition to the terms defined in Section 1, the following terms are defined: (a) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company. (b) "Cash Account" means the account maintained on behalf of a Participant by the Company for the purpose of holding cash contributions withheld from payroll pending investment in Stock. (c) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. (d) "Custodian" means Solomon Smith Barney or any successor or replacement appointed by the Board or its delagatee under Section 3(a). (e) "Earnings" means a Participant's salary or wages, including bonuses, for services performed for the Company and its Subsidiaries and received by a Participant for services rendered during an Offering Period. (f) "Fair Market Value" means the closing price of the Stock on the relevant date as reported on NASDAQ (or any national securities exchange or quotation system on which the Stock is then listed), or if there were no sales on that date the closing price on the next preceding date for which a closing price was reported; provided, however, that for any Offering Period beginning on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the first day of such Offering Period shall be deemed to be the price at which the Company's Stock is offered under its initial public offering of Stock. (g) "IPO Date" means the date on which the Company's initial public offering of Stock is consummated. (h) "Offering Period" means the period beginning on the IPO Date and ending on the last day of the next calendar quarter, and every three-month period thereafter. For Participants who do not reside in the United States, if the day on which the Company receives approval by the applicable foreign jurisdiction to offer common stock to Participants residing in that jurisdiction is later than the day on which the Company's initial public offering becomes effective, the Offering Period means the period beginning on the day on which the Company 1

2 receives approval by the applicable foreign jurisdiction to offer common stock to such Participants and ending on the last day of the next calendar quarter, and every three-month period thereafter. (i) "Participant" means an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary who is participating in the Plan. (j) "Purchase Right" means a Participant's option to purchase Stock that is deemed to be outstanding during an Offering Period. A Purchase Right represents an "option" under Section 423 of the Code. (k) "Stock" means the common stock of the Company. (l) "Stock Account" means the account maintained on behalf of the Participant by the Custodian for the purpose of holding Stock acquired under the Plan. (m) "Subsidiary" means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations (other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain) owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain as set forth in Code Section 424(f). 3. ADMINISTRATION. (a) Board Administration. The Plan will be administered by the Board. The Board may delegate its administrative duties and authority (other than its authority to amend the Plan) to any Board committee or to any officers or employees or committee thereof as the Board may designate (in which case references to the Board will be deemed to refer to the administrator to which such duties and authority have been delegated). The Board will have full authority to adopt, amend, suspend, waive, and rescind rules and regulations and appoint agents as it deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan, to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and rules and regulations thereunder, to furnish to the Custodian such information as the Custodian may require, and to make all other decisions and determinations under the Plan (including determinations relating to eligibility). No person acting in connection with the administration of the Plan will, in that capacity, participate in deciding any matter relating to his or her participation in the Plan. (b) The Custodian. The Custodian will act as custodian under the Plan, and will perform duties under the Plan and in any agreement between the Company and the Custodian. The Custodian will establish and maintain Participants Stock Accounts and any subaccounts as may be necessary or desirable to administer the Plan. (c) Waivers. The Board may waive or modify any requirement that a notice or election be made or filed under the Plan a specified period in advance on an individual case or by adopting a rule or regulation under the Plan, without amending the Plan. 2

3 (d) Other Administrative Provisions. The Company will furnish information from its records as directed by the Board, and such records, including a Participant's Earnings, will be conclusive on all persons unless determined by the Board to be incorrect. Each Participant and other person claiming benefits under the Plan must furnish to the Company in writing an up-to-date mailing address and any other information as the Board or Custodian may reasonably request. Any communication, statement, or notice mailed with postage prepaid to any such Participant or other person at the last mailing address filed with the Company will be deemed sufficiently given when mailed and will be binding upon the named recipient. The Plan will be administered on a reasonable and nondiscriminatory basis and uniform rules will apply to all persons similarly situated. All Participants will have equal rights and privileges (subject to the terms of the Plan) with respect to Purchase Right outstanding during any given Offering Period in accordance with Code Section 423(b)(5). 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN. Subject to adjustment as provided below, the total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance or which may be otherwise acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights under the Plan will be 1,500,000. If, at the end of any Offering Period, the number of shares of Stock with respect to which Purchase Rights are to be exercised exceeds the number of shares of Stock then available under the Plan, the Board shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Stock remaining available for purchase in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine to be equitable. Any shares of Stock delivered by the Company under the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares or shares of Stock purchased on the open market. The number and kind of such shares of Stock subject to the Plan will be proportionately adjusted, as determined by the Board, in the event of any extraordinary dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, forward or reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or share exchange, or other similar corporate transaction or event affecting the Stock. 5. ENROLLMENT AND CONTRIBUTIONS. (a) Eligibility. An employee of the Company or any Subsidiary designated by the Board may be enrolled in the Plan for any Offering Period if such employee is employed by the Company or a Subsidiary authorized to participate in the Plan on the first day of the Offering Period, unless one of the following applies to the employee: (i) such person has been employed by the Company or a Subsidiary less than 90 days; or (ii) such person is customarily employed by the Company or a Subsidiary for 20 hours or less a week; or (iii) such person is customarily employed by the Company or a Subsidiary for not more than five months in any calendar year; (iv) such person would, immediately upon enrollment, be deemed to own, for purposes of Section 423(b)(3) of the Code, an aggregate 3

4 of five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all outstanding shares of all classes of the Stock of the Company or any Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the above, solely for purposes of the first Offering Period under the Plan, an employee who is employed by the Company or a Subsidiary on the first day of such Offering Period and who is otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan shall not be required to satisfy the 90 day employment period specified in 5(a)(i) above. The Company will notify an employee of the date as of which he or she is eligible to enroll in the Plan, and will make available to each eligible employee the necessary enrollment forms. Notwithstanding the above, any individual who is employed by the Company or a Subsidiary designated by the Board and who is working outside of the United States shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan if the laws of the country in which the employee is working makes the offer of the Purchase Right or the delivery of Stock under the Plan impractical. Additionally, the offer of the Purchase Right and the delivery of Stock under the Plan shall be effective for any individual who is employed by the Company or a Subsidiary and who is working outside of the United States only after the Company has complied with the applicable laws of the country in which the employee is working. (b) Initial Enrollment. An employee who is eligible under Section 5(a) (or who will become eligible on or before a given Offering Period) may, after receiving current information about the Plan, initially enroll in the Plan by executing and filing with the Company a properly completed enrollment form, including the employee's election as to the rate of payroll contributions for the Offering Period. To be effective for any Offering Period, such enrollment form must be filed at least two weeks (or such other period determined by the Board) preceding such Offering Period. (c) Automatic Re-enrollment for Subsequent Offering Periods. A Participant whose enrollment in, and payroll contributions under, the Plan continues throughout a Offering Period will automatically be re-enrolled in the Plan for the next Offering Period unless (i) the Participant terminates enrollment before the next Offering Period in accordance with Section 7(a), or (ii) the Participant is ineligible to participate under Section 5(a). The initial rate of payroll contributions for a Participant who is automatically re-enrolled for a Offering Period will be the same as the rate of payroll contribution in effect at the end of the preceding Offering Period, unless the Participant files a new enrollment form designating a different rate of payroll contributions and such new enrollment form is received no later than two weeks (or such other period determined by the Board) prior to the beginning of the next Offering Period. (d) Payroll Contributions. A Participant will make contributions under the Plan by means of payroll deductions from each payroll period which ends during the Offering Period, at the rate elected by the Participant in his or her enrollment form in effect for that Offering Period (except that such rate may be changed during the Offering Period to the extent permitted below). The rate of payroll contributions elected by a Participant may not be less than one percent (1%) nor more than ten percent (10%) of the Participant's Earnings for each payroll period, and only whole percentages may be elected; provided, however, that the Board may 4

5 specify a lower minimum rate and higher maximum rate, subject to Section 8(c). Notwithstanding the above, a Participant's payroll contributions will be adjusted downward by the Company as necessary to ensure that the limit on the amount of Stock purchased for an Offering Period set forth in Section 6(a)(iii) is not exceeded. A Participant may elect to increase, decrease, or discontinue payroll contributions for a future Offering Period by filing a new enrollment form designating a different rate of payroll contributions, which form must be received at least two weeks (or such other period determined by the Board) prior to the beginning of an Offering Period to be effective for that Offering Period. In addition, a Participant may elect to discontinue payroll contributions during an Offering Period by filing a new enrollment form, such change to be effective for the next payroll after the Participant's new enrollment form is received. (e) Crediting Payroll Contributions to Cash Accounts. All payroll contributions by a Participant under the Plan will be credited to a Cash Account maintained by the Company on behalf of the Participant. The Company will credit payroll contributions to each Participant's Cash Account as soon as practicable after the contributions are withheld from the Participant's Earnings. (f) No Interest on Cash Accounts. No interest will be credited or paid on cash balances in Participant's Cash Accounts pending investment in Stock. 6. PURCHASES OF STOCK (a) Purchase Rights. Enrollment in the Plan for any Offering Period by a Participant will constitute a grant by the Company of a Purchase Right to such Participant for such Offering Period. Each Purchase Right will be subject to the following terms: (i) The purchase price of each share of Stock purchased for each Offering Period will equal 85% of the lesser of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the first day of an Offering Period, or the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the last day of an Offering Period. (ii) Except as limited in (iii) below, the number of shares of Stock that may be purchased upon exercise of the Purchase Right for a Offering Period will equal the number of shares (including fractional shares) that can be purchased at the purchase price specified in Section 6(a)(i) with the aggregate amount credited to the Participant's Cash Account as of the last day of an Offering Period. (iii) The number of shares of Stock subject to a Participant's Purchase Right for any Offering Period will not exceed the number derived by dividing $6,250 by 100% of the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the first day of the Offering Period for the Offering Period. 5

6 (iv) The Purchase Right will be automatically exercised on the last day of the Offering Period. (v) Payments by a Participant for Stock purchased under a Purchase Right will be made only through payroll deduction in accordance with Section 5(d) and (e). (vi) The Purchase Right will expire on the earlier of the last day of the Offering Period or the date on which the Participant's enrollment in the Plan terminates. (b) Purchase of Stock. At or as promptly as practicable after the last day of an Offering Period, amounts credited to each Participant's Cash Account will be applied by the Company to purchase Stock, in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Shares of Stock will be purchased from the Company or in the open market, as the Board determines. The Company will aggregate the amounts in all Cash Accounts when purchasing Stock, and shares purchased will be allocated to each Participant's Stock Account in proportion to the cash amounts withdrawn from such Participant's Cash Account. After completing purchases for each Offering Period (which will be completed in not more than 15 calendar days after the last day of an Offering Period), all shares of Stock so purchased for a Participant will be credited to the Participant's Stock Account. (c) Dividend Reinvestment; Other Distributions. Cash dividends on any Stock credited to a Participant's Stock Account will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of Stock; such amounts will not be available in the form of cash to Participants. The Company will aggregate all purchases of Stock in connection with dividend reinvestment for a given dividend payment date. Purchases of Stock for purposes of dividend reinvestment will be made as promptly as practicable (but not more than 15 calendar days) after a dividend payment date. The purchases will be made directly from the Company at 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the dividend payment date or on the open market. Any shares of Stock distributed as a dividend or distribution in respect of shares of Stock or in connection with a split of the Stock credited to a Participant's Stock Account will be credited to such Account. (d) Withdrawals and Transfers. Shares of Stock may be withdrawn from a Participant's Stock Account, in which case one or more certificates for whole shares may be issued in the name of, and delivered to, the Participant, with such Participant receiving cash in lieu of fractional shares based on the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the day preceding the date of withdrawal. Alternatively, whole shares of Stock may be withdrawn from a Participant's Stock Account by means of a transfer to a broker-dealer or financial institution that maintains an account for the Participant, together with the transfer of cash in lieu of fractional shares based on the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the day preceding the date of withdrawal. Participants may not designate any other person to receive shares of Stock withdrawn or transferred under the Plan. A Participant seeking to withdraw or transfer shares of Stock must give instructions to the Custodian in such manner and form as may be prescribed by the Custodian, which instructions will be acted upon as promptly as practicable. Withdrawals and transfers will be subject to any fees imposed in accordance with Section 8(a). 6

7 (e) Excess Account Balances. If any amounts remain in a Cash Account following the date on which the Company purchases Stock for an Offering Period as a result of the limitation set forth in Section 6(a)(iii) or for any other reason, such amounts will be returned to the Participant as promptly as practicable. 7. TERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTIONS. (a) Termination of Enrollment. A Participant's enrollment in the Plan will terminate upon (i) the beginning of any payroll period or Offering Period that begins after he or she files a written notice of termination of enrollment with the Company, provided that such Participant will continue to be deemed to be enrolled with respect to any completed Offering Period for which purchases have not been completed, (ii) such time as the Participant becomes ineligible to participate under Section 5(a) of the Plan, or (iii) the termination of the Participant's employment by the Company and its Subsidiaries. An employee whose enrollment in the Plan terminates may again enroll in the Plan as of any subsequent Offering Period that is at least 90 days after such termination of enrollment if he or she satisfies the eligibility requirements of Section 5(a) as of such Offering Period. A Participant's election to discontinue payroll contributions will not constitute a termination of enrollment. (b) Distribution. As soon as practicable after a Participant's enrollment in the Plan terminates, amounts in the Participant's Cash Account which resulted from payroll contributions will be repaid to the Participant. The Custodian will continue to maintain the Participant's Stock Account for the Participant until the earlier of such time as the Participant directs the sale of all Stock in the Account, withdraws, or transfers all Stock in the Account, or one year after the Participant ceases to be employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries. If a Participant's termination of enrollment results from his or her death, all amounts payable will be paid to his or her estate. 8. GENERAL. (a) Costs. Costs and expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan and maintenance of Accounts will be paid by the Company, to the extent provided in this Section 8(a). Any brokerage fees and commissions for the purchase of Stock under the Plan (including Stock purchased upon reinvestment of dividends and distributions) will be paid by the Company, but any brokerage fees and commissions for the sale of Stock under the Plan by a Participant will be borne by such Participant. The rate at which such fees and commissions will be charged to Participants will be determined by the Custodian or any broker-dealer used by the Custodian (including an affiliate of the Custodian), and communicated from time to time to Participants. In addition, the Custodian may impose or pass through a reasonable fee for the withdrawal of Stock in the form of stock certificates (as permitted under Section 6(d)), and reasonable fees for other services unrelated to the purchase of Stock under the Plan, to the extent approved in writing by the Company and communicated to Participants. (b) Statements to Participants. The Participant's statement will reflect payroll contributions, purchases, sales, and withdrawals and transfers of shares of Stock and other Plan transactions by appropriate adjustments to the Participant's Accounts. The Custodian will, not 7

8 less frequently than quarterly, provide or cause to be provided a written statement to the Participant showing the transactions in his or her Stock Account and the date thereof, the number of shares of Stock credited or sold, the aggregate purchase price paid or sales price received, the purchase or sales price per share, the brokerage fees and commissions paid (if any), the total shares held for the Participant's Stock Account (computed to at least three decimal places), and such other information as agreed to by the Custodian and the Company. (c) Compliance with Section 423. It is the intent of the Company that this Plan comply in all respects with applicable requirements of Section 423 of the Code and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, if any provision of this Plan does not comply with such requirements, such provision will be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements. 9. GENERAL PROVISIONS. (a) Compliance With Legal and Other Requirements. The Plan, the granting and exercising of Purchase Rights hereunder, and the other obligations of the Company and the Custodian under the Plan will be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required. The Company may, in its discretion, postpone the issuance or delivery of Stock upon exercise of Purchase Rights until completion of such registration or qualification of such Stock or other required action under any federal or state law, rule, or regulation, or the laws of any country in which employees of the Company and a Subsidiary who are nonresident aliens and who are eligible to participate reside, or other required action with respect to any automated quotation system or stock exchange upon which the Stock or other Company securities are designated or listed, or compliance with any other contractual obligation of the Company, as the Company may consider appropriate. In addition, the Company may require any Participant to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of Stock in compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations, designation or listing requirements, or other contractual obligations. (b) Limits on Encumbering Rights. No right or interest of a Participant under the Plan, including any Purchase Right, may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party, subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant, or otherwise assigned, transferred, or disposed of except pursuant to the laws of descent or distribution, and any right of a Participant under the Plan will be exercisable during the Participant's lifetime only by the Participant. (c) No Right to Continued Employment. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder, including the grant of a Purchase Right, will be construed as giving any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate any employee's employment at any time. (d) Taxes. The Company or any Subsidiary is authorized to withhold from any payment to be made to a Participant, including any payroll and other payments not related to the 8

9 Plan, amounts of withholding and other taxes due in connection with any transaction under the Plan, and a Participant's enrollment in the Plan will be deemed to constitute his or her consent to such withholding. In addition, Participants may be required to advise the Company of sales and other dispositions of Stock acquired under the plan in order to permit the Company to comply with tax laws and to claim any tax deductions to which the Company may be entitled with respect to the Plan. This provision and other Plan provisions do not set forth an explanation of the tax consequences to Participants under the Plan. A brief summary of the tax consequences will be included in disclosure documents to be separately furnished to Participants. (e) Changes to the Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan without the consent of shareholders or Participants, except that any such action will be subject to the approval of the Company's shareholders within one year after such Board action if such shareholder approval is required by any federal or state law or regulation or the rules of any automated quotation system or stock exchange on which the Stock may then be quoted or listed, or if such shareholder approval is necessary in order for the Plan to continue to meet the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, and the Board may otherwise, in its discretion, determine to submit other such actions to shareholders for approval. However, without the consent of an affected Participant, no amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation, or termination of the Plan may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant with respect to outstanding Purchase Rights relating to any Offering Period that has been completed prior to such Board action. The foregoing notwithstanding, upon termination of the Plan the Board may (i) elect to terminate all outstanding Purchase Rights at such time as the Board may designate, and all amounts contributed to the Plan which remain in a Participant's Cash Account will be returned to the Participant (without interest) as promptly as practicable, or (ii) shorten the Offering Period to such period determined by the Board and use amounts credited to a Participant Cash Account to purchase Stock. (f) No Rights to Participate; No Shareholder Rights. No Participant or employee will have any claim to participate in the Plan with respect to Offering Periods that have not commenced, and the Company will have no obligation to continue the Plan. No Purchase Right will confer on any Participant any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company unless and until Stock is duly issued or transferred and delivered to the Participant (or credited to the Participant's Stock Account). (g) Fractional Shares. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, purchases of Stock under the Plan executed by the Custodian may result in the crediting of fractional shares of Stock to the Participant's Stock Account. Such fractional shares will be computed to at least three decimal places. Fractional shares will not, however, be issued by the Company, and certificates representing fractional shares will not be delivered to Participants under any circumstances. (h) Plan Year. The Plan will operate on a plan year that begins on January 1 and ends December 31 in each year. (i) Governing Law. The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan will be determined in accordance with the laws of the 9

10 State of Arizona, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws, and applicable federal law. (j) Effective Date. The Plan will become effective on the IPO Date, subject to the Plan being approved by shareholders of the Company, at a meeting by a vote sufficient to meet the requirements of Section 423(b)(2) of the Code. If the Plan is not approved in accordance with Section 423(b)(2) of the Code, each Participant's Purchase Right shall be void and amounts credited to the Participant's Cash Account shall be promptly returned to the Participant. 10

1 ON SEMICONDUCTOR Exhibit 10.35 DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

2 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE Section 1 Preamble.................................................... 1 Section 2 DEFINITIONS................................................. 1 Section 3 ELIGIBILITY................................................. 3 Section 4 CONTRIBUTIONS............................................... 4 Section 5 WITHDRAWALS................................................. 4 Section 6 CREDITING OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND INCOME....................... 5 Section 7 VESTING..................................................... 7 Section 8 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS.................................... 7 Section 9 ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.................................. 9 Section 10 CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE..................................... 11 Section 11 LIMITATION OF RIGHTS, CONSTRUCTION.......................... 12 Section 12 LIMITATION ON ASSIGNMENT; PAYMENTS TO LEGALLY INCOMPETENT DISTRIBUTEE..................................... 12 Section 13 AMENDMENT, MERGER, AND TERMINATION.......................... 13 Section 14 GENERAL PROVISIONS.......................................... 14 -i-

3 ON SEMICONDUCTOR DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN SECTION 1 PREAMBLE SCG Holding Corporation, dba ON Semiconductor (the "Company"), hereby adopts the ON Semiconductor Director Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Plan") in order to provide its non-employee directors with an opportunity and incentive to save for retirement and other purposes. SECTION 2 DEFINITIONS The following words and phrases used in the Plan with the initial letter capitalized shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 2 (and Section 1), unless a clearly different meaning is required by the context in which the word or phrase is used: 2.1 "Account" means the portion of a Participant's Account representing deferrals by a Participant under Section 4.1, as adjusted to reflect the rate of return on the Investment Funds in which the Account is invested and other credits or charges under this Plan 2.2 "Beneficiary" means the person or entity that a Participant, in his most recent written designation filed with the Plan Administrator, has designated to receive his benefit under the Plan in the event of his death. Changes in designations of Beneficiaries may be made upon written notice to the Plan Administrator in any form as the Plan Administrator may prescribe and the Plan Administrator shall immediately notify the Trustee, in writing, of any designation or change in designation. 2.3 "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company. 2.4 "Cause" means if the Plan Administrator, in its reasonable and good faith discretion, determines that the Director (a) fails to substantially perform his duties (other than as a result of Disability), after the Board delivers to the Participant a written demand for substantial performance that specifically identifies the manner in which the Participant has not substantially performed his duties; (b) engages in willful misconduct or gross negligence that is materially injurious to the Company; (c) breaches his duty of loyalty to the Company; (d) impermissibly removes from the premises of the Company a document (of any media or form) relating to the Company or the customers of the Company; or (e) has committed a felony or a serious crime involving moral turpitude. 2.5 "Change of Control" means and includes each of the following: (a) there shall be consummated any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving entity, or pursuant to which the Company's stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company's stock immediately prior to the merger 1

4 have the same proportionate ownership of beneficial interest of common stock or interests of the surviving entity immediately after the merger; (b) there shall be consummated any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of assets or earning power aggregating more than 50% of the assets or earning power of the Company; (c) the shareholders of the Company shall approve any plan or proposal for liquidation or dissolution of the Company; (d) any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934), other than (A) an employee benefit plan of the Company or any entity holding shares of capital stock of the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such employee benefit plan in its role as an agent or trustee for such plan, or (B) any affiliate of the Company as of the Effective Date becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of the Company's outstanding Stock; or (e) during any two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of the period do not constitute a majority of the Board at the end of such period, unless the election or the nomination for election by the Company's shareholders of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period 2.6 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 2.7 "Deferral Contributions" means contributions by a Participant pursuant to Section 4.1 of this Plan. 2.8 "Director" means any member of the Board who is not an Employee. 2.9 "Disability" means any illness or other physical or mental condition of a Participant that renders the Participant incapable of performing his customary and usual duties for the Company, or any medically determinable illness or other physical or mental condition resulting from a bodily injury, disease or mental disorder which in the judgment of the Plan Administrator is permanent and continuous in nature. The Plan Administrator may require such medical or other evidence as it deems necessary to judge the nature and permanency of the Participant's condition. 2.10 "Effective Date" of this Plan means February 17, 2000. 2.11 "Employee" means each person receiving remuneration, or who is entitled to remuneration, for services rendered to the Company as a common-law employee. 2.12 "Fees" means the sum of a Participant's annual retainer fees and meeting fees payable to the Participant as a Director. 2

5 2.13 "Investment Fund" means the investment fund or funds established by the Plan Administrator pursuant to Section 6.3, into which Participants may direct the Trustee to invest amounts credited to their Accounts. 2.14 "Participant" means a Director who has elected to participate under Section 3.2 and whose participation has not been terminated. If indicated by the context, the term Participant also includes former Participants whose active participation in the Plan has terminated but who have not received all amounts to which they are entitled under the Plan. 2.15 "Participation Agreement" means the agreement entered into by the Company and a Participant as set forth in Section 3.2. 2.16 "Plan Administrator" means the Company or the committee designated by the Company to carry out its responsibilities under the Plan as set forth in Section 9.3. 2.17 "Plan Year" shall mean the calendar year. 2.18 "Trust Agreement" means that certain trust agreement established pursuant to the Plan between the Company and the Trustee or any trust agreement hereafter established, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. 2.19 "Trustee" means the Trustee under the Trust Agreement. 2.20 "Trust Fund" means all assets of whatsoever kind or nature held from time to time by the Trustee pursuant to the Trust Agreement and forming a part of this Plan, without distinction as to income and principal and without regard to source, i.e., Participant contributions, earnings, or forfeitures. 2.21 "Valuation Date" means the date or dates as of which amounts credited to a Participant's Account are adjusted to reflect the crediting of investment experience, the addition of Deferral Contributions, and subtraction of distributions. The Valuation Date is the last business day of each Plan Year and such other dates designated by the Plan Administrator. SECTION 3 ELIGIBILITY 3.1 GENERAL. Each Director shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. 3.2 APPLICATION TO PARTICIPATE. Each Director may become a Participant by completing and signing an enrollment form provided by, or acceptable to, the Plan Administrator and delivering the form to the Plan Administrator. The Director must designate on the form the amount of his Deferral Contributions and must authorize the Company to reduce his Fees in an amount equal to his Deferral Contributions. 3.3 TIMING OF PARTICIPATION. After a Director becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, the Director has 30 days to notify the Plan Administrator whether he will participate in the Plan. If the Director timely notifies the Plan Administrator of his intent to participate in the Plan, the Director's participation will commence on the first date that Fees are paid following 3

6 or coinciding with the first day of the calendar month after the Plan Administrator is so notified. If the Director does not timely notify the Plan Administrator of his intent to participate in the Plan, the Director's participation may commence on the first day of any later Plan Year by notifying the Plan Administrator prior to the first day of such Plan Year and provided further that the Director remains eligible to participate in the Plan under Section 3.1. 3.4 REVISED PARTICIPATION AGREEMENTS. A Participant may file a new Participation Agreement in order to change an election made in a previously filed Participation Agreement. If the Participant changes the amount or rate of his Deferral Contributions, the new amount or rate of Deferral Contributions will become effective as of the end of the Plan Year in which such new Participation Agreement is filed and only with respect to Fees payable for services as a Director thereafter. If the new Participation Agreement changes the method and/or timing of the commencement of distributions, the new election will only be honored if at least one full calendar year elapses between (a) the date as of which such distribution would otherwise have commenced and (b) the date as of which such distribution will commence under such election. SECTION 4 CONTRIBUTIONS 4.1 PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS. (a) DEFERRAL OF FEES. For any Plan Year, a Participant may elect to defer a portion of the Fees otherwise payable to him. Any such deferrals shall be in whole percentages or a specific dollar amount of the Participant's Fees, as specified in the Participant's Participation Agreement. Contributions of amounts deferred shall be made by the Company directly to the Trust. (b) LIMITATIONS ON DEFERRALS. Unless otherwise provided by the Plan Administrator, a Participant is permitted to defer up to 100% of the Participant's Fees under this Plan. 4.2 CHANGE IN PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS. A Participant may change the amount or percentage of Deferral Contributions as of the first day of any Plan Year by filing a new Participation Agreement or any other form permitted by the Plan Administrator. The change shall become effective as provided in Section 3.4. SECTION 5 WITHDRAWALS 5.1 HARDSHIP. In the event of an unforeseeable financial emergency, a Participant may make a written request to the Plan Administrator for a hardship withdrawal from his Account. For purposes of this Plan, an "unforeseeable financial emergency" is defined as a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or a dependent (as such term is defined in Section 152(a) of the Code) of the Participant, loss of the Participant's property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. The granting of a Participant's request for a hardship withdrawal shall be left to the 4

7 absolute discretion of the Plan Administrator and the Plan Administrator may deny such request even if an unforeseeable financial emergency clearly exists. A request for a hardship withdrawal must be made in writing at least 30 days in advance, on a form provided by the Plan Administrator, and must be expressed as a specific dollar amount. The amount of a hardship withdrawal may not exceed the lesser of the amount required to meet the Participant's unforeseeable financial emergency or the entire balance of the Participant's Account. A hardship withdrawal will not be permitted to the extent that the hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, liquidation of the Participant's assets to the extent that such liquidation would not itself cause a severe financial hardship, or by the cessation of Deferral Contributions. 5.2 ACCELERATION OF BENEFITS. (a) GENERAL. A Participant may elect to receive an accelerated withdrawal by filing an election with the Plan Administrator on such forms as may be prescribed from time to time by the Plan Administrator. If a Participant makes such an election, the Participant shall receive a single lump sum payment equal to the Participant's "available Account balance." For this purpose, the Participant's "available Account balance" equals the lesser of (a) the value of the Participant's Account as of the Valuation Date immediately prior to termination of service (plus any Deferral Contributions made between such Valuation Date and the date of termination of service), or (b) the sum of the Participant's Deferral Contributions made under the Plan. The accelerated withdrawal shall be paid as soon as reasonably practicable following the filing of the election by the Participant. (b) FORFEITURE. If the Participant elects to receive an accelerated withdrawal, the Participant shall forfeit any amounts ever credited as earnings or income on Deferral Contributions to his Account. The Deferral Contributions made by the Participant during the Plan Year in which the accelerated withdrawal request is made shall not be forfeited. (c) SUSPENSION OF PARTICIPATION. If a Participant elects to receive an accelerated withdrawal, the Participant's right to participate in the Plan shall be suspended for all future periods. 5.3 CREDITING OF WITHDRAWALS. Withdrawals and other distributions shall be charged pro rata to the Investment Funds in which the Account of the Participant is invested, pursuant to his designation under Section 6.3 hereof. SECTION 6 CREDITING OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND INCOME 6.1 TRANSFER TO TRUSTEE. All Deferral Contributions shall be transmitted to the Trustee by the Company as soon as reasonably practicable and shall be credited to the Accounts of the Participants immediately upon receipt. All payments from an Account between Valuation Dates shall be charged against the Account as of the preceding Valuation Date. The Accounts are bookkeeping accounts only and the Plan Administrator is not in any way obligated to segregate assets for the benefit of any Participant. 5

8 6.2 CREDITING TO ACCOUNTS. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan and Trust, as of each Valuation Date the Plan Administrator shall adjust each Participant's Account with the positive or negative rate of return on the Investment Funds selected by the Participant pursuant to Section 6.3(b). The rate of return will be determined by the Plan Administrator pursuant to Section 6.3(c) and will be credited or charged against the "adjusted balance" of the Account, which will be the balance of the Account as of the preceding Valuation Date less all withdrawals, distributions and other amounts chargeable against the Account pursuant to any other provisions of this Plan since the prior Valuation Date. In the exercise of its discretion, the Plan Administrator also may direct that a portion of the Deferral Contributions made since the prior Valuation Date be considered in calculating the adjusted balance of the Account. 6.3 INVESTMENT DIRECTION. (a) INVESTMENT FUNDS. The Plan Administrator shall establish one or more Investment Funds in which each Participant shall invest amounts credited to his Account. The Investment Funds shall include such funds as may be selected from time to time by the Plan Administrator. The Investment Funds may be changed from time to time by the Plan Administrator. (b) PARTICIPANT DIRECTIONS. (1) GENERAL. Upon becoming a Participant of the Plan, each Participant may, subject to the approval by the Trustee, direct that all of the amounts attributable to his Account be invested in a single investment fund or may direct fractional (percentage) increments of his Account to be invested in such fund or funds as he shall desire, on such forms and in accordance with such procedures, if any, as may be established by the Plan Administrator. Subject to the Trustee's approval, such designation may be changed no more than twice per Plan Year (or such other greater amount as permitted by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion), with respect to future contributions and transfers among Investment Funds, by filing an election with the Plan Administrator, on a form prescribed by the Plan Administrator. The designation will continue until changed by the timely submission of a new form. (2) DEFAULT SELECTION. In the absence of any designation, a Participant will be deemed to have directed the investment of his Accounts in such Investment Funds as the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine. In no event may a Participant designate the investment of his Account in stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate. (3) IMPACT OF ELECTION. The Participant's selection of Investment Funds shall serve only as a measurement of the value of the Accounts of the Participant pursuant to Section 6.2 and Section 6.3(c) and the Plan Administrator and the Trustee are not required to invest a Participant's Accounts in accordance with the Participant's selections. (c) RATE OF RETURN. As soon as possible after each Valuation Date, the Plan Administrator shall determine the rate of return, positive or negative, experienced on each of the Investment Funds. The rate of return determined by the Plan Administrator in good faith 6

9 and in its discretion pursuant to this Section shall be binding and conclusive on the Participant, the Participant's Beneficiary and all parties claiming through them. (d) CHARGES. The Plan Administrator may charge each Participant's Account for the reasonable expenses of carrying out investment instructions directly related to such Account. SECTION 7 VESTING 7.1 VESTING. Subject to Sections 5.2 and 8.1, Participant's shall have a fully vested, non-forfeitable interest in his Account at all times. SECTION 8 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS 8.1 TERMINATION OF SERVICE. A Participant who terminates service as a Director of the Company for any reason other than death or Disability is entitled to a distribution of amounts credited to his Account at the time and in the manner provided in Section 8.6. Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant's service is terminated for Cause, the Participant will forfeit any earnings or income ever credited to the Participant's Account and shall only be entitled to a distribution equal to the lesser of (a) the value of the Participant's Account as of the Valuation Date immediately prior to termination of service (plus any Deferral Contributions made between such Valuation Date and the date of termination of service), or (b) the sum of the Participant's Deferral Contributions made under the Plan. 8.2 DISABILITY RETIREMENT. A Participant who terminates service as a Director of the Company due to Disability is entitled to a distribution of amounts credited to his Account as provided in Section 8.6. Subject to Section 8.6, the payments may commence as of his date of termination of service due to Disability. 8.3 DEATH. (a) BENEFIT. If a Participant (which term for purposes of this Section includes a former Participant) dies before the day on which his benefit payments commence, the Participant's Beneficiary is entitled to a distribution of amounts credited to the Participant's Account at the time and in the manner provided in Section 8.6. (b) DEATH AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS. If a former Participant dies after the day on which his benefit payments commence, but prior to the complete distribution of all amounts to which such Participant is entitled, the Participant's Beneficiary is entitled to receive any remaining amounts to which the Participant would have been entitled had the Participant survived at the time and in the manner provided in Section 8.6. The Plan Administrator may require and rely upon such proofs of death and the right of any Beneficiary to receive benefits under this Section 8.3 as the Plan Administrator may reasonably determine, and its determination of death and the right of such Beneficiary to receive payment is binding and conclusive upon all persons. 7

10 8.4 PLANNED DISTRIBUTIONS. A Participant may, in his Participation Agreement, make an irrevocable election to receive a distribution of benefits under this Plan with respect to all or any portion of Deferral Contributions made under this Plan at a specific time prior to termination of service, death, or Disability, provided, that such planned distribution may not be distributed earlier than four years after the date to which the Deferral Contribution relates is made and may not be paid out over a period of more than five years. 8.5 CHANGE OF CONTROL. In the event of a Change of Control, the Participant shall be entitled to a lump sum payment of the entire amount allocated to the Participant's Account as of the date of such Change of Control. Such payment shall be made within 30 days of the effective date of the event constituting the Change of Control. 8.6 TIME AND METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS. (a) TERMINATION. Payment to a Participant who is entitled to benefits under Section 8.1 will commence within a reasonable time following the Valuation Date next following the Participant's termination of service. (b) DISABILITY. Payment to a Participant who is entitled to benefits under Section 8.2 will commence as soon as possible after the Valuation Date next following the Participant's termination of service due to a Disability. (c) DEATH AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF PAYMENTS. If a Participant dies after the day on which his benefit payments commence but before the complete distribution to such Participant of the benefits payable to him under the Plan, any remaining benefits will be distributed to the Participant's Beneficiary in either a single lump sum or over the period of years selected by the Participant, provided that if the Participant's Beneficiary is not the Participant's spouse, the distribution will be made in a lump sum. Payments to the Beneficiaries entitled to payments pursuant to Section 8.3 will commence as soon as possible following the death of the Participant. (d) DEATH BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS. If a Participant dies before the day on which his benefit payments commence, payments to the Participant's Beneficiary will commence as soon as possible following the Participant's death. (e) FORM OF PAYMENT. Any distribution paid from the Plan to a Participant or Beneficiary from a Participant's Account will be paid in cash. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 8.4 and 8.5, such distribution will be paid in either a lump sum payment or in installments over a period not to exceed 15 years; provided that if the value of the Participant's Account at the time of distribution is less than $100,000, the Plan Administrator reserves the right to make such distribution in a lump sum. Any remaining balance in the Participant's Account will be credited with investment experience in the Trust Fund. 8.7 DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY. Each Participant has the right to designate, on forms supplied by, or acceptable to, and delivered to the Plan Administrator, a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to receive his benefits in the event of his death. For each Participant who is married, his Beneficiary will be deemed to be his spouse, unless the Participant's spouse consents to the Participant's Beneficiary designation to the contrary. Such consent must be in 8

11 writing, must acknowledge the effect of the Beneficiary designation and the spouse's consent thereto. Subject to the foregoing, each Participant may change his Beneficiary designation from time to time in the manner described above and the change will be effective upon receipt by the Plan Administrator, whether or not the Participant is living at the time the notice is received. There is no liability on the part of the Plan Administrator with respect to any payment authorized by the Plan Administrator in accordance with the most recent valid Beneficiary designation of the Participant in the Plan Administrator's possession before receipt of a more recent and valid Beneficiary designation. If no designated Beneficiary is living when benefits become payable, or if there is no designated Beneficiary, the Beneficiary will be the Participant's spouse; or if no spouse is then living, such Participant's issue, including any legally adopted child or children, in equal shares by right of representation; or if no such designated Beneficiary and no such spouse or issue, including any legally adopted child or children, is living upon the death of a Participant, or if all such persons die prior to the full distribution of such Participant's benefits, then the Beneficiary shall be the estate of the Participant. 8.8 PAYMENTS TO DISABLED. If a person entitled to any payment is under a legal disability, or in the sole judgment of the Plan Administrator is otherwise unable to apply such payment to his own interest and advantage, the Plan Administrator in the exercise of its discretion may make any such payment in any one or more of the following ways: (a) directly to such person, (b) to his legal guardian or conservator, or (c) to his spouse or to any person charged with the legal duty of his support, to be expended for his benefit. The decision of the Plan Administrator will in each case be final and binding upon all persons in interest. 8.9 UNDERPAYMENT OR OVERPAYMENT OF BENEFITS. In the event that, through misstatement or computation error, benefits are underpaid or overpaid, there is no liability for any more than the correct benefit sums under the Plan. Overpayments may be deducted from future payments under the Plan, and underpayments may be added to future payments under the Plan. In lieu of receiving reduced benefits under the Plan, a Participant or beneficiary may elect to make a lump sum repayment of any overpayment. SECTION 9 ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN 9.1 ADOPTION OF TRUST. The Company shall enter into a Trust Agreement with the Trustee, which Trust Agreement shall form a part of this Plan and is hereby incorporated herein by reference. 9.2 POWERS OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR. (a) The Plan Administrator is the named fiduciary with respect to the administration of the Plan. (b) The Plan Administrator shall have the power and discretion to perform the administrative duties described in this Plan or required for proper administration of the Plan and shall have all powers necessary to enable it to properly carry out such duties. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Plan Administrator shall have the power and discretion to construe and interpret this Plan, to hear and resolve claims relating to this Plan, and to decide all 9

12 questions and disputes arising under this Plan. The Plan Administrator shall determine, in its discretion, the status and rights of a Participant, and the identity of the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries entitled to receive any benefits payable hereunder on account of the death of a Participant. (c) Except as is otherwise provided hereunder, the Plan Administrator shall determine the manner and time of payment of benefits under this Plan. All benefit disbursements by the Trustee shall be made upon the instructions of the Plan Administrator. (d) The decision of the Plan Administrator upon all matters within the scope of its authority shall be binding and conclusive upon all persons. (e) The Plan Administrator shall file all reports and forms lawfully required to be filed by the Plan Administrator and shall distribute any forms, reports or statements to be distributed to Participants and others. (f) The Plan Administrator shall keep itself advised with respect to the investment of the Trust Fund and shall report to the Company regarding the investment and reinvestment of the Trust Fund not less frequently than annually. 9.3 CREATION OF COMMITTEE. The Company may appoint a committee to perform its duties as Plan Administrator by the adoption of appropriate Board of Directors resolutions. The committee must consist of at least two (2) members, and they shall hold office during the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The committee members shall serve without compensation but shall be reimbursed for all expenses by the Company. The committee shall conduct itself in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9. The members of the committee may resign with 30 days notice in writing to the Company and may be removed immediately at any time by written notice from the Company. 9.4 CHAIRMAN AND SECRETARY. The committee shall elect a chairman from among its members and shall select a secretary who is not required to be a member of the committee and who may be authorized to execute any document or documents on behalf of the committee. The secretary of the committee or his designee shall record all acts and determinations of the committee and shall preserve and retain custody of all such records, together with such other documents as may be necessary for the administration of this Plan or as may be required by law. 9.5 APPOINTMENT OF AGENTS. The committee may appoint such other agents, who need not be members of the committee, as it may deem necessary for the effective performance of its duties, whether ministerial or discretionary, as the committee may deem expedient or appropriate. The compensation of any agents who are not employees of the Company shall be fixed by the committee within any limitations set by the Board of Directors. 9.6 MAJORITY VOTE AND EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS. In all matters, questions and decisions, the action of the committee shall be determined by a majority vote of its members. They may meet informally or take any ordinary action without the necessity of meeting as a group. All instruments executed by the committee shall be executed by a majority of its members or by any member of the committee designated to act on its behalf. 10

13 9.7 ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES. The committee may allocate responsibilities among its members or designate other persons to act on its behalf. Any allocation or designation, however, must be set forth in writing and must be retained in the permanent records of the committee. 9.8 CONFLICT OF INTEREST. No member of the committee who is a Participant shall take any part in any action in connection with his participation as an individual. Such action shall be voted or decided by the remaining members of the committee. 9.9 FIDUCIARY AUTHORITY. All delegations of fiduciary responsibility set forth in this document regarding the determination of benefits and the interpretation of the terms of the Plan confer discretionary authority upon the named fiduciary. SECTION 10 CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE 10.1 CLAIMS. (a) FILING OF CLAIM. A Participant or Beneficiary entitled to benefits need not file a written claim to receive benefits. If a Participant, Beneficiary or any other person is dissatisfied with the determination of his benefits, eligibility, participation or any other right or interest under this Plan, such person may file a written statement setting forth the basis of the claim with the Plan Administrator in a manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator. In connection with the determination of a claim, or in connection with review of a denied claim, the claimant may examine this Plan and any other pertinent documents generally available to Participants relating to the claim and may submit comments in writing. (b) NOTICE OF DECISION. A written notice of the disposition of any such claim shall be furnished to the claimant within 30 days after the claim is filed with the Plan Administrator, provided that the Plan Administrator may have an additional period to decide the claim if it advises the claimant in writing of the need for an extension and the date on which it expects to decide the claim. The notice of disposition of a claim shall refer, if appropriate, to pertinent provisions of this Plan, shall set forth in writing the reasons for denial of the claim if the claim is denied (including references to any pertinent provisions of this Plan), and where appropriate shall explain how the claimant can perfect the claim. 10.2 APPEALS. (a) If the claimant should appeal to the Plan Administrator, he, or his duly authorized representative, may submit, in writing, whatever issues and comments he, or his duly authorized representative, feels are pertinent. The Plan Administrator shall re-examine all facts related to the appeal and make a final determination as to whether the denial of benefits is justified under the circumstances. The Plan Administrator shall advise the claimant in writing of its decision on his appeal, the specific reasons for the decision, and the specific Plan provisions on which the decision is based. The notice of the decision shall be given within 60 days of the claimant's written request for review, unless special circumstances (such as a hearing) would make the rendering of a decision within the 60 day period infeasible, but in no event shall the Plan Administrator render a decision regarding the denial of a claim for benefits later than 120 11

14 days after its receipt of a request for review. If an extension of time for review is required because of special circumstances, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the date the extension period commences. (b) If, upon appeal, the Plan Administrator shall grant the relief requested by the claimant, then, in addition, the Plan Administrator shall award to the claimant reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, or any other duly authorized representative of claimant, which shall be paid by the Company. The determination as to whether such fees and expenses are reasonable shall be made by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion and such determination shall be binding and conclusive on all parties. 10.3 NOTICE OF DENIALS. The Plan Administrator's notice of denial of benefits shall identify the address to which the claimant may forward his appeal. SECTION 11 LIMITATION OF RIGHTS, CONSTRUCTION 11.1 LIMITATION OF RIGHTS. Neither this Plan, the Trust nor membership in the Plan shall give any person any right except to the extent that the right is specifically fixed under the terms of the Plan. The establishment of the Plan shall not be construed to give any individual a right to be continued in the service of the Company or as interfering with the right of the Company to terminate the service of any individual at any time. 11.2 CONSTRUCTION. The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall include the feminine gender (and vice versa), and the singular shall include the plural, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. Headings and subheadings are for the purpose of reference only and are not to be considered in the construction of this Plan. If any provision of this Plan is determined to be for any reason invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect. All of the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Arizona. SECTION 12 LIMITATION ON ASSIGNMENT; PAYMENTS TO LEGALLY INCOMPETENT DISTRIBUTEE 12.1 ANTI-ALIENATION CLAUSE. No benefit which shall be payable under the Plan to any person shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise dispose of the same shall be void. No benefit shall in any manner be subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any person, nor shall it be subject to attachment or legal process for or against any person, except to the extent as may be required by law. 12.2 PERMITTED ARRANGEMENTS. Section 12.1 shall not preclude arrangements for the withholding of taxes from benefit payments, arrangements for the recovery of benefit overpayments, arrangements for the transfer of benefit rights to another plan, or arrangements for direct deposit of benefit payments to an account in a bank, savings and loan association or credit union (provided that such arrangement is not part of an arrangement constituting an assignment 12

15 or alienation). Additionally, Section 12.1 shall not preclude arrangements for the distribution of the benefits of a Participant or Beneficiary pursuant to the terms and provisions of a "domestic relations order" in accordance with such procedures as may be established from time to time by the Plan Administrator. 12.3 PAYMENT TO MINOR OR INCOMPETENT. Whenever any benefit which shall be payable under the Plan is to be paid to or for the benefit of any person who is then a minor or determined by the Plan Administrator to be incompetent by qualified medical advice, the Plan Administrator need not require the appointment of a guardian or custodian, but shall be authorized to cause the same to be paid over to the person having custody of the minor or incompetent, or to cause the same to be paid to the minor or incompetent without the intervention of a guardian or custodian, or to cause the same to be paid to a legal guardian or custodian of the minor or incompetent if one has been appointed or to cause the same to be used for the benefit of the minor or incompetent. SECTION 13 AMENDMENT, MERGER, AND TERMINATION 13.1 AMENDMENT. The Company shall have the right at any time, by an instrument in writing duly executed, acknowledged and delivered to the Plan Administrator, to modify, alter or amend this Plan, in whole or in part, prospectively or retroactively; provided, however, that the duties and liabilities of the Plan Administrator and the Trustee hereunder shall not be substantially increased without its written consent; and provided further that the amendment shall not reduce any Participant's interest in the Plan, calculated as of the date on which the amendment is adopted. 13.2 MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF COMPANY. The Plan shall not be automatically terminated by the Company's acquisition by or merger into any other employer, but the Plan shall be continued after such acquisition or merger if the successor employer elects and agrees to continue the Plan. All rights to amend, modify, suspend, or terminate the Plan shall be transferred to the successor employer, effective as of the date of the merger. 13.3 TERMINATION OF PLAN OR DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS. It is the expectation of the Company that this Plan and the payment of contributions hereunder will be continued indefinitely. However, continuance of the Plan is not assumed as a contractual obligation of the Company, and the right is reserved at any time to terminate this Plan or to reduce, temporarily suspend or discontinue contributions hereunder. 13.4 LIMITATION OF COMPANY'S LIABILITY. The adoption of this Plan is strictly a voluntary undertaking on the part of the Company and shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Company and any Participant or to be consideration for, an inducement to, or a condition of the continued service of the Participant or any other individual. A Participant or Beneficiary shall not have any right to retirement or other benefits except to the extent provided herein. 13

16 SECTION 14 GENERAL PROVISIONS 14.1 STATUS OF PARTICIPANTS AS UNSECURED CREDITORS. All benefits under the Plan shall be the unsecured obligations of the Company as applicable, and, except for those assets which will be placed in the Trust established in connection with this Plan, no assets will be placed in trust or otherwise segregated from the general assets of the Company or each Company, as applicable, for the payment of obligations hereunder. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments hereunder, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company. 14.2 UNIFORM ADMINISTRATION. Whenever in the administration of the Plan any action is required by the Plan Administrator, such action shall be uniform in nature as applied to all persons similarly situated. 14.3 HEIRS AND SUCCESSORS. All of the provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon all persons who shall be entitled to any benefits hereunder, and their heirs and legal representatives. To signify its adoption of this Plan document, the Company has caused this Plan document to be executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company on this 8th day of March, 2000. SCG HOLDING CORPORATION By George H. Cave --------------------------- Its Secretary ------------------------ 14

1 FORM OF MASTER TRUST AGREEMENT Exhibit 10.36 FOR THE ON SEMICONDUCTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS

2 MASTER TRUST AGREEMENT FOR THE ON SEMICONDUCTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS THIS TRUST AGREEMENT is made and entered into by and between SCG Holding Corporation, dba On Semiconductor(TM) (the "Company") and ___________________ (the "Trustee"). WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the On Semiconductor Executive Savings Plan and the On Semiconductor Director Savings Plan (referred to separately as the "Plan" and collectively as the "Plans") effective as of January 1, 2000; WHEREAS, the Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur liability under the terms of the Plans with respect to individuals participating in the Plans; WHEREAS, the Company established a trust (hereinafter called the "Trust") in accordance with the terms of the Plans to contribute to the Trust assets to be held therein, subject to the claims of the Company's creditors in the event of the Company's Insolvency, as herein defined, until paid to Plan participants and their beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in the Plan and the adoption agreements signed by the Company and each adopting employer; WHEREAS, the Company hereby appoints ______________________ to serve as trustee of the Trust; WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties that this Trust shall continue to constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plans as unfunded plans maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; and WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Company to continue to make contributions to the Trust to provide itself with a source of funds to assist it in meeting its liabilities under the Plans. NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do hereby establish the Trust and agree that the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows: SECTION 1 ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST 1.1 The Company has deposited with the Trustee in trust an initial deposit of Ten Dollars ($10.00), which, together with subsequent contributions made or to be made by the 1

3 Company, constitutes the principal of the Trust to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Plans and as provided in this Trust Agreement. 1.2 The Trust established pursuant to this Trust Agreement is irrevocable. 1.3 The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which the Company is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed accordingly. 1.4 The principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of the Company and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of Plan participants and general creditors as herein set forth. Plan participants and their beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust. Any rights created under the Plans and this Trust Agreement shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of Plan participants and their beneficiaries against the Company. Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Company's general creditors under federal and state law in the event of Insolvency, as defined in Section 3.1 herein. 1.5 The Company, in its sole discretion, may at any time, or from time to time, make additional deposits of cash or other property in trust with the Trustee to augment the principal to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in the Plans and this Trust Agreement. Neither the Trustee nor any Plan participant or beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional deposits. SECTION 2 PAYMENTS TO PLAN PARTICIPANTS AND THEIR BENEFICIARIES 2.1 The Company shall deliver to the Trustee a schedule (the "Payment Schedule") that indicates the amounts payable in respect of each Plan participant (and his or her beneficiaries), that provides a formula or other instructions acceptable to the Trustee for determining the amounts so payable, the form in which such amount is to be paid (as provided for or available under the Plans), and the time of commencement for payment of such amounts. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Trustee shall make payments to the Plan participants and their beneficiaries in accordance with such Payment Schedule. The Trustee shall make provision for the reporting and withholding of any federal, state or local taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to the payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plans and shall pay amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities or determine that such amounts have been reported, withheld and paid by the Company. 2.2 The entitlement of a Plan participant or his or her beneficiaries to benefits under the Plans shall be determined by the Company or such party as it shall designate under the Plans, and any claim for such benefits shall be considered and reviewed under the procedures set out in the Plans. 2.3 The Company may make payment of benefits directly to Plan participants or their beneficiaries as they become due under the terms of the Plans. The Company shall notify the Trustee of its decision to make payment of benefits directly prior to the time amounts are payable 2

4 to participants or their beneficiaries. In addition, if the principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon, are not sufficient to make payments of benefits in accordance with the terms of the Plans, the Company shall make the balance of each such payment as it falls due. The Trustee shall notify the Company where principal and earnings are not sufficient. SECTION 3 TRUSTEE RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING PAYMENTS TO TRUST BENEFICIARY WHEN COMPANY IS INSOLVENT 3.1 The Trustee shall cease payment of benefits to Plan participants and their beneficiaries if the Company is "Insolvent." The Company shall be considered Insolvent for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) the Company is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) the Company is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code. 3.2 At all times during the continuance of this Trust, as provided in Section 1.4 hereof, the principal and income of the Trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of the Company under federal and state law as set forth below. (a) The Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall have the duty to inform the Trustee in writing of the Company's Insolvency. If a person claiming to be a creditor of the Company alleges in writing to the Trustee that the Company has become Insolvent, the Trustee shall determine whether the Company is Insolvent and, pending such determination, the Trustee shall discontinue payment of benefits to Plans participants or their beneficiaries. (b) Unless the Trustee has actual knowledge of the Company's Insolvency, or has received notice from the Company or a person claiming to be a creditor alleging that the Company is Insolvent, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether the Company is Insolvent. The Trustee may in all events rely on such evidence concerning the Company's solvency as may be furnished to the Trustee and that provides the Trustee with a reasonable basis for making a determination concerning the Company's solvency. (c) If at any time the Trustee has determined that the Company is Insolvent, the Trustee shall discontinue payments to Plan participants or their beneficiaries and shall hold the assets of the Trust for the benefit of the Company's general creditors. Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall in any way diminish any rights of Plan participants or their beneficiaries to pursue their rights as general creditors of the Company with respect to benefits due under the Plans or otherwise. (d) The Trustee shall resume the payment of benefits to Plan participants or their beneficiaries in accordance with Section 2 of this Trust Agreement only after the Trustee has determined that the Company is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent). 3.3 Provided that there are sufficient assets, if the Trustee discontinues the payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof and subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due to Plan participants or their beneficiaries under the terms of the Plans for the 3

5 period of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount of any payments made to Plan participants or their beneficiaries by the Company in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance. SECTION 4 PAYMENTS TO THE COMPANY Except as provided in Section 3 hereof, the Company shall have no right or power to direct the Trustee to return to the Company or to divert to others any of the Trust assets before all payment of benefits have been made to Plan participants and their beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Plans. SECTION 5 INVESTMENT AUTHORITY 5.1 All rights associated with assets of the Trust shall be exercised by the Trustee or the person designated by the Trustee, and shall in no event be exercisable by or rest with the Plan participants. Under the terms of the Plans, the Trustee may, but is not required to, follow the direction of the Participant in selecting among the investment funds available under the Plans and the Trust. Notwithstanding the above, in no event may the Trustee invest in securities including stock or rights to acquire stock) or obligations of the Company 5.2 The Company shall have the right at anytime, and from time to time, in its sole discretion, to substitute assets of equal fair market value for any asset held by the Trust. This right is exercisable by the Company in a nonfiduciary capacity without the approval or consent of any person in a fiduciary capacity. 5.3 Except as otherwise provided herein, in the investment, administration and distribution of the Trust, the Trustee, subject to the duty to apply the proceeds and avails of the Trust to the purposes specified in the Plans and this Trust Agreement and subject to the restrictions of applicable law, may perform every act in the management of the Trust that individuals may perform in the management of like property owned by them free of any trust and may exercise every power with respect to each item of property in the Trust, real and personal, which individual owners of like property can exercise, including by way of illustration, but not by way of limitation, the powers noted below. No enumeration of specific powers herein shall be construed as a limitation on the foregoing general powers of the Trustee, nor shall any of the powers herein conferred upon the Trustee be exhausted by use thereof, but each shall be continuing. The powers of the Trustee include, but are not limited to, the following: (a) To invest and reinvest in bonds, notes, debentures, stocks (common or preferred), interests in investment companies (whether "open-end mutual funds" or "closed-end mutual funds"), options to acquire or sell securities (including "covered call options"), commercial paper, bank repurchase agreements, individual and group annuity contracts, deposit administration contracts, life insurance company separate accounts and pooled investment funds, mortgages, leaseholds, fee interests, personal, corporate and governmental obligations, interests in any amount in common trust funds established by the Trustee or another bank or trust company (and for such time as assets are invested in 4

6 such common trust funds, such assets shall be subject to the declarations of trust establishing such common trust funds), pooled investment funds for retirement plans established by the Trustee or another bank or trust company and such other property, real, personal or mixed, irrespective of whether such securities or such property shall be of the character authorized by any state law for trust investments, but in accordance with the provisions of Section 4975 of the Code and Sections 404, 406, 407 and 408 of the Act; (b) To pledge or mortgage, assign, lease, contract to lease, grant and trade options to purchase, sell for cash or on credit at a private or public sale, convert, redeem, exchange for other securities or other property in which the Trust may be invested under this Trust Agreement or otherwise dispose of any securities or other property at any time held by the Trustee except as otherwise provided by the Plans; no person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application or to inquire into the validity, expediency or propriety of such sale or other disposition; (c) To retain in cash so much of the Trust as the Trustee deems advisable and to deposit any such cash held in the trust in banking accounts without liability for interest; (d) To settle, compromise, contest or submit to arbitration any claims, debts or damages due or owing to or from the Trust, to commence or defend suits or legal proceedings, and to represent the Trust in all suits or legal proceedings; (e) To exercise any conversion privilege or subscription right available in connection with any securities or property at any time held by the Trustee, to consent to the reorganization, consolidation, merger or readjustment of the finances of any corporation, company or association, or to the sale, mortgage, pledge or lease of the property of any corporation, company or association, any of the securities of which may at any time be held by the Trustee; and to do any acts with reference thereto, including the exercise of options, making of agreements or subscriptions, and the payment of expenses, assessments or subscriptions, which may be deemed to be necessary or advisable in connection therewith, and to hold and retain any securities or other property which the Trustee may so acquire; (f) To vote any corporate stock belonging to the Trust and to give proxies or general or limited powers of attorney for the purpose of such voting to other persons, with or without power of substitution; provided that the Trustee shall vote stock of the Company only as directed by the Company; (g) To borrow money, assume indebtedness, extend mortgages and encumber by mortgage or pledge upon such terms and conditions as may be deemed advisable; (h) To collect the income, rents, issues, profits and increases of the Trust through such means as are deemed advisable; (i) To invest all or part of the Trust in interest-bearing deposits with the Trustee or another bank or other federally-insured institution at a reasonable rate of 5

7 interest, including but not limited to investment in time deposits, savings deposits, certificates of deposit or time accounts; (j) To employ agents, attorneys and advisors and to pay their reasonable compensation and expenses; the Trustee shall incur no liability for the acts or defaults of such agents, attorneys and advisors selected with due care, and the Trustee shall be fully protected in acting upon the advice of counsel on questions of law arising in connection with the administration of the Trust; (k) To cause any of the investments of the Trust to be registered in the name of the Trustee or in the name of its nominee, and any corporation or its transfer agent may presume conclusively that such nominee is the actual owner of any investments submitted for transfer; to make, execute and deliver as Trustee any and all instruments, advances, contracts, waivers, releases or other instruments in writing necessary or proper in the employment of any of the foregoing powers; (l) To retain any funds or property subject to dispute without liability for the payment of interest, and to decline to make payment or delivery thereof until final adjudication is made by a court of competent jurisdiction; and (m) To file all tax and other returns and reports required of the Trustee. 5.4 The discretion of the Trustee in investing and reinvesting the assets of the Trust shall be subject to the funding policy, and any changes to the funding policy, as the Company may adopt from time to time and communicate to the Trustee. The Trustee shall act in accordance with any such funding policy, as amended. The funding policy shall be consistent with the terms of the Plans and the requirements of applicable law. As a part of such funding policy, the Trustee shall be directed to exercise investment discretion so as to provide sufficient cash assets in such amount as may be determined by the Company under the funding policy then in effect to be necessary to meet any liquidity requirements for administration of the Trust. SECTION 6 DISPOSITION OF INCOME During the term of this Trust, all income received by the Trust, net of expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated and reinvested. Such income (and any losses) shall be credited to the Participant's applicable Account. SECTION 7 ACCOUNTING BY THE TRUSTEE The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments, receipts, disbursements, and all other transactions required to be made, including such specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between the Company and the Trustee. Within 60 days following the close of each Plan year and within 60 days after the removal or resignation of the Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company a written account of its administration of the Trust during such year or during the period from the close of the last preceding Plan year to the date of such removal or resignation, setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and 6

8 other transactions effected by it, including a description of all securities and investments purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases or sales (accrued interest paid or receivable being shown separately), and showing all cash, securities and other property held in the Trust at the end of such Plan year or as of the date of such removal or resignation, as the case may be. SECTION 8 RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TRUSTEE 8.1 The Trustee shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims, provided, however, that the Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action taken pursuant to a direction, request or approval given by the Plan Administrator which is contemplated by, and in conformity with, the terms of the Plans or this Trust and is given in writing by the Plan Administrator. In the event of a dispute between the Plan Administrator and a party, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to resolve the dispute. 8.2 The Trustee shall have, without exclusion, all powers conferred on trustees by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise herein, provided, however, that if an insurance policy is held as an asset of the Trust, the Trustee shall have no power to name a beneficiary of the policy other than the Trust, to assign the policy (as distinct from conversion of the policy to a different form) other than to a successor Trustee, or to loan to any person the proceeds of any borrowing against such policy. 8.3 Notwithstanding any powers granted to Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement or to applicable law, the Trustee shall not have any power that could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code. SECTION 9 COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF THE TRUSTEE The Company shall pay all expenses associated with the administration of the Trust including the Trustee's fees and expenses. If not so paid, the fees and expenses shall be paid from the Trust. SECTION 10 RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF THE TRUSTEE 10.1 The Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to the Company, which shall be effective 30 days after receipt of such notice unless the Company and the Trustee agree otherwise. 10.2 The Trustee may be removed by the Company on 30 days notice, or upon shorter notice accepted by the Trustee. 7

9 10.3 Upon resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee, all assets shall subsequently be transferred to the successor Trustee. The transfer shall be completed within 30 days after receipt of notice of resignation, removal or transfer, unless the Company extends the time limit. 10.4 If the Trustee resigns or is removed, a successor shall be appointed, in accordance with Section 11 hereof, by the effective date of resignation or removal under Section 10.1. If no such appointment has been made, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor or for instructions. All expenses of the Trustee in connection with the proceeding shall be allowed as administrative expenses of the Trust. SECTION 11 APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR 11.1 If the Trustee resigns or is removed in accordance with Section 10.1 hereof, the Company may appoint any third party, such as a bank trust department or other party that may be granted corporate trustee powers under state law, as a successor to replace the Trustee upon resignation or removal. The appointment shall be effective when accepted in writing by the new Trustee, who shall have all of the rights and powers of the former Trustee, including ownership rights in the Trust assets. The former Trustee shall execute any instrument necessary or reasonably requested by the Company or the successor Trustee to evidence the transfer. 11.2 The successor Trustee need not examine the records and acts of any prior Trustee and may retain or dispose of existing Trust assets, subject to Sections 7 and 8 hereof. The successor Trustee shall not be responsible for and the Company shall indemnify and defend the successor Trustee from any claim or liability resulting from any action or inaction of any prior Trustee or from any other past event, or any condition existing at the time it becomes the successor Trustee. SECTION 12 AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION 12.1 This Trust Agreement may be amended by a written instrument executed by the Trustee and the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such amendment shall conflict with the terms of the Plans or shall make the Trust revocable. 12.2 The Trust shall not terminate until the date on which Plan participants and their beneficiaries are no longer entitled to benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plans. Upon termination of the Trust any assets remaining in the Trust shall be returned to the Company. 12.3 Upon written approval of participants or beneficiaries entitled to payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plans, the Company may terminate this Trust prior to the time all benefit payments under the Plans have been made. All assets in the Trust at termination shall be returned to the Company. 8

10 SECTION 13 MISCELLANEOUS 13.1 Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof. 13.2 Benefits payable to the Plan participants and their beneficiaries under this Trust Agreement may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process. 13.3 This Trust Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Arizona. SECTION 14 EFFECTIVE DATE The effective date of this Trust Agreement shall be as of January 1, 2000. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Trustee have caused this Trust Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives on the ___ day of _______________, 2000. SCG HOLDING CORPORATION BY: _________________________ ITS: ________________________ _____________________________ BY: _________________________ ITS: ________________________ 9








[KPMG LETTERHEAD]

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Auditors

      We consent to the inclusion in Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of SCG Holding Corporation of our report dated January 31, 2000 on the combined balance sheet of the Semiconductor Components Group of Motorola, Inc. as of December 31, 1998 and the combined statements of revenues less direct and allocated expenses before taxes for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 1998 and the period from January 1, 1999 through August 3, 1999, and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

   *  Filed herewith.
 
  **  Previously filed.
 
    †  Schedules or other attachments to these exhibits not filed herewith shall be furnished to the Commission upon request.
 
    ††  Portions of these exhibits have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

Phoenix, Arizona

April 24, 2000







Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

      We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our reports dated February 17, 2000 relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of SCG Holding Corporation and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 1999 and for the period from August 4, 1999 through December 31, 1999, which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Phoenix, Arizona
April 21, 2000
  KPMG LLP